Voluntary Poverty (To the Deaconess Magna)
The whole work on one page. Select a passage number to open that passage with its notes, Scripture references, and citation.
Chapter 1
1PG 79
Πρώην μὲν πρὸς τοὺς ἀμελέστερον ἐκετιόντας ὃ μοναδικὸν βίον γράφοντες λόγον, ἱκανῶς χαττὴμεθα τούτων, ὅσον ὑπέδησαν τῆς ἀκριὀζίας δεικνύντες τῇ περὶ τὰ μάταια αὐτῶν σπουδῇ κτημάτων ἀντεχόμενοι, καὶ τοῖς τοῦ βίου τῶν φιλο πλούτων οὖχ ἥκιστα περισπασμοῖς ἐμφυρόμενοι, Νῦν δὲ, ἐπειδὴ δεῖ καὶ τῶν φυλαξάντων ὑμῶν τε καὶ τῶν καθ᾽ ὑμᾶς τὸν τῆς ἀκτημοσύνης κανόνα ὡς εἶχεν ἐξ ἀρχῆς ἀπαράτρωτον ἐπαινέσαι. τὸν ζῆλον, ἀναγχαΐον εἰπεῖν, ὅσα σαφῶς ἐρῶντας τῆς ἐνθέσμου διαγωγῆς πρὸς τὴν ταύτης προτρέπεται αἴρεαιν, καὶ θ σῷ ὁδηγεῖ πρὸς τὴν τοῦ χαθέχοντος ἐκλογήν. Ὡς γὰρ Α υἱ κατάγνωσις τοῦ ςαύλου ἐντρέπουσα τοὺς ἐνεχομένους αὐτῷ ἐπιστρέφει μεταμεγομένους ἐπὶ τὸ ἄμεινον, οὕτως ἔπαινος τοῦ καλοῦ καὶ τοὺς ὀχνηοὺς ἔχοντας διεγείρει πρὸς τὴν τούτου οἰκείωσιν, πόθῳ τῆς εὐφηυίας δελεάζων αὐτοὺς, καὶ ἕλκων προθύμως πρὸς ἑαυτὸν, πρὶν σώφρονι λογισμῷ τὸ τῶν ᾿ ἀνθρωπίνων ἀνόνητον διασκεψάμενοι, τὴν ὄντως ὠφέλιμον ἴδωσι δόξαν, ἦ δοξάζει τοὺς εὐσεβοῦντας Θεὸς, καὶ νῦν ταῖς ἀμοιδαῖς τῶν μένων ποιῶν αὑτοὺς ἐμφανεῖς, καὶ ἀναστέφων ἕν τῷ τῆς χρίσεως καιρῷ ἐπὶ πάσης τῆς λογικῇς φύσεως, ὅταν ἑκάστῳ κρίνων δικαίως ἀποδίξωσιν οὐ κατὰ τὴν ἐνταῦθα πεπλανημένην ὑπόληψιν, ἀλλ᾽ ὡς ἔχει τὸ ὅσιον χατ᾽ αὐτὴν τῶν πεπραγμένων τὴν ἀλήθειαν. Εἰ γὰρ τοῖς συμπαθείᾳ τὸ ὀμόφυλον οἰχτείρασιν ἐνδείᾳ τρυχόμενον Δεῦτε οἱ εὐλογημένοι τοῦ Πατρός μου, χληρονοιλήσατε τὴν ἡτοιμασμένην ὑμῖν βασιλείαν πῶς τὴν αὐτὴν οὐχ ἐρεῖ φωνὴν τοῖς ὀλίγον μὲν τῆς σαρχὸς, καὶ τοσοῦτον, ὅσον ἡ πρὸς τὸ ζῇν ἐδιάζετο χρεία, τὸ δὲ πολὺ τοῦ καιροῦ προσχαρτερήσασιν ἐν τῇ τῆς Ψυχῆς ἀσχολίᾳ, καὶ ταύτην φροντίδα πεποιημένοις, ὅπως αὕτη χαθαρὰ, καὶ ἀπόλυντος ῥυπαρῶν ἐννοιὼν παραπτῇ τῷ μέλλοντι τὰ τῆς καρδίας κρίνειν κρυπτὰ, καὶ τοὺς λογισμοὺς ἐξετάζειν, πῶς ἔχουσι πρὸς ἕχαστον οἰκειώσεως, ἣ ἀλλοτριώσεως τῶν παρενοχλούντων παθῶν; γὰρ τῆς πρὸς τὸ συγγενὲς εὐσπλαγχνίας, οὗτοι τῆς πρὸς τὰ δελεάξοντα φιλοσοφίας, ὁμοίως εἰσὶ παρὰ τῷ χΧριτῇ ἀποδοχῆς ἄξιοι. α Ὡς γὰρ οἱ ἐλεήμονες οὐ λυποῦνται μειουμένυυ τοῦ πλούτου τῇ μεταδόσει καθ᾽ ἐκάστην ἡ λέραν, εὐφραίνοῦται δὲ μᾶλλον εἰς τοὺς ἐπιδεεῖς δα πανωμένου οὕτως οὐ τοὺς ἀκτήμονας ἐπιθυμία τῶν παρόγτων, σχιρτᾶν δὲ παρασκευάζει, καὶ γάννυσθαι, ὅτι τε χαταφρονητιχῶ; ἔχουσι τοῖς ἄλλοις νομιζομένων τιμίων, καὶ ὅτι τῆς τῶν ματαίων ἀσχολίας ἀπηλλαγμένοι, ἐλευθέρῳ τῷ λογισμῷ τῇ τῶν πάνα τῶν κρειττόνων προσεδρεύουσιν ρίαν ἄγοντες τούτων ὧν οἱ πολλοὶ δουλείαν εἴλοντο ἀνωφελῆ καὶ ἀνόνητον.
Prōēn men pros tous amelesteron eketiontas ho monadikon bion graphontes logon, hikanōs chattēmetha toutōn, hoson hypedēsan tēs akriozias deiknyntes tę̄ peri ta mataia autōn spoudę̄ ktēmatōn antechomenoi, kai tois tou biou tōn philo ploutōn ouch hēkista perispasmois emphyromenoi, Nyn de, epeidē dei kai tōn phylaxantōn hymōn te kai tōn kath᾽ hymas ton tēs aktēmosynēs kanona hōs eichen ex archēs aparatrōton epainesai. ton zēlon, ananchaïon eipein, hosa saphōs erōntas tēs enthesmou diagōgēs pros tēn tautēs protrepetai aireain, kai th sǭ hodēgei pros tēn tou chathechontos eklogēn. Hōs gar A hui katagnōsis tou saulou entrepousa tous enechomenous autǭ epistrephei metamegomenous epi to ameinon, houtōs epainos tou kalou kai tous ochnēous echontas diegeirei pros tēn toutou oikeiōsin, pothǭ tēs euphēuias deleazōn autous, kai helkōn prothymōs pros heauton, prin sōphroni logismǭ to tōn ᾿ anthrōpinōn anonēton diaskepsamenoi, tēn ontōs ōphelimon idōsi doxan, ē doxazei tous eusebountas Theos, kai nyn tais amoidais tōn menōn poiōn hautous emphaneis, kai anastephōn hen tǭ tēs chriseōs kairǭ epi pasēs tēs logikę̄s physeōs, hotan hekastǭ krinōn dikaiōs apodixōsin ou kata tēn entautha peplanēmenēn hypolēpsin, all᾽ hōs echei to hosion chat᾽ autēn tōn pepragmenōn tēn alētheian. Ei gar tois sympatheią to omophylon oichteirasin endeią trychomenon Deute hoi eulogēmenoi tou Patros mou, chlēronoilēsate tēn hētoimasmenēn hymin basileian pōs tēn autēn ouch erei phōnēn tois oligon men tēs sarchos, kai tosouton, hoson hē pros to zę̄n ediazeto chreia, to de poly tou kairou proscharterēsasin en tę̄ tēs Psychēs ascholią, kai tautēn phrontida pepoiēmenois, hopōs hautē chathara, kai apolyntos rhyparōn ennoiōn paraptę̄ tǭ mellonti ta tēs kardias krinein krypta, kai tous logismous exetazein, pōs echousi pros hechaston oikeiōseōs, hē allotriōseōs tōn parenochlountōn pathōn? gar tēs pros to syngenes eusplanchnias, houtoi tēs pros ta deleaxonta philosophias, homoiōs eisi para tǭ chChritę̄ apodochēs axioi. a Hōs gar hoi eleēmones ou lypountai meioumenyy tou ploutou tę̄ metadosei kath᾽ ekastēn hē leran, euphrainoutai de mallon eis tous epideeis da panōmenou houtōs ou tous aktēmonas epithymia tōn parogtōn, schirtan de paraskeuazei, kai gannysthai, hoti te chataphronētichō? echousi tois allois nomizomenōn timiōn, kai hoti tēs tōn mataiōn ascholias apēllagmenoi, eleutherǭ tǭ logismǭ tę̄ tōn pana tōn kreittonōn prosedreuousin rian agontes toutōn hōn hoi polloi douleian eilonto anōphelē kai anonēton.
Earlier, writing a discourse to those who pursue the monastic life rather carelessly, we reproached them enough, showing how far they had fallen short of exactness by their zeal for vain things, clinging to possessions and entangled not least in the distractions of the life of the lovers of wealth. But now, since we must also praise the zeal of those among you, and of those like you, who have kept the rule of having nothing unbroken as it was from the beginning, it is necessary to say what things plainly urge those who love the lawful way of life to choose it, and guide them to the choice of what is fitting. For as the condemnation of what is bad shames those caught in it and turns them, repenting, toward the better, so the praise of what is good rouses even the sluggish to make it their own, enticing them with the longing for good repute and drawing them eagerly to itself, until, having weighed with sober reasoning the uselessness of human things, they see the truly profitable glory with which God glorifies those who live godly lives: now making them manifest by the rewards of their labors, and crowning them at the time of judgment before the whole rational creation, when, judging justly, he renders to each, not according to the mistaken opinion held here, but as holiness stands according to the very truth of the deeds done. For if to those who out of sympathy pitied their kinsman worn down by want he says, “Come, you blessed of my Father, inherit the kingdom prepared for you,” how will he not speak the same words to those who gave little to the flesh, and only so much as the need of living compelled, but spent most of their time persevering in the occupation of the soul, and made it their care that the soul be presented pure and unstained by filthy thoughts to him who is to judge the secrets of the heart and to examine the thoughts, how each stands, whether it has made the troubling passions its own or become estranged from them? For as those are worthy of acceptance by the Judge for their compassion toward their kin, so these are alike worthy for their philosophy toward the things that entice. For as the merciful are not grieved when their wealth is lessened by sharing it each day, but rather rejoice as it is spent on the needy, so desire for present things does not [grieve] those who have nothing, but makes them leap and be glad, both because they look down on what others think precious, and because, freed from occupation with vain things, they attend with free reasoning to the … of all better things, enjoying freedom from the things in which most people have chosen an unprofitable and useless slavery.
Chapter 2
2PG 79
Καὶ μὴ τις ἄπονον οἰέσθω, καὶ μετὰ ῥᾳστώνης περιγινόμενον τὸ τῆς ἀχτημοτύνης κατόρθωμα. Οὐ γὰρ τὴν ἀκούσιον πενίαν νῦν ἀχτημοσύνην φαμὲν, ἥτις ἐξ ἀνάγχης συμθαίνουσα θλίβει τὴν γνώμην, ἡγουμένη τὸ ἀβούλητον, ἀλλὰ τῆς προα ρέσεως; τὸ περὶ τὴν ὀλιγαρκίαν αὐθαίρετον, ἐξουσίᾳ μὲν περιγινόμενον λογισμοῦ, κάματον δὲ καὶ αὐτὸ τέως παρέχον, ἕως ἕξις γενομένη ἡ ἄσκησις ἀνεκτὸν δείξει τὸ πολλῷ χρόνῳ δύσκολον φανὲν, καὶ δυσάνυστον. Ὁμοίως γὰρ εὐφνὴῆς σώματος ὄψις, καὶ ὕλη πλούτου λαμπρὰ, τὶν ἐπιθυμίαν πρὸς ἔφεσιν, καὶ γενναίας ἑκάτερον ψυχῆς, καὶ τ …
Kai mē tis aponon oiesthō, kai meta rhąstōnēs periginomenon to tēs achtēmotynēs katorthōma. Ou gar tēn akousion penian nyn achtēmosynēn phamen, hētis ex ananchēs symthainousa thlibei tēn gnōmēn, hēgoumenē to aboulēton, alla tēs proa reseōs? to peri tēn oligarkian authaireton, exousią men periginomenon logismou, kamaton de kai auto teōs parechon, heōs hexis genomenē hē askēsis anekton deixei to pollǭ chronǭ dyskolon phanen, kai dysanyston. Homoiōs gar euphnēēs sōmatos opsis, kai hylē ploutou lampra, tin epithymian pros ephesin, kai gennaias hekateron psychēs, kai t …
Let no one think that the achievement of having nothing is free of toil and gained with ease. For by having nothing we do not now mean involuntary poverty, which, arising from necessity, afflicts the mind as it considers its condition unwanted, but the self-chosen contentment with little that belongs to the will: it is gained by the authority of reason, yet it too brings toil for a while, until the practice becomes a habit and shows to be bearable what for a long time seemed hard and difficult to accomplish. For alike a comely appearance of body and splendid material of wealth [stir] desire to longing, and each [calls for] a noble soul, and …
Chapter 3
3PG 79
᾿Αξιάγαστοι δὲ καὶ λίαν ἐκεῖνοι, καὶ πάσης ἐκ λόγων εὐφημίας ἀνώτεροι, οἱ καὶ τούτους θόντες; τῇ ἀχριδείᾳ, καὶ αὐτῶν ἐντὸς τῶν ὅρων τῖς τελείας ἀκτημοσύνης γενόμενοι, ὅτι καὶ πρὸς; ζῆλον τοὺς νῦν ἕλκουσιν αἱρουμένους τὴν μίμησιν, καὶ ἀπονοίας τῆς ἐπὶ τοῖς πραττομένοις καλοῖς; λάττουσιν ἑαυτοὺς, σπουδάζοντας χατ᾽ ἴχνος βαίνειν αὐτῶν, καὶ ἀπολιμπανομένους τῆς χαταλείψεωςΠηγὴ δὲ, ὥσπερ τὸ τῇ ἀρετῇ τοὺς ἀλαζονείαν καὶ οἴησιν, οὕτω τὸ μὴ φθά νειν σὑτοὺς τὸν λογισμὸν κατεσταλμένον, Α ἰη ρ αι ουδίοις ἣ ἐφ᾽ οἷς ὀδυνώμενον, ἢ ἐφ᾽ οἷς προχόπτεῖιν ἔδοξεν ἀπαιρόμενον. Οὐδεὶς δὲ τῶν νῦν τέως ἢ ἀφικνεῖται, ἢ ἐφίχετο τῆς ἀρετῆς τῶν πάλαι ἁγίων, ὧν ἄνοιχος, καὶ ἀνέστιος, καὶ ἀνείμων ἀναγέγραπται ἡ διαγωγὴ ἀλωμένων τόπον ἀεὶ, καὶ τὸ παρατυχὸν ἔδεσμα σιτουμένων ἡδέως, καὶ χοιταζομένων ὅποι ποτὲ, καὶ ὦ; ἔτυχε, καὶ τοὺς ἐπιβουλεύοντας, καὶ δ ὦχοντας οὐχ ὡς ἐν τῷ παρόντι τιμῶντας, καὶ περιέποντας ἐχόντων πολλούς. Τούτους γὰρ παρίστησι διαγράφων ὁ Παῦλος ἐν οἷς ἔλεγεν, ε Ἐλιθάσθησαν, ἐπρίσθησαν, ἐν φόνῳ μαχαίρας ἀπέθανον, περιῆλθον ἐν μηλωαἷς, ἐν αἰγείοις ὑστερούμενοι, θλιβόμενοι, χαχιυχούμενοι, ὧν οὐκ ἣν ἄξιος ὁ κόσμος. ε Κἂν γάρ τις τῶν νῦν φαντασθῇ τὴν πρὸς αὐτοὺς ἰσοτιμίαν τῇ προθέσει, καὶ τοῖς ἔργοις ἴσως δοκῶν αὐτοὺς ἐζηλωχέναι, ἀπολείπεται θεραπευόμενος ἐπὶ τῇ ἀρετῇ, ἐφ᾽ ἧ ἐκινδύνευον αὐτοὶ, καὶ τὴν παραχολουθοῦσαν δόξαν ἔχων παραμυθίαν τῶν πόνων, ἧς ἀπεστερημένοι παντελῶς οἱ μακάριοι, τὰ τῆς εὐφημίας ἐφὁδια διωγμῶν εὑρίσχοντες, καὶ χαλεπῶν θανάτων ὑπόθεσιν. Οὐχ ἦν ἐκείνοις στέγη, καὶ ἀποθήκη, οὐ κλίνη, οὐ τράπεζα μηλωταὶ τὸ ἔνδυμα, καὶ τρίχες σχέδιος ἡ τῆς ἐνεστώσης ἡ μέρας τροφὴ, καὶ ἡ ἐπιοὔσα ἀμέριμνος. Προέλαδον γὰρ τῇ κατὰ πρόθεσιν φιλοσοφίᾳ τὴν τοῦ Κυρίου παραίνεσιν, ἐν ἧ φησι ε Ἐμβλέψατε εἰς τὰ πετεινὰ τοῦ οὐρανοῦ, ὅτι οὐ σπείρουσιν, οὐδὲ θερίζουσιν, οὐδὲ συνάγουσιν εἰς ἀποθῆχας, καὶ ὁ Πατὴρ ὑμῶν ὁ οὐράνιος τρέφει αὑτά. Καὶ πάλιν Καταμάθετε τὰ κρίνα τοῦ ἀγροῦ πῶς αὐξάνει οὗ κοπιᾷ, οὐδὲ νήθει. Τὰ χρειώδη τῇ χρείᾳ τοῦ σώματος ἀκολουθεῖν ἐπιστάμενοι, ὅταν παρῇ τὸ εὐχρεττεῖν τῷ ταῦτα παρέχοντι Θεῷ, καὶ κτῆσις τῇς τῶν οὐρανῶν βασιλείας προηγουμένως σπουδάζηται, …
᾿Axiagastoi de kai lian ekeinoi, kai pasēs ek logōn euphēmias anōteroi, hoi kai toutous thontes? tę̄ achrideią, kai autōn entos tōn horōn tis teleias aktēmosynēs genomenoi, hoti kai pros? zēlon tous nyn helkousin hairoumenous tēn mimēsin, kai aponoias tēs epi tois prattomenois kalois? lattousin heautous, spoudazontas chat᾽ ichnos bainein autōn, kai apolimpanomenous tēs chataleipseōsPēgē de, hōsper to tę̄ aretę̄ tous alazoneian kai oiēsin, houtō to mē phtha nein sytous ton logismon katestalmenon, A iē r ai oudiois hē eph᾽ hois odynōmenon, ē eph᾽ hois prochopteiin edoxen apairomenon. Oudeis de tōn nyn teōs ē aphikneitai, ē ephicheto tēs aretēs tōn palai hagiōn, hōn anoichos, kai anestios, kai aneimōn anagegraptai hē diagōgē alōmenōn topon aei, kai to paratychon edesma sitoumenōn hēdeōs, kai choitazomenōn hopoi pote, kai ō? etyche, kai tous epibouleuontas, kai d ōchontas ouch hōs en tǭ paronti timōntas, kai periepontas echontōn pollous. Toutous gar paristēsi diagraphōn ho Paulos en hois elegen, e Elithasthēsan, epristhēsan, en phonǭ machairas apethanon, periēlthon en mēlōais, en aigeiois hysteroumenoi, thlibomenoi, chachiychoumenoi, hōn ouk hēn axios ho kosmos. e Kan gar tis tōn nyn phantasthę̄ tēn pros autous isotimian tę̄ prothesei, kai tois ergois isōs dokōn autous ezēlōchenai, apoleipetai therapeuomenos epi tę̄ aretę̄, eph᾽ hē ekindyneuon autoi, kai tēn paracholouthousan doxan echōn paramythian tōn ponōn, hēs apesterēmenoi pantelōs hoi makarioi, ta tēs euphēmias ephodia diōgmōn heurischontes, kai chalepōn thanatōn hypothesin. Ouch ēn ekeinois stegē, kai apothēkē, ou klinē, ou trapeza mēlōtai to endyma, kai triches schedios hē tēs enestōsēs hē meras trophē, kai hē epiousa amerimnos. Proeladon gar tę̄ kata prothesin philosophią tēn tou Kyriou parainesin, en hē phēsi e Emblepsate eis ta peteina tou ouranou, hoti ou speirousin, oude therizousin, oude synagousin eis apothēchas, kai ho Patēr hymōn ho ouranios trephei hauta. Kai palin Katamathete ta krina tou agrou pōs auxanei hou kopią, oude nēthei. Ta chreiōdē tę̄ chreią tou sōmatos akolouthein epistamenoi, hotan parę̄ to euchrettein tǭ tauta parechonti Theǭ, kai ktēsis tę̄s tōn ouranōn basileias proēgoumenōs spoudazētai, …
Worthy of great admiration, and above all praise that words can give, are those who outstripped even these in exactness and came to stand within the bounds of perfect having-nothing. For they draw those now living to zeal, as these choose to imitate them, and they guard them against arrogance over the good deeds they do, since they are eager to walk in their footsteps and yet fall short of their renunciation. For just as surpassing others in virtue is a source of boasting and conceit, so not having outstripped them keeps the mind humbled, … either grieving over where it fell short, or not lifted up over where it seemed to make progress. None of those now living reaches, or has reached, the virtue of the saints of old, whose way of life is recorded as without house, without hearth, without clothing: always wandering from place to place, eating gladly whatever food came their way, lying down wherever and however it happened, and having many who plotted against them and persecuted them, not, as at present, many who honor and attend them. For Paul presents them in a description when he said, “They were stoned, they were sawn in two, they died by the sword; they went about in sheepskins, in goatskins, destitute, afflicted, ill-treated, of whom the world was not worthy.” For even if one of those now living imagines himself their equal in honor by his purpose, and seems perhaps to have emulated them in his deeds, he falls short, since he is courted for the virtue for which they were in danger, and he has the glory that follows it as a consolation for his labors; but those blessed men were wholly deprived of it, and found the provisions of good repute to be occasions of persecutions and of cruel deaths. They had no roof and no storehouse, no bed, no table; sheepskins and hair were their clothing; the food of the present day was improvised, and the next day was free of care. For by the philosophy of their purpose they anticipated the Lord's exhortation, in which he says, “Look at the birds of the sky: they do not sow or reap or gather into barns, and your heavenly Father feeds them.” And again, “Consider the lilies of the field, how they grow: they do not toil or spin.” They knew that what is needed follows upon the body's need, when there is the will to please God who supplies these things, and when the possession of the kingdom of heaven is sought first …
Chapter 4
4PG 79
Ἡμῖν δὲ καὶ τροφὴ παρεσκεύασται πολυχρόνιος, καὶ ἐσθὴς ταῖς ὥραις κατάλληλος ᾿ καὶ οἶχος χρυμοῦ, καὶ θάλπους, πάσης ἀπαλλάττων, ὁμοίως ἐπηρείας, χρημάτων δὲ καὶ κτημάτων, καὶ τῆ: ἄλλης περιττῆς ὕλης ἡ κτῆσις οὐχ ἡμέλητα Καὶ ποῦ τοῖς ἐκείνων τὰ ἡμέτερα ἴσα, οἷς οὐδὲν ξωματιχῆῇς φαντασίας ἐνθύμιον, ἀκραιφνὴς δέ τις πόθος τῶν θείων μεταραίους αὐτοὺς αἴρων ἀεὶ, ἀμνημονεῖν ἔπειθε τῶν ὃν τῇ γῇ νομιζομένων λαμπρῶν Οὐδὲνεἶχον. ἐπὶ γῆς πλὴν τοῦ σώματος, ὅπερ ἡ φύσις κατεἶχε κάτω βαρὺ πεφυκὸς, καὶ κρὸς τὴν ἄνω πορείαν δυσμεταχόμιστον, ἐπεὶ καὶ αὑτὸ ἑαυτῶν ἔχειν ἐπόθουν, ἔνθα τῷ νῷ διέτριβον τὰ ἐν οὐρανῷ λογιξόμενοι ἀγαθὰ, καὶ τῆς ἐκεῖ τέρψεως καὶ ὠφελείας οὐδαμῶς ἀποσπώμενο εἰ μὴ φύσις αὐτοὺς πάλιν ἐπέστρεφε πρὸς τὴν χρείαν τοῦ σώματος, αἰδοῖ τοῦ συνδήσαντος φροντίζειν ἀναγχαζομένους τούτου, οὗ τὴν ἀλλοτρίωσιν ἐκ πείρας ἔγνωσαν λυσιτελῇ καὶ καθήκουσαν. Ζημίαν γὰρ ἀληθῶς πᾶς κρίνει σπουδαῖος καὶ τὴν πρὸς βραχὺ ἀσχολίαν τῆς εἰς τὰ σαρκικὰ λειτουργίας, ἐκεῖνον καλῶς παρεληλυθέναι ὃν καιρὸν λογιζόμενος, ὃν εἰς τὴν τῶν κρειττόνων ἂργασίαν ἀνήλωσε, μόνιμον ἐκεῖ τὸν πόνον τοῦτον εὖρήσειν εἰδὼς, ὃς εἰς προκοπὴν τῆς φνχῆς δεδαπάνηται, οὐχ ὃ; εἰς ἐπιμέλειαν τῆς τοῦ σώματος θεραπεία: προπεχώρηπε τῷ καιρῷ τῆς χρείας πκαραμυθησάμενος τὴν ἀνάγχην, καὶ μετὰ τὴν χρείαν οὐχ ὧν, χθὲς χρηοιμεύσας, καὶ σήμερον οὐ παρών.
Hēmin de kai trophē pareskeuastai polychronios, kai esthēs tais hōrais katallēlos ᾿ kai oichos chrymou, kai thalpous, pasēs apallattōn, homoiōs epēreias, chrēmatōn de kai ktēmatōn, kai tē: allēs perittēs hylēs hē ktēsis ouch hēmelēta Kai pou tois ekeinōn ta hēmetera isa, hois ouden xōmatichēę̄s phantasias enthymion, akraiphnēs de tis pothos tōn theiōn metaraious autous airōn aei, amnēmonein epeithe tōn hon tę̄ gę̄ nomizomenōn lamprōn Oudeneichon. epi gēs plēn tou sōmatos, hoper hē physis kateiche katō bary pephykos, kai kros tēn anō poreian dysmetachomiston, epei kai hauto heautōn echein epothoun, entha tǭ nǭ dietribon ta en ouranǭ logixomenoi agatha, kai tēs ekei terpseōs kai ōpheleias oudamōs apospōmeno ei mē physis autous palin epestrephe pros tēn chreian tou sōmatos, aidoi tou syndēsantos phrontizein ananchazomenous toutou, hou tēn allotriōsin ek peiras egnōsan lysitelę̄ kai kathēkousan. Zēmian gar alēthōs pas krinei spoudaios kai tēn pros brachy ascholian tēs eis ta sarkika leitourgias, ekeinon kalōs parelēlythenai hon kairon logizomenos, hon eis tēn tōn kreittonōn argasian anēlōse, monimon ekei ton ponon touton eurēsein eidōs, hos eis prokopēn tēs phnchēs dedapanētai, ouch ho? eis epimeleian tēs tou sōmatos therapeia: propechōrēpe tǭ kairǭ tēs chreias pkaramythēsamenos tēn ananchēn, kai meta tēn chreian ouch hōn, chthes chrēoimeusas, kai sēmeron ou parōn.
But for us food is prepared long in advance, and clothing suited to the seasons, and a house that keeps off every annoyance of cold and heat alike; and the acquisition of money and property and of the rest of superfluous matter is not neglected. How can our ways be equal to theirs? They had no thought of bodily imaginings, but a pure longing for divine things, always lifting them on high, persuaded them to forget what is thought splendid on earth. They had nothing on earth except the body, which nature held down below, heavy by nature and hard to carry along on the journey upward, since they longed to have even it with them where they lived with the mind, reckoning up the good things in heaven, and never torn away from the delight and benefit there, unless nature turned them back again to the body's need, compelled out of reverence for him who joined them to it to take care of the body, though they knew from experience that estrangement from it was profitable and fitting. For every earnest person truly judges even a brief occupation with the service of the flesh to be a loss, reckoning that the time has been well spent which he spent on the work of better things, knowing that he will find abiding there the labor that has been spent on the soul's progress, not the labor spent on caring for the body's service, which gave way when the occasion of need passed, having relieved the necessity, and which, once the need is over, no longer exists: useful yesterday, and today not present.
Chapter 5
5PG 79
Τοιαύτη γὰρ ἧ χρεία τοῦ σώματος ῥοώδης τε τὰρατρέχουσα, τοῦ παρελθόντος εἰς τὸ παρὸν, καὶ τοῦ παρόντο; εἰς τὸ μέλλον οὐ παρέχουσα πρόνοιαν, τὸ ἑνεστὸς ἰωμένης καὶ πρὺς τὴν ἑξῆς ἔνδειαν ἄγρηστο; Ὁ δὲ τῆς ἀρετῆς πόνης, σπόρος ἐστὶν ἀδιαλείπτῳ τῷ καρπῷ, καὶ ἐν αὐτῷ τῷ ἔργῳ τὴν συνεἰδησιν εὐφραίνων τῇ προσδοκίᾳ τῆς ἀπολαύσεως, καὶ μετὰ τὴν ἐνθένδε μετανάσπτασιν εὐπρεπὴς εὑρικαὶ χρησιμεύων ποὺς αἷών οὺ, οὐδὲ τὸ παρελθὸν ἀνόνγτον ἔχων, ἂν μὴ δεξίας ἄλογον πάθος χενώσῃ τὰ συνε: λεγμένα, καὶ τὸ μηδέπω εἰς ἔργον ἐν προθέσει β: γενόλενον, ἐν ἴσῳ τῶν πεπραγμένων ἀριθμούμενον ἐπειδὴ τὸ κεκριμένως πεπίστευται ὡς θῶς ἐπιτε εσθησόμενον ἐκ τῶν ἤδη ἀψντυδῶ ὑποσχέσεων. ἂν γὰρ χρόνον οὐχ ἔτχε πρὸς ἐνέργειαν ἐπιτήδειον σπουδασθὲν τῇ γνώμῃ, καὶ προελθεῖν οὐ φθάσαν εἰς ἔργον, οὕτω διχαξούση; διχαίω; τῆς θείας, ἵνα καὶ τὸ πρὺς ἀρέσκειαν γιυόἀπηρτισμένη χρίνηται πρᾶξις πάντων ἀπαρτισθεῖσα ὡ; εἶχεν ἡ προθυμία, εἰ μή τις ἀνάγχη τὴν προθυμίαν ἐκώλυσεν εἰς πέρας ἐλθεῖν. Καὶ δίχαιό γε ἦν ἀλτθῶς, καὶ θείας ψήφου τῆς χρυπτοῖς διχαξζούσης ἐπάξιον ἐκεῖνον τῇ ὄρέξαι μισθὸν, οὗ ἕνεχεν τὸ ἔργον ἐπετέδευσε, καὶ πρὸς ὃν εἶδεν ἕως τέλους ἐξ ἀρχῆῇς ὁ σκοπὸς οὐ θεὶς ἀφ᾽ ἑτέρου εἰς ἕτερον. Τέμνεται γὰρ τὰ ἐναντία τοῖς ἐναντίοις πολλάκις, καὶ τὸ προτεθὲν εἰς τὴν ἀντιγειμένην τάξιν μεθίσταται ὅταν τὸ μὲν πρὸς δόξαν ἀνθρώπων γινόμενον διορθῳθῇ σώφρονι λον Ὁ Υἱομῷ ὡς ἔχον τὸν τόνον τον, τὸ δὲ αὐτοῦ ἕν-κεν τοῦ καλοῦ προτεθὲν ἐπεισελθούσῃς φιλοδόξου ἐννοίας μηχέτι ἀκολουθῇ τῷ προλαβόντι σχοκᾷ, τις μηθῇ δὲ τῷ ἐναντίῳ, καὶ ὅλως μεταστῇ πρὸς αὐτόν. Οὕτω γὰρ ἐπὶ τὸ βέλτιον ἀπὸ τοῦ χείρονος, καὶ ἀξὺ τούτου ἐπὶ τὸ ἄμεινον ἀντιμεθίστανται οἱ ποτὲ μὲν σωτηρίως, ποτὲ δὲ ὁλεθρίως ἀλλήλμις ἵν ἀμειβόμενοι πρὸς τὸ συμφέρον ἐκ σπουδῆς, ἃ τρὸς τὸ μὴ καθῆκον ἐκ ῥχθυμίας …
Toiautē gar hē chreia tou sōmatos rhoōdēs te taratrechousa, tou parelthontos eis to paron, kai tou paronto? eis to mellon ou parechousa pronoian, to henestos iōmenēs kai prys tēn hexēs endeian agrēsto? Ho de tēs aretēs ponēs, sporos estin adialeiptǭ tǭ karpǭ, kai en autǭ tǭ ergǭ tēn syneidēsin euphrainōn tę̄ prosdokią tēs apolauseōs, kai meta tēn enthende metanasptasin euprepēs heurikai chrēsimeuōn pous haiōn ou, oude to parelthon anongton echōn, an mē dexias alogon pathos chenōsę̄ ta syne: legmena, kai to mēdepō eis ergon en prothesei b: genolenon, en isǭ tōn pepragmenōn arithmoumenon epeidē to kekrimenōs pepisteutai hōs thōs epite esthēsomenon ek tōn ēdē apsntydō hyposcheseōn. an gar chronon ouch etche pros energeian epitēdeion spoudasthen tę̄ gnōmę̄, kai proelthein ou phthasan eis ergon, houtō dichaxousē? dichaiō? tēs theias, hina kai to prys areskeian giyoapērtismenē chrinētai praxis pantōn apartistheisa hō? eichen hē prothymia, ei mē tis ananchē tēn prothymian ekōlysen eis peras elthein. Kai dichaio ge ēn altthōs, kai theias psēphou tēs chryptois dichaxzousēs epaxion ekeinon tę̄ orexai misthon, hou henechen to ergon epetedeuse, kai pros hon eiden heōs telous ex archēę̄s ho skopos ou theis aph᾽ heterou eis heteron. Temnetai gar ta enantia tois enantiois pollakis, kai to protethen eis tēn antigeimenēn taxin methistatai hotan to men pros doxan anthrōpōn ginomenon diorthǭthę̄ sōphroni lon Ho Huiomǭ hōs echon ton tonon ton, to de autou hen-ken tou kalou protethen epeiselthousę̄s philodoxou ennoias mēcheti akolouthę̄ tǭ prolabonti schoką, tis mēthę̄ de tǭ enantiǭ, kai holōs metastę̄ pros auton. Houtō gar epi to beltion apo tou cheironos, kai axy toutou epi to ameinon antimethistantai hoi pote men sōtēriōs, pote de holethriōs allēlmis hin ameibomenoi pros to sympheron ek spoudēs, ha tros to mē kathēkon ek rhchthymias …
For such is the body's need: it flows and runs past, from the past into the present and from the present into the future, providing no forethought; it heals what is present and is useless for the want that follows. But the labor of virtue is a seed whose fruit never fails: in the very work it gladdens the conscience with the expectation of enjoyment, and after the departure from here it is found seemly and useful for the age to come; and it does not make even the past unprofitable, unless an irrational passion empties what has been gathered. And what has not yet come into act, but exists in purpose, is counted equal to what has been done, since what has been firmly decided is trusted to be truly accomplished, on the strength of the promises already made. For if what the mind earnestly intended did not have time suited to action and did not get as far as the deed, then by the just judgment of the divine justice what was done to please God is judged a deed fully accomplished, accomplished as the eagerness intended, had not some necessity prevented the eagerness from coming to completion. And it was truly just, and worthy of the divine verdict that judges hidden things, to give that person the reward for whose sake he undertook the work, and toward which his aim looked from beginning to end, not passing from one aim to another. For opposites are often cut short by opposites, and what was set forth is moved over into the opposite rank: when what is done for human glory is corrected by sober reasoning as having lost its [proper] tension, and what was set forth for the sake of the good itself no longer follows its former aim when a vainglorious thought comes in, but … to the opposite, and wholly changes over to it. For in this way people shift in turn from worse to better and from this to worse, sometimes to their salvation, sometimes to their ruin, exchanging one for the other: toward what is profitable out of zeal, toward what is not fitting out of laziness …
Chapter 6
6PG 79
Διὸ τοῖς τὴν πρᾶξιν τοῦ ἀγαθοῦ χωροῦσι παραινετιχῶς φησιν ὁ Κύριος ε Ὅταν προσεύχῃ, εἴσελθε εἰς τὸ ταμεῖόν σον, καὶ κλείσας τὴν θύραν, πρόσευξαι τῷ σου τῷ ἐν τῷ κρυπτῷ. Καὶ πάλιν ε Ὅταν ποιῇς ἐλεημοσύνην, μὴ σαλπίσῃς ἔμπροσθέν σου τὸ ὡς ἐπιβλαβὲς παραιτεῖσθαι κελεύων. Ὁ δὲ προφήτης λέγων, ὅτι ὁ τοὺς μισθοὺς συνάγων, συνήγαγεν εἰς ἀπόδεσμον. κετρυπημένον, δείχυνσιν, ὅπως: τῷ διεφθαρμένῳ σκοπῷ τῆς δοξομανίας ἀφανίζεται ὁ πόνος, χαθάπερ ἀπόδεσμον παρατρέχων, τὴν οὐχ ἧσφαλισμένην γνώμην μετρίῳ φρονήματι. Θησαυρὸς γὰρ αὕτη γε, καὶ πάντοθεν καρτερῶς μένον ὀχύ ρωμα, ἔνθα σῆς, καὶ βρῶσις οὖχ ἀφανίζει, οὐδὲ κλέπται διορύσσουσι, καὶ κλέπτουσι σητὸς μὲν νοσυμένου τῆς ἔνδον τιχτομένης οἰήσεως, καὶ ἄφανιζούσης τὰ ἐφ᾽ οἷς συνέστη καλὰ, λῃστῶν δὲ τῶν ἔξωθεν ἐπεισερχομένων ἐπαίνων, καὶ συλώντων ἀθρόως ἀπονοίᾳ, καὶ τύφῳ τὰ πολ ῷ μόχθῳ τὴς Β ἀρετῆς συνηγμένα χειμήλια. Ὡς γὰρ σὴς ἀναλίσκει τὴν ὕλην, ἀφ ἧ; τὴν ὕπάρξιν ἔλαβε, καὶ λῃσταὶ τοιχωρυχοῦντες, τὰ ἐπιμελῶς ἡθροισμένα, οὕτω λογισμὸς μὲν ἐπὶ τοῖ; ἀγαθοῖς ἔργοις πρὸς ἔπαρσιν κινηθεὶς ἀφανίζει τὰ κεκτημένα τὰ δὲ παρὰ τῶν συμπεφορημένων, καὶ συγχλίδων ἀνθρώπων ἐγκώμια, τὰ κοῦφα φρονήματα, καὶ οὐδὲν τῶν καλῶν ἀφίησιν ἕνδον τὰ θύραθεν σθέντα νομίμως δι᾽ ὁπῆῇς ἐχθαλλόμενα τῶν ὥτων. ᾿Αλλὰ μηδεὶς ἐπὶ τοσοῦτον χρατηθείη τῷ πάθει, μΥ δὲ χαρωθεὶς φιλοδοξίας ἱμέρῳ, παντελῆ ζημίαν ὑπομείνῃ τῶν οἰκείων καμάτων, νήψοι δὲ κᾶν ἐν τῷ διορύττεσθαι, καὶ τοὺς ἐπιβούλους πρὸ τῆς ζημίας … ἀνέλοι, ἐν ἀὐτῷ πλήξας αὐτοὺς τῷ τῆς ἐνθυμήσεως διορύγματι, πρὶν φανερῶς ἥλιος καὶ τὴν ἐνθύμησιν ποιήσει ἐνέργειαν.
Dio tois tēn praxin tou agathou chōrousi parainetichōs phēsin ho Kyrios e Hotan proseuchę̄, eiselthe eis to tameion son, kai kleisas tēn thyran, proseuxai tǭ sou tǭ en tǭ kryptǭ. Kai palin e Hotan poię̄s eleēmosynēn, mē salpisę̄s emprosthen sou to hōs epiblabes paraiteisthai keleuōn. Ho de prophētēs legōn, hoti ho tous misthous synagōn, synēgagen eis apodesmon. ketrypēmenon, deichynsin, hopōs: tǭ diephtharmenǭ skopǭ tēs doxomanias aphanizetai ho ponos, chathaper apodesmon paratrechōn, tēn ouch hēsphalismenēn gnōmēn metriǭ phronēmati. Thēsauros gar hautē ge, kai pantothen karterōs menon ochy rōma, entha sēs, kai brōsis ouch aphanizei, oude kleptai dioryssousi, kai kleptousi sētos men nosymenou tēs endon tichtomenēs oiēseōs, kai aphanizousēs ta eph᾽ hois synestē kala, lę̄stōn de tōn exōthen epeiserchomenōn epainōn, kai sylōntōn athroōs aponoią, kai typhǭ ta pol ǭ mochthǭ tēs B aretēs synēgmena cheimēlia. Hōs gar sēs analiskei tēn hylēn, aph hē? tēn hyparxin elabe, kai lę̄stai toichōrychountes, ta epimelōs hēthroismena, houtō logismos men epi toi? agathois ergois pros eparsin kinētheis aphanizei ta kektēmena ta de para tōn sympephorēmenōn, kai synchlidōn anthrōpōn enkōmia, ta koupha phronēmata, kai ouden tōn kalōn aphiēsin hendon ta thyrathen sthenta nomimōs di᾽ hopēę̄s echthallomena tōn hōtōn. ᾿Alla mēdeis epi tosouton chratētheiē tǭ pathei, mY de charōtheis philodoxias himerǭ, pantelē zēmian hypomeinę̄ tōn oikeiōn kamatōn, nēpsoi de kan en tǭ dioryttesthai, kai tous epiboulous pro tēs zēmias … aneloi, en autǭ plēxas autous tǭ tēs enthymēseōs diorygmati, prin phanerōs hēlios kai tēn enthymēsin poiēsei energeian.
Therefore to those who set out to do good the Lord says by way of exhortation, “When you pray, go into your room, shut the door, and pray to your [Father] in secret.” And again, “When you give alms, do not sound a trumpet before you,” bidding us refuse display as harmful. And the prophet, saying that “he who gathers wages has gathered them into a purse with holes,” shows how by the corrupt aim of a mania for glory the labor vanishes, slipping through as through a purse, when the mind is not secured by modest thinking. For modest thinking is a treasure, a stronghold that stands firm on every side, “where moth and rust do not destroy, nor thieves break in and steal”: the moth means the conceit born within, which destroys the good things from which it arose, and the thieves the praises that come in from outside and plunder all at once, by arrogance and pride, the treasures gathered by virtue's great toil. For as the moth consumes the material from which it received its existence, and as robbers digging through walls [carry off] what was carefully gathered, so a thought moved to elation over good works destroys what has been acquired; and the praises of people who crowd and jostle together [puff up] light minds and leave none of the good things within, but drive out through the opening of the ears what was rightly [stored]. But may no one be so mastered by this passion, nor so stupefied by the longing for vainglory, that he suffers the total loss of his own labors. Let him be sober even while the wall is being dug through, and … the plotters before the loss, and destroy them, striking them in the very breach made by the thought, before … makes the thought into action.
Chapter 7
7PG 79
Τοῦτο γὰρ ὃ νόμους διαγορεύει σαφῶς ε ᾽Εὰν ἐν τῷ διορύγματι λέγων ὁ κλέπτης εὑρεθῇ, καὶ πληγεὶς ἀποθάνῃ, οὐχ ἔσται φόνος ἐὰν δὲ ὁ ἥλιος αὐτῷ ἐπανατείλῃ, φόνος λογισθήσεται. Τὴν ἐν τῷ λογισμῷ πρησπάθειάν τῶν φαύλων ἐννοιῶν, καθάπερ νυκτερινὴν φαντασίαν συγγνώμην ἔχειν δηλῶν. Ἱπάτη γάρ ἐστιν ἀληθῶς πᾶσα συναρπαγὴ τῶν ἐχθρῶν διὰ τῆς ἀθρόας προπθολῆς, καὶ δεῖται συγγνώμης, μετὰ δὲ μελέτην τοῦ συλῶντος πολλὴν, καὶ σαφρῇ … τοῦ βλάπτοντος κατανόησιν εἰχότως λοι πὸν ἀκολουθεῖ τιμωρία. Γνώμης γάρ ἐστι τὸ πταῖσμα, αὐθαίρετος συγκατάθεσις, καὶ οὐχ ἀγνοίας ἀκούσιον ἔθος καὶ τῷ προδήλῳ κακῷ διχαίω: ὁ συνθέμενος ὑπόδικος γίνεται, διὰ προσπάθειαν τῷ χαθάπερ ἐν ἡλιακῷ φωτὶ πολεμίῳ, καὶ μὴ πάσῃ δυνάμει καταγωνισάμενος τοῦ φανέντος ἐχθροῦ. ὡς ἐν αὐτῇ τῇ προσβολῇ τῶν ἐπιξζημίων λογισμῶν ἀρχὴν ἔχοντος τοῦ διορύγματος πληγῆναι τούτους, καὶ χαταπεσεῖν ἕν τῇ μάχῃ νεκρούς. Οὕτω γὰρ ἂν ἐγεγόνει λοιπὸν αὐτῷ ἀπόλεμος ἢ ζωὴ, καὶ θεσμὸ; θυμηδείας ὁ βίος; ἐπ᾽ εὐφραινομένῳ τῇ ἀπολαύσει τούτων, ὧν παρὰ μικρὸν ἔμελλε πικρῶς τὴν ζημίαν ὀδύρεσθαι. Τοιοῦτος ἣν καὶ ὁ λέγων Ἐξ αὐτοῦ τοῦ ἰού … στόματος τῶν θηρίων ἐξέσπων δύο σκέλη, καὶ λοβὸν ὠτίου πρὶν καταποθῇ ταῦτα λαμβάνων, ἀναχτώμενης αὐτὰ ἑαυτῷ. Εἴτε γὰρ λογισμὸς ἐπιθυμίας τῶν γηΐνων ἦν πραγμάτων τοῖς ποσὶν ἐμπλεκόμενος, καὶ προκοπὴν τῶν ἀμεινόνων τέως κωλύων, εἴτε λόγος φθεῖραι διὰ τῆς χρηστὸν ἦθος δυνάμενος, τούτους ὥσπερ θήρας χανδὸν τὰ ἡρπασμένα κατέχοντας μέλη, βλάπτειν οὐ συγχωρεῖ, φθάνων τὴν λύμην αὐτῶν σπουδαία χειρὶ, καὶ τῷ νηφαλίῳ κωλύων τὴν ἐγγύθεν ἐπήρειαν.
Touto gar ho nomous diagoreuei saphōs e ᾽Ean en tǭ diorygmati legōn ho kleptēs heurethę̄, kai plēgeis apothanę̄, ouch estai phonos ean de ho hēlios autǭ epanateilę̄, phonos logisthēsetai. Tēn en tǭ logismǭ prēspatheian tōn phaulōn ennoiōn, kathaper nykterinēn phantasian syngnōmēn echein dēlōn. Hipatē gar estin alēthōs pasa synarpagē tōn echthrōn dia tēs athroas proptholēs, kai deitai syngnōmēs, meta de meletēn tou sylōntos pollēn, kai saphrę̄ … tou blaptontos katanoēsin eichotōs loi pon akolouthei timōria. Gnōmēs gar esti to ptaisma, authairetos synkatathesis, kai ouch agnoias akousion ethos kai tǭ prodēlǭ kakǭ dichaiō: ho synthemenos hypodikos ginetai, dia prospatheian tǭ chathaper en hēliakǭ phōti polemiǭ, kai mē pasę̄ dynamei katagōnisamenos tou phanentos echthrou. hōs en autę̄ tę̄ prosbolę̄ tōn epixzēmiōn logismōn archēn echontos tou diorygmatos plēgēnai toutous, kai chatapesein hen tę̄ machę̄ nekrous. Houtō gar an egegonei loipon autǭ apolemos ē zōē, kai thesmo? thymēdeias ho bios? ep᾽ euphrainomenǭ tę̄ apolausei toutōn, hōn para mikron emelle pikrōs tēn zēmian odyresthai. Toioutos hēn kai ho legōn Ex autou tou iou … stomatos tōn thēriōn exespōn dyo skelē, kai lobon ōtiou prin katapothę̄ tauta lambanōn, anachtōmenēs auta heautǭ. Eite gar logismos epithymias tōn gēïnōn ēn pragmatōn tois posin emplekomenos, kai prokopēn tōn ameinonōn teōs kōlyōn, eite logos phtheirai dia tēs chrēston ēthos dynamenos, toutous hōsper thēras chandon ta hērpasmena katechontas melē, blaptein ou synchōrei, phthanōn tēn lymēn autōn spoudaia cheiri, kai tǭ nēphaliǭ kōlyōn tēn engythen epēreian.
For this is what the law clearly declares when it says, “If the thief is found in the breach, and is struck and dies, it shall not be murder; but if the sun has risen on him, it shall be reckoned murder.” It shows that the mind's attachment to bad thoughts, like a vision in the night, has pardon. For every sudden seizure by the enemies through a sudden assault is truly a deception and needs pardon; but after the plunderer has long been practising, and after clear … recognition of the one who does harm, punishment fittingly follows. For the fault then belongs to the will: it is a self-chosen assent, not the involuntary habit of ignorance; and whoever has consented to an evil that is plain becomes justly liable, because of his attachment to the enemy, as though in the light of the sun, and because he did not fight down with all his strength the enemy who had appeared. For since the breach has its beginning in the very assault of the harmful thoughts, they ought to have been struck there and to have fallen dead in the battle. In this way his life would thereafter have been free of war, and his life an ordinance of gladness, rejoicing in the enjoyment of the things whose loss he came close to lamenting bitterly. Such too was the one who said, “… from the mouth of the beasts I tore out two legs, and the lobe of an ear,” taking these before they were swallowed and recovering them for himself. For whether it was a thought of desire for earthly things, entangling the feet and hindering for a time the progress toward better things, or a word able to corrupt good character through [bad company], he does not let these, like beasts holding the snatched limbs in their gaping jaws, do harm, but forestalls their outrage with an earnest hand and with sobriety prevents the harm that is close at hand.
Chapter 8
8PG 79
Οὐχ ἔλαττον γὰρ τοῦ ὄντος ἐν τῷ στόματι θηρέου κινδυνεύει, ὁ ἀρξάμενος πάθει τοῦ ἁλῶὉ ναι πλησίον τυγχάνων. Ὡς καὶ τῷ καταποθῆναι ἐκεῖνος ἦν, εἰ μὴ διαγρηγορήσας ὀξέως τὸν συνέχοντα ὄλεθρον ὅθεν οἱ τὴν ποιμαντικὴν τἐχνὴν ἔμπειροι Δαβὶδ, καὶ ἐγχαλωπιζόμενοι τῇ περὶ ταύτην μονιχῇ, ὁ μέν φησιν Ἔχράτοὺν τοῦ φάρυγγος τῆς ἄρκτον, καὶ τοῦ λέοντος ἀναθλίδων, δηλονότι τὸ καὶ ἀσινὲς πρὸς ζωὴν ἀποχαθιστῶν. Ὁ δὲ, ε Θηριάλωτον οὐχ ἐνήἀπ᾽ ἐμχυτοῦ ἀπετίννυον χλέμματα ἡμέρας, καὶ χλέμματα νυκτὸς, οὐδὲν μὲν εἰς ἐνέργειαν θανατιχὴν τῶν ἀλόγων, καὶ βοσχηματωδῶν ἐπιθυμεῶν ἐάσας ἐλθεῖν εἰ δὲ χαί τι τῶν ἀδιαφορωτέρων, καὶ οὐ μέγαν ἐχόντων τὸν κίνδυνον μετεωρισμῷῷ τοῦ νοῦς ἐχλάπη ποτὲ, οἷον εἰπεῖν τι τῶν οὗ καθηκόντων, ἣ λέγοντος ἀκοῦσαι ἑτέρου, εὐθὺς οἴκοθεν τὸ κλαπὲν ἀπεδίδου τοῦ παρημελημένου τὸ σφάλμα ἀναπληρῶν ἐν συντόνῳ σπουδῇ, καὶ ποιῶν ἐξ ἐπανορθώσεως αὑτὸ ταχέως τῷ καταλόγῳ τῶν ἄλλων καλῶν ἐναρίθμιον, ὅπως ἧ ἄρτιον, καὶ ἀπλημμελὲς ὁμοῦ πάτης τὸ σῶμα τῆς ἀρετῆς, οὐδενὶ λειπόμενον, ἣ λελωδημένον τῶν συντεινόντων πρὸς τὸ κάλλος αὑτῆς μορίων ἧς φυσιχῆῇῆς εὐμορφίας, Ὁ δὲ τῷ χορῷ τῶν ἀποστόλων πρόχριτος, καὶ ἐν αὐτοῖς ἡγεμονεύσας ἀεὶ Πέτρος, ὁ καὶ ἰχθύας σαγηνεύσας τῷ ἀμφιβλήστρῳ, καὶ ἀνθρώπους ζωγρήσας τῇ χάριτι, καὶ τὸν θῆρα, καὶ τὴν περὶ τὴν βορὰν τούτου μανίαν λέγων Ὁ ἀντίδικος ὑμῶν διάβολος, ὡς; λέων ζητῶν τίνα καταπίῃ.
Ouch elatton gar tou ontos en tǭ stomati thēreou kindyneuei, ho arxamenos pathei tou halōO nai plēsion tynchanōn. Hōs kai tǭ katapothēnai ekeinos ēn, ei mē diagrēgorēsas oxeōs ton synechonta olethron hothen hoi tēn poimantikēn technēn empeiroi Dabid, kai enchalōpizomenoi tę̄ peri tautēn monichę̄, ho men phēsin Echratoun tou pharyngos tēs arkton, kai tou leontos anathlidōn, dēlonoti to kai asines pros zōēn apochathistōn. Ho de, e Thērialōton ouch enēap᾽ emchytou apetinnyon chlemmata hēmeras, kai chlemmata nyktos, ouden men eis energeian thanatichēn tōn alogōn, kai boschēmatōdōn epithymeōn easas elthein ei de chai ti tōn adiaphorōterōn, kai ou megan echontōn ton kindynon meteōrismǭǭ tou nous echlapē pote, hoion eipein ti tōn hou kathēkontōn, hē legontos akousai heterou, euthys oikothen to klapen apedidou tou parēmelēmenou to sphalma anaplērōn en syntonǭ spoudę̄, kai poiōn ex epanorthōseōs hauto tacheōs tǭ katalogǭ tōn allōn kalōn enarithmion, hopōs hē artion, kai aplēmmeles homou patēs to sōma tēs aretēs, oudeni leipomenon, hē lelōdēmenon tōn synteinontōn pros to kallos hautēs moriōn hēs physichēę̄ēs eumorphias, Ho de tǭ chorǭ tōn apostolōn prochritos, kai en autois hēgemoneusas aei Petros, ho kai ichthyas sagēneusas tǭ amphiblēstrǭ, kai anthrōpous zōgrēsas tę̄ chariti, kai ton thēra, kai tēn peri tēn boran toutou manian legōn Ho antidikos hymōn diabolos, hōs? leōn zētōn tina katapię̄.
For the one who has begun to be caught by a passion, being close to it, is in no less danger than the one who is in the beast's mouth. He too was near to being swallowed, had he not kept awake and sharply [escaped] the destruction that held him. Hence those skilled in the shepherd's art, David and [Jacob], who prided themselves on their steadfastness in it: the one says, “I seized the bear by the throat, and [snatched] from the lion,” clearly restoring what was unharmed to life; the other, “What was taken by beasts I did not bring [to you; I repaid] from my own what was stolen by day and what was stolen by night,” for he let none of the irrational and brutish desires come to deadly action; and if ever something of the more indifferent kind, which carries no great danger, was stolen through the wandering of the mind, such as saying something unfitting or hearing another say it, he at once repaid what was stolen out of his own store, filling up the fault of his neglect with intense zeal, and by correction quickly making it count again in the list of the other good things, so that the whole body of virtue might be sound and faultless together, lacking nothing, and not maimed in any of the members that make up its natural comeliness. And Peter, preferred above the choir of the apostles and always their leader, who both netted fish with the casting-net and caught men alive by grace, speaking of the beast and its madness for food, says, “Your adversary the devil, as a lion, [prowls around,] seeking whom he may devour.”
Chapter 9
9PG 79
Μάθωμεν ἡμεῖς ἀχριθῶς, ὅτι πρῶτον μὲν ἐ θυμίας ἐν τῷ στόματι γίνεταί τις τοῦ λέονῃς, καὶ πρὸς τὸ καταποθῆναι ὧν, καὶ πρὸς τὸ ἐξελθεῖν ἔξιτήδειος. Ἑαυτῷ δὲ λοιπὸν ἀμελήσας, ἢ θατέρον τούτων καθίσταται αἴτιος ἐξουσίᾳ γνώμης αἱρούμενος ὅπερ βούλεται τῆς τῶν σωζομένων ἐχουσίως, ἢ ἀπολλυμένων μερίδο; γινόμενος. Καὶ διὰ τοῦτο πάντως καὶ Ιαῦλος ὁ μέγας ὁ τὰ νοἦματα τοῦ ἐχθροῦ διαθρήσα; σαφῶς, καὶ οὐχ ἀγνοῶν τὰς ἀπωλείᾳ τῶν ἀκεραιοτέρων εἰσφορουμένων τέχνας αὐτοῦ, τὸν ἐκ πολλῖς ἀθυμίας ἐν τῷ στόματι ὄντα τοῦ λέοντος ἐξελχυσθῆναι κελεύει προτροπῇ, καὶ παρακλήσει πολλῇ, μή πως λέγων τῇ περισσοτέρᾳ λύπῃ καταποθῇ ὁ τοιοῦτος ἐγγὺς ὧν καὶ τοῦ προελθεῖν ἐκεῖθεν, ἐὰν παρηγορηθεὶς ψυχαγωγίᾳ τῶν παραμυθουμένων τὴν ἀθυμίαν, καὶ καταποθῆναι, ἐὰν παροραθεὶς ἀπογνῷ ἑαυτοῦ. Τοσαύτην οὖν δυσχέρειαν ἐχούσης τῆς ἐπὶ τὴν βασιλείαν ἀγούσης ὁδοῦ, σιενῇς τε οὔσης, καὶ χρημνοῖς περιεχομένης ἑκατέρωθεν, τίς ἔστι χρεία φορτίοις ἐπηχθισμένους χρημάτων, ἢ κεχηνότας πρὸς ποὺς ἐπαινοῦντας, ἣ ψέγοντας πειρᾶσθαι, ταύτην ὁδοιπορεῖν ὡς οὐχ ἐνδέχεται; Καὶ γὰρ αἱ φροντίδες τῶν ὑλῶν περισπῶσαι, συντόμως ἕλκουσι κάτω, καὶ τὸ πρὸς δόξαν, ἣ ἀτιμίαν ὁρᾷν εὔκολον, τὸ εἴτε ἐντεῦθεν, εἴτε ἔνθεν πτῶμα ποιεῖ, τοῦ πρὸς ὀδήποτε μετεωριτμοῦ τὸν ὄλισθον παρέχοντος εὐμαρῇ τοῦ μὴ τὸν ὀφθαλμὸν ἀσχολεῖν ἐκεῖ, ἔνθα φροντίδα πολλὴν ἀπαιτεῖ ἡ ἀσφάλεια, καὶ τὸ παρεῖναι νήφουσαν βούλεται μόλις γὰρ καὶ οὕτως ἡ πορεία γίνεται ἄπταιστος τῷ στενῷ, καὶ πολλὴν παρἔχουσα τὴν δυσχέρειαν. Εἰ γὰρ κατὰ τὴν Κυριακὴν φωνὴν, στενὴ, καὶ τεθλιμμένη ἡ ὁδὸς ἡ ἀπάγουσα εἰς τὴν ζωὴν, πάντως εὐσταλή, καὶ ἐγρηγορότα τὸν διαδαίνοντα αὐτὴν εἶναι οὔτς βαρούμενον φορτίῳ, καὶ ἐν τῷ βαδίζειν ἀλλάσσοντα, οὔτε ἀδεῶς περιαθροῦντα τῆἧδε καὶ τῇδε. Μέγας γὰρ ἀμφοτέῥοις, καὶ γαλεπῶς ἄγαν ὁ χίνδυνο; τῆς τυχούσης ἐχτροπῆς εἰς τὸ ὑποχεχηνὸς βάραθρον χαταφερούσης πρὸς ὄλεθρον.
Mathōmen hēmeis achrithōs, hoti prōton men e thymias en tǭ stomati ginetai tis tou leonę̄s, kai pros to katapothēnai hōn, kai pros to exelthein exitēdeios. Heautǭ de loipon amelēsas, ē thateron toutōn kathistatai aitios exousią gnōmēs hairoumenos hoper bouletai tēs tōn sōzomenōn echousiōs, ē apollymenōn merido? ginomenos. Kai dia touto pantōs kai Iaulos ho megas ho ta noēmata tou echthrou diathrēsa? saphōs, kai ouch agnoōn tas apōleią tōn akeraioterōn eisphoroumenōn technas autou, ton ek pollis athymias en tǭ stomati onta tou leontos exelchysthēnai keleuei protropę̄, kai paraklēsei pollę̄, mē pōs legōn tę̄ perissoterą lypę̄ katapothę̄ ho toioutos engys hōn kai tou proelthein ekeithen, ean parēgorētheis psychagōgią tōn paramythoumenōn tēn athymian, kai katapothēnai, ean paroratheis apognǭ heautou. Tosautēn oun dyschereian echousēs tēs epi tēn basileian agousēs hodou, sienę̄s te ousēs, kai chrēmnois periechomenēs hekaterōthen, tis esti chreia phortiois epēchthismenous chrēmatōn, ē kechēnotas pros pous epainountas, hē psegontas peirasthai, tautēn hodoiporein hōs ouch endechetai? Kai gar hai phrontides tōn hylōn perispōsai, syntomōs helkousi katō, kai to pros doxan, hē atimian horąn eukolon, to eite enteuthen, eite enthen ptōma poiei, tou pros odēpote meteōritmou ton olisthon parechontos eumarę̄ tou mē ton ophthalmon ascholein ekei, entha phrontida pollēn apaitei hē asphaleia, kai to pareinai nēphousan bouletai molis gar kai houtōs hē poreia ginetai aptaistos tǭ stenǭ, kai pollēn parechousa tēn dyschereian. Ei gar kata tēn Kyriakēn phōnēn, stenē, kai tethlimmenē hē hodos hē apagousa eis tēn zōēn, pantōs eustalē, kai egrēgorota ton diadainonta autēn einai outs baroumenon phortiǭ, kai en tǭ badizein allassonta, oute adeōs periathrounta tēēde kai tę̄de. Megas gar amphoterhois, kai galepōs agan ho chindyno? tēs tychousēs echtropēs eis to hypochechēnos barathron chatapherousēs pros olethron.
Let us learn exactly that a person first comes into the lion's mouth through desire, and is then fitted both for being swallowed and for getting out. Thereafter, by neglecting himself [or not], he becomes the cause of one or the other, choosing by the authority of his will whatever he wishes, and becoming of his own accord one of the portion of those who are saved or of those who perish. For this reason the great Paul too, who saw clearly the designs of the enemy and was not ignorant of his arts, devised for the ruin of the simpler sort, commands that the one who is in the lion's mouth through great despondency be drawn out by exhortation and much encouragement, saying, “lest such a one be swallowed up by excessive sorrow”; for such a person is near both to getting out of there, if he is consoled by the comfort of those who console his despondency, and to being swallowed, if he is overlooked and despairs of himself. Since, then, the road that leads to the kingdom has so much difficulty, being narrow and bordered on both sides by cliffs, what need is there for people weighed down with burdens of money, or gaping after those who praise or blame them, to try to travel it, since it is impossible? For the cares of material things distract and quickly drag one down; and a readiness to look toward glory or dishonor causes a fall on this side or that, since wandering of the mind toward anything at all makes the slip easy, because the eye is not kept busy where safety demands much care and wants it present and sober. For even so the journey on the narrow way is scarcely made without stumbling and presents great difficulty. For if, according to the Lord's word, narrow and hard pressed is the way that leads to life, then surely the one who goes along it must be lightly equipped and wakeful, neither weighed down by a burden and shifting it as he walks, nor looking about carelessly this way and that. For to both the danger is great and very grievous, since any turning aside carries one down into the gaping pit, to destruction.
Chapter 10
10PG 79
Διὰ τοῦτο καὶ ὁ Κύριος, καὶ ὁ Παῦλος, ποτὲ μὲν ἀχτημοσύνην λέγοντες ΜΙ κτήσησθε χρυσὸν, μηδὲ ἄργυρον, μηδὲ εἰς τὰς ζώνας ὑμῶν. ν Καί Μὴ μεριμνήσητε εἰς τὴν αὔριον. Καί Ἔχοντες διατροφὰς. καὶ σκεπάσματα, τούτο ἀρχεσθησόμεθα. Καί ε στρατευόμενος ἐμπλέχεται αἷς τοῦ βίου πραγματείαις. υτὲ δὲ μὴ πρὸς ξόξαν ἑπτοῆσθαι συμβουλεύουσιν Ὅταν νηστεύητε, φάσκοντες, μὴ γίνεσθε ὥσπερ οἱ ὑποκριταὶ σχυθρωποὶ, ἀφανίζουσι γὰρ τὰ πρόδωπα αὑτῶν, ὅπως φανῶσι τοῖς ἀνθρώποις νηστεύοντες. Καί Ὅταν προσεύχησθε, μὴ γίνεσθε ὥσπερ οἱ ταὶ, φιλοῦσι γὰρ ἐν ταῖς γωνίαις τῶν πλατειῶν ἑστῶτες προσεύχεσθαι, ὅπως ὁραθῶσιν ὑπὸ τῶν ἀνθρώπων καὶ τῶν ὄπισθεν ἐπιλανθανόμενοι, τοῖς δὲ ἔμπροσθεν ἐπεκτεινόμενο ι. Ὃ γὰρ οὕτω διαχείμενος, οὗ τοσοῦτον ἐπὶ τοῖς κατορθουμένοις ἐπαίρεται, ὅσον ταπεινοῦται τοῖς τὸ προχείμεγον, ὅπως ἀνυσθῇ μεριμνῶν, οὐ πρὸς τὸ ἐπιστρεφόμενος, ἐπειδὴ τὰ μὲν πεπραγμένα πολλάκις τοὺς χονφωτέρους φυσᾷ πρὸς ἀπόνοιαν τὰ δὲ τὴν ἐργασίαν ἀπαιτοῦντα συστέλλει τὸ φρόνημα τῷ ἀδήλῳ, εἰ πέρας λάθῃ, λυποῦντα πρὶν γένηται. Ὅθεν καὶ ὁ Κύριος τοὺς εἰς ἄκρον φθάσαντας ἀρεπὸ … τῆς ἀσφαλιζόμενος τοῦ πρὸς τὴν οἴησιν … Ὅταν πάντα ποιήσητε τὰ διατεταγμένα ὄμῖν, τότε λέγετε Δοῦλοι ἀχρεῖοί ἐσμεν ὃ ὀφείλομεν ποιῆσαι πεποιήκαμεν. Χαίρειν μὲν ἐπιτρέπων ὡς ἐπὶ οὐ μὴν συγχωρῶν καὶ μέγα φρονεῖν. Χρέος γὰρ ἦν, φησὶ, τὰ ἀποδιδόμενα, οὐ δῶρον ἐχούσιον, καὶ τὸν ἐχτίσαντα κατὰ τοῦ στοῦ οὐχ ὅσιον ὡς εὐεργέτην ἐπαίρεσθαι κοῦντα, ὅτι εὐγνωμόνως ἀπέδωκεν ἅπερ ἀγνωμονῶν ἀπαιτεῖσθαι στρεδλούμενος ἔμελλεν,
Dia touto kai ho Kyrios, kai ho Paulos, pote men achtēmosynēn legontes MI ktēsēsthe chryson, mēde argyron, mēde eis tas zōnas hymōn. n Kai Mē merimnēsēte eis tēn aurion. Kai Echontes diatrophas. kai skepasmata, touto archesthēsometha. Kai e strateuomenos emplechetai hais tou biou pragmateiais. yte de mē pros xoxan heptoēsthai symbouleuousin Hotan nēsteuēte, phaskontes, mē ginesthe hōsper hoi hypokritai schythrōpoi, aphanizousi gar ta prodōpa hautōn, hopōs phanōsi tois anthrōpois nēsteuontes. Kai Hotan proseuchēsthe, mē ginesthe hōsper hoi tai, philousi gar en tais gōniais tōn plateiōn hestōtes proseuchesthai, hopōs horathōsin hypo tōn anthrōpōn kai tōn opisthen epilanthanomenoi, tois de emprosthen epekteinomeno i. Ho gar houtō diacheimenos, hou tosouton epi tois katorthoumenois epairetai, hoson tapeinoutai tois to procheimegon, hopōs anysthę̄ merimnōn, ou pros to epistrephomenos, epeidē ta men pepragmena pollakis tous chonphōterous physą pros aponoian ta de tēn ergasian apaitounta systellei to phronēma tǭ adēlǭ, ei peras lathę̄, lypounta prin genētai. Hothen kai ho Kyrios tous eis akron phthasantas arepo … tēs asphalizomenos tou pros tēn oiēsin … Hotan panta poiēsēte ta diatetagmena omin, tote legete Douloi achreioi esmen ho opheilomen poiēsai pepoiēkamen. Chairein men epitrepōn hōs epi ou mēn synchōrōn kai mega phronein. Chreos gar ēn, phēsi, ta apodidomena, ou dōron echousion, kai ton echtisanta kata tou stou ouch hosion hōs euergetēn epairesthai kounta, hoti eugnōmonōs apedōken haper agnōmonōn apaiteisthai stredloumenos emellen,
For this reason both the Lord and Paul sometimes speak of having nothing: “Do not acquire gold, nor silver, nor [copper] in your belts”; and, “Do not be anxious about tomorrow”; and, “Having food and covering, with these we shall be content”; and, “No one serving as a soldier entangles himself in the affairs of life.” And sometimes they counsel us not to be excited about glory, saying, “When you fast, do not be gloomy like the hypocrites, for they disfigure their faces so that they may appear to people to be fasting”; and, “When you pray, do not be like the hypocrites, for they love to stand and pray at the street corners, so that they may be seen by people”; and, “forgetting what lies behind and straining forward to what lies ahead.” For one so disposed is not so much lifted up by what he has achieved as humbled by his anxiety to complete what lies before him; he does not turn back to [what is behind], since things done often puff up the lighter-minded to arrogance, while what still demands work restrains the mind by the uncertainty whether it will reach its end, grieving it before it happens. Hence the Lord too, [making] those who had reached the summit of virtue … secure against [a slip] into conceit … says, “When you have done all that was commanded you, then say: We are unprofitable servants; we have done what we ought to have done.” He allows them to rejoice as over [an achievement], but does not let them think highly of themselves. For what was rendered, he says, was a debt, not a voluntary gift; and it is not right for one who has paid what he owed to be elated before his creditor as though he were a benefactor, thinking that he has graciously paid what, had he been unwilling, he would have been made to repay under torture.
Chapter 11
11PG 79
Ὁ δὲ ᾿Απόστολος, οὐ μόνον τὰ ὀπίσω παραδιδέναι κελεύει, μνήμην αὐτῶν τοὺς εὐχερεῖς πρὸς ἀλαζονείαν βλέπειν εἰδὼς, ἀλλὰ καὶ τὰς ἑκατέρωθεν ἐπηρείας φυλάττεσθαι κελεύει σπονδαίως, ὅταν λέγῃ Διὰ τῶν ὅπλων τῆς δικαιοσύνης τῶν δεξιῶν, καὶ ἀριστερῶν, διὰ δόξης, καὶ ἀτιμίας, διὰ δυσφημίας, καὶ εὐφημίας, ὡς πλάνοι, καὶ ἀληθεῖς, Οὐχ ἔλατο τον γὰρ τῶν χαυνούντων ἐπαίνων τὸν ἐπὶ τελειότητα ἐπειγόμενον ἀδικοῦσιν οἱ ψόγοι, ταπεινὸν ἐργαζόμενοι τὸ φρόνημα, καὶ τὸ πρόθυμον ἐχλύοντες ἀθυμίᾳ ε καὶ λύπη. Διὸ κατὰ σκοπὸν χρὴ τρέχειν πρὸς τὸ βραβεῖον τῆς ἄνω κλήσεως, καὶ ἀξίως, καὶ ἀμετεωρίστω: ὁμοῦ. Τὸ μὲν γὰρ κατὰ τὸν λέγοντα, ε Οὕτω τρέχετε, ἵνα καταλάδητε, φθάνειν χἂν ὀψέ ποτε τοῦ σπο δαζομένου παρασκευάζει ὃ πέρας. Πολὺ γὰρ τὸ μῆκος, καὶ πτερῶν μᾶλλον, ἢ ποδῶν χρῆζον πρὸς τὴν κατάληψιν. θὕτω ὁ τοῦτο πεπεισμένος ἔλεγε ε Τίς δώσει μοι πτέρυγας ὡσεὶ περιστερᾷς, καὶ πετασθήσομαι, καὶ καταπαύσω: Τὺ δὲ νηφόντως τὰς ἔνθεν, καὶ ἐκεῖθεν ἐνοχλεῖν ὑποτίθεται παγίδας, ἐπειδὴ σχοινία διατείνουσι τοῖς ποσὶν οἱ ἐχθροὶ τοῖς δεξιοῖς, καὶ τοῖς ἀριστεροῖς μηχανώμενοι βρόχοις τῶν καλῶς τρεχόντων τὴν ἅλωσιν, ἔνθεν δόξαν, καὶ εὐφημίαν, ἐκεῖθεν ἀτιμέαν, καὶ μίαν, καὶ τὸ κατεγνωσμένων τοῦ βίον πηξάμενοι ὡς τῆς ὁπωσοῦν ἐσκχευασμένης ἐπιδουλῇς ἰσχύσασα μία, ἣ πεσεῖν παρασχενάσῃ τελείως, ἣ χἂν ἐπίσχη τοῦ δρόμου πρὸς ὀλίγον, ὡς ἐμποδισθῆναι τέως τὴν ἐπὶ τὸ ἀγαθὸν περοχοπεὴν, καὶ ἀποτυχεῖν τῆς σπουδαζομένης τελειότητος. Τί δὲ καὶ οὕτω λυπεῖ τὰ διαβάλλοντα ψευδῶς τὴν ὑπόληψιν; ἣ τί τὰ πρὸς θαῦμα ταύτην ἐπαχίροντα νει, καὶ χαυνοὶ πρὸς διάχυσιν
Ho de ᾿Apostolos, ou monon ta opisō paradidenai keleuei, mnēmēn autōn tous euchereis pros alazoneian blepein eidōs, alla kai tas hekaterōthen epēreias phylattesthai keleuei spondaiōs, hotan legę̄ Dia tōn hoplōn tēs dikaiosynēs tōn dexiōn, kai aristerōn, dia doxēs, kai atimias, dia dysphēmias, kai euphēmias, hōs planoi, kai alētheis, Ouch elato ton gar tōn chaunountōn epainōn ton epi teleiotēta epeigomenon adikousin hoi psogoi, tapeinon ergazomenoi to phronēma, kai to prothymon echlyontes athymią e kai lypē. Dio kata skopon chrē trechein pros to brabeion tēs anō klēseōs, kai axiōs, kai ameteōristō: homou. To men gar kata ton legonta, e Houtō trechete, hina kataladēte, phthanein chan opse pote tou spo dazomenou paraskeuazei ho peras. Poly gar to mēkos, kai pterōn mallon, ē podōn chrēzon pros tēn katalēpsin. thytō ho touto pepeismenos elege e Tis dōsei moi pterygas hōsei peristerąs, kai petasthēsomai, kai katapausō: Ty de nēphontōs tas enthen, kai ekeithen enochlein hypotithetai pagidas, epeidē schoinia diateinousi tois posin hoi echthroi tois dexiois, kai tois aristerois mēchanōmenoi brochois tōn kalōs trechontōn tēn halōsin, enthen doxan, kai euphēmian, ekeithen atimean, kai mian, kai to kategnōsmenōn tou bion pēxamenoi hōs tēs hopōsoun eskcheuasmenēs epidoulę̄s ischysasa mia, hē pesein paraschenasę̄ teleiōs, hē chan epischē tou dromou pros oligon, hōs empodisthēnai teōs tēn epi to agathon perochopeēn, kai apotychein tēs spoudazomenēs teleiotētos. Ti de kai houtō lypei ta diaballonta pseudōs tēn hypolēpsin? hē ti ta pros thauma tautēn epachironta nei, kai chaunoi pros diachysin
And the Apostle not only commands us to consign what lies behind to [forgetting], knowing that remembering it makes those easily moved look toward boasting, but also commands us to guard carefully against the attacks from both sides, when he says, “… through the weapons of righteousness for the right hand and for the left, through glory and dishonor, through ill report and good report, as deceivers and yet true.” For blame wrongs the one hastening to perfection no less than the praises that slacken him, since it makes the mind low and loosens eagerness through despondency and grief. Therefore one must run toward the goal, for the prize of the upward call, both worthily and without distraction. The first, according to him who says, “So run that you may obtain,” makes one reach the end of what one strives for, even if late; for the distance is long and needs wings rather than feet to reach it. So the one convinced of this said, “Who will give me wings like a dove, and I will fly away and be at rest?” The second, sobriety, warns of the snares that trouble us on this side and that, since the enemies stretch cords before the feet on the right and on the left, contriving with nooses the capture of those who run well: on one side glory and good report, on the other dishonor and [blame], fixing [the reproach] of a condemned life, so that one snare of the plot, however it is prepared, if it prevails, either makes him fall completely or at least holds him back from the race for a little, so that his progress toward the good is hindered for a while and he fails of the perfection he strives for. Why, then, do the things that falsely slander one's reputation grieve so much? Or why do the things that raise it to admiration [elate one] and slacken one into dissipation?
Chapter 12
12PG 79
Εἰ μὲν γὰρ ἐκ τῆς ἐντεῦθεν ψήφον ἐδείειν παρὰ τῷ ἀδεχάστῳ κριτῇ, καλῶς ἀρέσκειν ποις, τίς εἶχε σπουδὴν, μαρτυρίαν τὴν ἔνθεν δέξαι εἰς πίστιν τοῦ μέλλοντος ἐπαγόμενος, καὶ ἀνεύθυνες ἀποδειχθήσεσθαι, ἐξ ὧν τυνέστη παρὰ τῶν ἐνθάδε κριτῶν. Εἰ δὲ σχολάζοι σχῆμα, καὶ ἀποδοχὴ, καὶ δόξα τῶν ἐν τῷ παρόντι ψηφιζομένω τὰ καθ᾽ ἡμᾶς, γυμναὶ δὲ αἱ τῶν πεπραγμένων, καὶ νενοημένων παρίστανται εἰχόνες, σαφεῖς ἔλεγχοι φαύλων, καὶ ἀστείων ἐνθυμήσεων, καὶ ἔργων γι γόμεναι, καὶ χρινόμεναι οὐκ ἀφ᾽ ὧν ἔδοξε τοῖς πολλοῖς, ἀλλ᾽ ἀφ᾽ ὧν αὐτὴ συνίστησιν ἡ ἀλήθεια εἰτι, καὶ μάταιον ἀληθῶς ἐπιτήδενμα τὸ πείθειν τούτους ἐθέλειν, ὅπως ἔχῃ τὰ ἡμέτερα, ὧν ἡ πληροφορία οὐδὲν ἡμᾶς εἰς τὴν ἄνω δίκην ὀνίνησι τὰ ὄντα βλέπουσαν, οὐ τοῖς; νομιζομένοις παραγινομέτὰ γενόμενα γνωρίζουσαν, οὐ συντιθεμένην συνηγορίᾳ τῶν πειρωμένων πιθανῶς δεῖξαι ψεῦδος ἀλῇθειαν, καὶ δεινότητι σεσοφισμένων λόγων τὴν γνώμην τῶν ἀκουόντων διατιθέντων ὡς βούλονται ἄλλως τῶν πραγμάτων ἐχόντων, ἄλλην ὅπως ἔχει τὰ φαινόμενα φαντασίαν ἡπατημένην. Ὅπου δὲ τὰ νῦν ὑπ᾽ ὄψιν ἀγόμενα μορφοῦται τὰ πράγματα, ἕωλος ἡ φανερουμένη σαφῶς, οἷα λανθάνουσα νῦν ἐστι, καὶ οὐχ οἵα λογοποιεῖται, πρὸς τὸ εὔφημον ἣ ἐπίψόγον παρὰ τῶν πολλῶν Ψψιθυριζομένη, οἷς ἡδονὴ πάντως, καὶ τέρψις τὰ ἀλλότρια περιεργάζεσθαι καὶ ἀντιθδάλλειν ἐν ταῖς εὐχαιρίαις, πρὸς ἀλλήλους ἐστὶν, ἔργον ἔχουσι διὰ παντὸς οὐ χρήσιμον τοῦτο, διὰ τὴν οὐ πᾶσι λυσιτελοῦσαν εἰς δέον σχολήν.
Ei men gar ek tēs enteuthen psēphon edeiein para tǭ adechastǭ kritę̄, kalōs areskein pois, tis eiche spoudēn, martyrian tēn enthen dexai eis pistin tou mellontos epagomenos, kai aneuthynes apodeichthēsesthai, ex hōn tynestē para tōn enthade kritōn. Ei de scholazoi schēma, kai apodochē, kai doxa tōn en tǭ paronti psēphizomenō ta kath᾽ hēmas, gymnai de hai tōn pepragmenōn, kai nenoēmenōn paristantai eichones, sapheis elenchoi phaulōn, kai asteiōn enthymēseōn, kai ergōn gi gomenai, kai chrinomenai ouk aph᾽ hōn edoxe tois pollois, all᾽ aph᾽ hōn autē synistēsin hē alētheia eiti, kai mataion alēthōs epitēdenma to peithein toutous ethelein, hopōs echę̄ ta hēmetera, hōn hē plērophoria ouden hēmas eis tēn anō dikēn oninēsi ta onta blepousan, ou tois? nomizomenois paraginometa genomena gnōrizousan, ou syntithemenēn synēgorią tōn peirōmenōn pithanōs deixai pseudos alę̄theian, kai deinotēti sesophismenōn logōn tēn gnōmēn tōn akouontōn diatithentōn hōs boulontai allōs tōn pragmatōn echontōn, allēn hopōs echei ta phainomena phantasian hēpatēmenēn. Hopou de ta nyn hyp᾽ opsin agomena morphoutai ta pragmata, heōlos hē phaneroumenē saphōs, hoia lanthanousa nyn esti, kai ouch hoia logopoieitai, pros to euphēmon hē epipsogon para tōn pollōn Pspsithyrizomenē, hois hēdonē pantōs, kai terpsis ta allotria periergazesthai kai antithdallein en tais euchairiais, pros allēlous estin, ergon echousi dia pantos ou chrēsimon touto, dia tēn ou pasi lysitelousan eis deon scholēn.
For if one were to be shown [approved] before the impartial Judge on the strength of the verdict given here, having pleased people well, who would not be eager to receive the testimony of this world, bringing it as a pledge for the future, and to be shown blameless on the grounds for which he was commended by the judges here? But if outward appearance, acceptance and the glory of those who now vote on our affairs count for nothing there, and the images of our deeds and thoughts stand naked, clear proofs of bad and good thoughts and works, judged not by what seemed right to the many but by what the truth itself establishes, then it is truly a vain pursuit to want to persuade these people how our affairs stand. Their full conviction profits us nothing for the judgment above, which sees things as they are; it is not [misled] by what is supposed, but knows what has happened; it does not side with the advocacy of those who try to show falsehood plausibly as truth, and who by the cleverness of sophistical speeches dispose the minds of their hearers as they wish, giving, while the facts are otherwise, a different, deceived impression of how things appear. But where the facts take shape as they are now brought before sight, [the truth] is clearly revealed as it now is, hidden, and not as it is made up and whispered for praise or blame by the many, for whom it is surely a pleasure and delight to busy themselves with other people's affairs and to discuss them with one another when they have the chance. This is their constant and unprofitable work, because of a leisure that does not profit all as it should.
Chapter 13
13PG 79
᾿Αλλὰ τριττῆς οὔσης ἐν τῷ βίῳ ἀγωγῖς τῆς ἄκρας ἀκτημοσύνῃης, καὶ τῆς μέσης, καὶ τῇς ἐνύλου, καὶ πολυχτήμουος μία γὰρ ἦν ἐξ ἀρχῆς, καὶ θεσπισθεῖτα παρὰ τοῦ Δημιουργοῦ, καὶ πολιτευομένη πᾶσιν ὁμοίως, ἀμέριμνος, καὶ παντάπατιν ἣν ἔτεμον ὕστερον εἰς τὰς διαφορὰς ταύτας αἱ ποικίλως πρὸς ἅπερ ἔσχον ἐπιχλινῶς σχισθεῖσται γνῶμαι τῶν ἀνθρώπων ἀναγκαῖον ἐχάστης διεξελθεῖν τὸ ἰδίωμα, καὶ τίς ὧς ἐλεια τοῖς μετιοῦτιν, ἣ βλάδγη, ἐκ τούτων καὶ ποῖα τὰ πρεσβεῖα καθήκει, καὶ δέδοται παρὰ τοῦ νομοθετήσαντος ἐξ ἀρχῆς ἡμῖν τὴν ἀγωγὴν τοῦ βίου Κοιθήσεται γὰρ αὕτη προτιμωτέρα πάντως τῶν ἄλλων, καὶ παρὰ τοῖς; λίαν ἀγνώμοσι δυσωπουμένης ἧς ἀληθείας ὁμολογεῖν τὸ ἀξέίυμα, κὰν τοῖς ἔργοις ἐναντίως διαχέωνται δελεαζόμενοι τῷ ἐπαγωγῷ τέρποντος, οὐχὶ δὲ λογισμῷ ποιούμενοι τὴν ἐκλογὴν τοῦ συμφέροντος. Τίς οὖν ἐπετάγη τῷ ἄστῳ ζωή φαγῇ, φησὶ, τὸν χόρτον τοῦ ἀγροῦ. Καὶ μή τις λογισμοὺς ἀναχινείτω πρὸς τοῦτο νῦν πιθανοὺς ζητῶν, εἰ τῷ λογικῷ ζώῷῳ ἢ κτηνώδης ἔπρεπεν ὡς οἴεἡ ται δίαιτα κωλύει γὰρ τὸ περίεργον τῆς ἐρεύνης ἡ τοῦ προστάξαντος ἀξία. Τάχα δὲ καὶ ἦν λυσιτελὴς ἢ μᾶλλον τῷ ἀνθρώπῳ, καὶ ἐπιτηδειοτέρα πρὸς τὴν σπουδαζομένην τοῖς; χατ᾽ εἰχόνα Θεοῦ γενομένοις ἀγχίνοιαν ἐκ τῆς ἄγαν ἁδρότητος βαροῦσαν τὸ διανοητικὸν, καὶ σχοτίζουσαν τον λογιστικοὺ τὸ τικχὸν καὶ νηφαλέον. Ὅτι γὰρ εἶχε ταῦτα οὕτω πρὶν, τὸ δοκοῦν σχοπήσωμεν εὔλογον, ἐγγυᾶται τὴν ἀπόδειξιν καὶ τὸ τοῦ Ποιήσαντος, ἐπ᾽ ὠφελείᾳ τοῦ γενομένου πραγματευσαμένου ἀεὶ, καὶ τὰς ἐπὶ τὸ χεῖρον ἡμῶν ῥοπὰς διαθέντος πρὸς τὸ ὠφέλιμον. Τὸ γὰρ μετὰ παράβασιν, καὶ παρακοὴν μὴ καταλιπεῖν ὡς ἀπεγνωσμένον τὸν χαἀπρονόητον, δευτέρᾳ δὲ μεθόδῳ τὸ πρῶτη, … τὸν διορθώσασθαι σφάλμα, καὶ πρὸς εἰδωλολατρείαν … ὕστερον τοῖς ἔπειτα τρέψαι θύειν αὐτῷ, καὶ ἄλλοτε ἄλλως κατὰ καιροὺς συνδιαθέσθαι ἐκάστοῖς, καὶ ταῖς ἀχαίροις αὐτῶν ὁρμαῖς ἀποχρήσασθαι εἰς δέον χαθάπερ ἀτάκτων ἀῤδώστων τὰς ὅλεθρίους ἐπιθυμίας σοφιζόμενον πρὸς σωτήριον Προνοίας ἐστὶ μεγίστης συνερχομένης τῇ ἀσθενείᾳ τῶν οἷμένων, ναὶ ταῦτα ἐπιτρεξούσης, ἃ τέω; πράττειν οἷα τέ ἐστι πρὺς τὸ συμφέρον ἡ παροῦσα δύναμις.
᾿Alla trittēs ousēs en tǭ biǭ agōgis tēs akras aktēmosynę̄ēs, kai tēs mesēs, kai tę̄s enylou, kai polychtēmouos mia gar ēn ex archēs, kai thespistheita para tou Dēmiourgou, kai politeuomenē pasin homoiōs, amerimnos, kai pantapatin hēn etemon hysteron eis tas diaphoras tautas hai poikilōs pros haper eschon epichlinōs schistheistai gnōmai tōn anthrōpōn anankaion echastēs diexelthein to idiōma, kai tis hōs eleia tois metioutin, hē bladgē, ek toutōn kai poia ta presbeia kathēkei, kai dedotai para tou nomothetēsantos ex archēs hēmin tēn agōgēn tou biou Koithēsetai gar hautē protimōtera pantōs tōn allōn, kai para tois? lian agnōmosi dysōpoumenēs hēs alētheias homologein to axeiyma, kan tois ergois enantiōs diacheōntai deleazomenoi tǭ epagōgǭ terpontos, ouchi de logismǭ poioumenoi tēn eklogēn tou sympherontos. Tis oun epetagē tǭ astǭ zōē phagę̄, phēsi, ton chorton tou agrou. Kai mē tis logismous anachineitō pros touto nyn pithanous zētōn, ei tǭ logikǭ zōǭǭ ē ktēnōdēs eprepen hōs oieē tai diaita kōlyei gar to periergon tēs ereunēs hē tou prostaxantos axia. Tacha de kai ēn lysitelēs ē mallon tǭ anthrōpǭ, kai epitēdeiotera pros tēn spoudazomenēn tois? chat᾽ eichona Theou genomenois anchinoian ek tēs agan hadrotētos barousan to dianoētikon, kai schotizousan ton logistikou to tikchon kai nēphaleon. Hoti gar eiche tauta houtō prin, to dokoun schopēsōmen eulogon, engyatai tēn apodeixin kai to tou Poiēsantos, ep᾽ ōpheleią tou genomenou pragmateusamenou aei, kai tas epi to cheiron hēmōn rhopas diathentos pros to ōphelimon. To gar meta parabasin, kai parakoēn mē katalipein hōs apegnōsmenon ton chaapronoēton, deuterą de methodǭ to prōtē, … ton diorthōsasthai sphalma, kai pros eidōlolatreian … hysteron tois epeita trepsai thyein autǭ, kai allote allōs kata kairous syndiathesthai ekastois, kai tais achairois autōn hormais apochrēsasthai eis deon chathaper ataktōn ardōstōn tas holethrious epithymias sophizomenon pros sōtērion Pronoias esti megistēs synerchomenēs tę̄ astheneią tōn hoimenōn, nai tauta epitrexousēs, ha teō? prattein hoia te esti prys to sympheron hē parousa dynamis.
But there are three ways of life in the world: extreme having-nothing, the middle way, and the material way with many possessions. For there was one way from the beginning, ordained by the Creator and lived by all alike, free of care and wholly [without possessions], which the minds of human beings later cut up into these different ways, as they were divided in various directions toward the things to which they inclined. It is necessary, then, to go through the character of each, and what benefit or harm comes from them to those who follow them, and which ought to hold the first rank and has been given it by him who from the beginning legislated our way of life. For this one will surely be judged more honorable than the others even by the very unfeeling, since truth shames them into admitting its worth, even if in their deeds they are disposed the opposite way, enticed by the allure of what gives pleasure and not choosing what is profitable by reason. What life, then, was commanded to the first-formed man? “You shall eat,” he says, “the grass of the field.” And let no one now stir up reasonings against this, looking for plausible arguments whether, as he supposes, a diet fit for cattle befitted the rational creature; for the dignity of the one who gave the command forbids such meddlesome inquiry. And perhaps this diet was even more profitable to human beings, and better suited to the quickness of mind sought by those made in the image of God, than one that, by its great richness, weighs down the intellect and darkens the subtle and sober part of the reason. For that things were so before, and that what seems reasonable is so (let us consider it), the work of the Maker also guarantees the proof, who always acts for the benefit of what he has made, and turns even our inclinations toward the worse to what is useful. For not to abandon the one who had transgressed and disobeyed as hopeless and uncared for, but by a second method [to correct] the first … fault, and … later to turn those who came after to sacrifice to him, and at other times to make other arrangements with each according to the times, and to use their untimely impulses for what is needful, turning the deadly desires of unruly sick people cleverly to their salvation: this belongs to the greatest providence, which comes to meet the weakness of [those being saved] and permits for a time those things that their present strength is able to do for their good.
Chapter 14
14PG 79
Αὐτίκα γοῦν οὐχ ἐνεγχόντα τὸν κόρον τῆς Θαλλούσης τιμῆς, καὶ χαταστρηνιάσαντα τῆς εὐφροσύνης ἐκείνης, ἐφοίτα μὲν γὰρ πρὸς αὖτὸν εἰς καθημερινὴν ὁμιλίαν χρήζοντα ψυχαγωγίας ἐρημίᾳ τῶν παραμυθουμένων τὴν ἀχηδίαν ἐθελοντὴς αὐτὸς ὁ Θεὸς, καρποῦ τε παντὸς τῶν ἐν παραδείσῳ φυτῶν ἀπόλαυσιν ἐπέτρεψεν αὐτεξούσιον, ἑνὸς ἀποσχέαθαι μόνου κελεύσας, οὐ φθόνῳ τῆς γεύσεως, γυμνάζων δὲ τέως ποὸς εὐπείθειαν αὐτὸν, ἄλλης οὐχ οὔσης ὕλης πρὸς τὴν νομοθεσίαν ἐπιτηδείας, ἵνα εἰδῇ τῶν ἄλλων ζώων ἡγεμονεύων ἀπάντων, ὅτι καὶ αὖτὸς ὑπόκειται νόμῳ, καὶ τὴν ἐντολὴν ἔχει τῆς πρὸς τὸν ἐπιτάξαντα ὑποταγῆς σημεῖον ἀρίδηλον. βάλλων ὃὲ τῆς πρώτης, καὶ ἀΐικόρης τρυφῆς, οὐχ ἀφῆκεν ὡς ἀπειθῇ κηδεμονίας ἔρημον, οὐδὲ παραβάντα τὴν ἐντολὴν τῆς ἑαυτοῦ παντελῶς ἐπιχονοίας ἐστέρησε δευτέραν δὲ τούτῳ νομοθετεῖ αὖθις ζωὴν τῇ καταστάσει προσηνῆ ᾿ καὶ τοῦ μὴ χρησαμένου τῇ ἀνέσει εἰς δέον κατάλληλον, ἐργασίᾳ, καὶ μόχθῳ κελεύσας πορίζεσθαι τὴν τροφἧ ἐπεὶ μὴ ἔγνω σχολάζων προσεδρεύειν θεραπείᾳ Θεοῦ, καὶ τῇ τούτου προσανέχειν ὁμιλίᾳ, τῶν σωματικῶν πόνων ἀργίαν ἄγων. Καὶ δερματίνους χιτῶνας τίθησιν αὐτῷ σχεπάξων τε ἅμα τὴν τότε οὐ πρὶν ὅτε ἣν φύλαξ τῆς ἐντολῆς, αἰσχύνης γέ:. σαν γύμνωσιν, καὶ οἷς ἐνδύμασι χρῇσθαι δεῖ, σ: ωπῶν τῷ λόγῳ, καὶ διδάσκων τῷ πράγματι, τὴν ὕστεθὸν ἐν τοῖς χαινοτομηθεῖσαν βλακείαν, Ὁ ἀναστέλλων ἐκεῖθεν τῇ στολῇ, καὶ τῷ ἀπεριέργῳ τῇς ἀμπεχόνης προδιαδάλλων τὴν νῦν πολιτευομένην περπερείαν.
Autika goun ouch enenchonta ton koron tēs Thallousēs timēs, kai chatastrēniasanta tēs euphrosynēs ekeinēs, ephoita men gar pros auton eis kathēmerinēn homilian chrēzonta psychagōgias erēmią tōn paramythoumenōn tēn achēdian ethelontēs autos ho Theos, karpou te pantos tōn en paradeisǭ phytōn apolausin epetrepsen autexousion, henos aposcheathai monou keleusas, ou phthonǭ tēs geuseōs, gymnazōn de teōs poos eupeitheian auton, allēs ouch ousēs hylēs pros tēn nomothesian epitēdeias, hina eidę̄ tōn allōn zōōn hēgemoneuōn apantōn, hoti kai autos hypokeitai nomǭ, kai tēn entolēn echei tēs pros ton epitaxanta hypotagēs sēmeion aridēlon. ballōn hoe tēs prōtēs, kai aïikorēs tryphēs, ouch aphēken hōs apeithę̄ kēdemonias erēmon, oude parabanta tēn entolēn tēs heautou pantelōs epichonoias esterēse deuteran de toutǭ nomothetei authis zōēn tę̄ katastasei prosēnē ᾿ kai tou mē chrēsamenou tę̄ anesei eis deon katallēlon, ergasią, kai mochthǭ keleusas porizesthai tēn trophē epei mē egnō scholazōn prosedreuein therapeią Theou, kai tę̄ toutou prosanechein homilią, tōn sōmatikōn ponōn argian agōn. Kai dermatinous chitōnas tithēsin autǭ schepaxōn te hama tēn tote ou prin hote hēn phylax tēs entolēs, aischynēs ge:. san gymnōsin, kai hois endymasi chrę̄sthai dei, s: ōpōn tǭ logǭ, kai didaskōn tǭ pragmati, tēn hystethon en tois chainotomētheisan blakeian, Ho anastellōn ekeithen tę̄ stolę̄, kai tǭ aperiergǭ tę̄s ampechonēs prodiadallōn tēn nyn politeuomenēn perpereian.
So when Adam could not bear the satiety of his flourishing honor and grew wanton against that gladness (for God himself willingly came to him for daily converse, since he needed recreation in his solitude, having no one to console his weariness; and God permitted him free enjoyment of every fruit of the plants in paradise, commanding him to abstain from one only, not because he grudged him the taste, but to train him meanwhile in obedience, since there was no other matter suitable for giving a law, so that, ruling over all the other living creatures, he might know that he himself was also subject to law and might have the commandment as a clear sign of his submission to the one who gave it), God cast him out of that first and pure luxury, yet he did not leave him, disobedient as he was, bereft of care, nor, though he had transgressed the commandment, did he deprive him completely of his own providence. Instead he legislates for him again a second life, suited to his condition and fitting for one who had not used his ease as he should: he commands him to provide his food by work and toil, since, when he had leisure, he did not know how to attend to the service of God and give himself to converse with him while resting from bodily labors. And he makes garments of skin for him, at once covering the nakedness that had then become shameful, which had not been so before, while he kept the commandment; and, saying nothing in words but teaching by the deed what clothing one ought to use, he restrained from then on, by that garment, the softness later introduced by innovators, and by the plainness of the covering he condemned in advance the vanity in dress now in fashion.
Chapter 15
15PG 79
Τί: οὖν ἔπρεπεν ἣ συνέφερεν ἐκείνῳ ὅ:αγωγή; Ἣν ἐπετάγη νομοθετούμενος ἢ ἣν χάσθη ἁλογήτας τῇ: ἐντολῆς; Ὅτε πᾶσαν εἶχεν ἀπί καὶ τέοψιν τῆς ἐν τῷ παραδείσῳ θεωρίας. καὶ χρήσεως τῶν διαφόρων φυτῶν ἣ ὅτε ταλαιπωρῶν τοῖς γεωργιχοῖς μόχθοις ἐν ἱδρῶτι τ. ῦ προῦὦπου τῆς τοοφῖς Ὅτε καρπῶν, ὧν ἤθελεν, ἀμερίμνως ἀπέλαβε, καὶ πᾶν τότε τερπνὸν ἐδρέπετο τῇ χειρὶ, τῇ ταύτης εἰς τὴν ἔδωδὴν μόνην σχυλώμενος, καὶ τὴν ὄρεξιν ἀκαμάτῳ διδῦ ξιούμενος ἑστία, τῷ τὴν ἐπιθυμίαν πρὸς ἔφεσιν βρώματι πληροφορῶν αὐτὴν, καὶ παραμυθούμενος ψυσιχῶς χεχαρυχευμένῳ σίτῳ ἣ ὅτε σχαπάνην, καὶ δίχελλαν, καὶ ἅρπην μετεχειρίζετο, αὖλαχίζων ἀρότρῳ τὴν αὐτομάτως πρὸ μικροῦ τὰ χρήσιμα φύουσαν γῆν, σπείρων, ἑπάρδων, ἀμώμενος, μεταχομίζων δράγματα, ἀλοῶν, τρίβων, τῷ λιχμητῷ καθαίρων τὸ γέννημα, καὶ μετὰ τοῦτο σιτοπονῶν μηχαναΐς μύλων Ἐρέττων πυρὸν, ἀλήθων, φύρων ἄλευρα ὕδατι, πέττων πυρὶ, καὶ οὕτω πολύμοχθον ἄρτον σιτούμενος Ὅτε φιλικῶν ἤκουε λόγων θεοῦ, καὶ τὴν Ψυχὴν ἀποῤῥήτοις διὰ τῆς ἀκοῆς εὐφραίνετο ῥἧμασιν ἣ ὅτε μυχηθμῶν, καὶ βληχημάτων, καὶ ὀγχηθμῶν ὀχληροῖς ἤχοις περιεχτυπεῖτο τὰ ὦτα Τὰ μὲν γὰρ τῆς ἀκτημοσύνης, τὰ δὲ τῆς πολυύλου ζωῆς ἔστι ἰδιώματα τὰ μὲν θείοις διηγόρευται νόμοις, τὰ δὲ ἀνθρωπίναις ἐπιτήδευται ἐπιθυμίαις. Τὰ μὲν ἐλπίδο; ἤρτηται τοῦ Θεοῦ, καὶ τὴν αὐτάρκειαν διὰ παντὸς ἔχει χορηγουμένην ἐκεῖθεν, τὰ δὲ τῇ ματαιότητι σαλεύοντα λίαν ἑπισφαλῶς, καὶ πολλὴν ἔχει πρὸς τὴν ἀτυχίαν τὴν συγγένεῖαν.
Ti: oun eprepen hē synepheren ekeinǭ ho:agōgē? Hēn epetagē nomothetoumenos ē hēn chasthē halogētas tę̄: entolēs? Hote pasan eichen api kai teopsin tēs en tǭ paradeisǭ theōrias. kai chrēseōs tōn diaphorōn phytōn hē hote talaipōrōn tois geōrgichois mochthois en hidrōti t. y prouōpou tēs toophis Hote karpōn, hōn ēthelen, amerimnōs apelabe, kai pan tote terpnon edrepeto tę̄ cheiri, tę̄ tautēs eis tēn edōdēn monēn schylōmenos, kai tēn orexin akamatǭ didy xioumenos hestia, tǭ tēn epithymian pros ephesin brōmati plērophorōn autēn, kai paramythoumenos psysichōs checharycheumenǭ sitǭ hē hote schapanēn, kai dichellan, kai harpēn metecheirizeto, aulachizōn arotrǭ tēn automatōs pro mikrou ta chrēsima phyousan gēn, speirōn, hepardōn, amōmenos, metachomizōn dragmata, aloōn, tribōn, tǭ lichmētǭ kathairōn to gennēma, kai meta touto sitoponōn mēchanaïs mylōn Erettōn pyron, alēthōn, phyrōn aleura hydati, pettōn pyri, kai houtō polymochthon arton sitoumenos Hote philikōn ēkoue logōn theou, kai tēn Psychēn aporrhētois dia tēs akoēs euphraineto rhēmasin hē hote mychēthmōn, kai blēchēmatōn, kai onchēthmōn ochlērois ēchois periechtypeito ta ōta Ta men gar tēs aktēmosynēs, ta de tēs polyylou zōēs esti idiōmata ta men theiois diēgoreutai nomois, ta de anthrōpinais epitēdeutai epithymiais. Ta men elpido? ērtētai tou Theou, kai tēn autarkeian dia pantos echei chorēgoumenēn ekeithen, ta de tę̄ mataiotēti saleuonta lian hepisphalōs, kai pollēn echei pros tēn atychian tēn syngeneian.
Which way of life, then, was fitting or profitable for him? The one he was commanded when the law was given him, or the one to which he was condemned after disregarding the commandment? When he had all the enjoyment and delight of the contemplation in paradise and the use of the various plants, or when, wretched in the toils of farming, he ate his bread in the sweat of his face? When he took without care whatever fruits he wished, and plucked every delight with his hand, troubling it only to eat, and satisfied his appetite at an effortless table, fulfilling his desire for food and comforting it with food seasoned by nature? Or when he handled spade, mattock and sickle, furrowing with the plough the earth that shortly before had borne useful things of itself: sowing, watering, reaping, carrying sheaves, threshing, treading, cleaning the produce with the winnowing fan, and after that preparing the grain with the machinery of mills, grinding the wheat, kneading the flour with water, baking it with fire, and so eating bread that cost much toil? When he heard the friendly words of God, and his soul was gladdened through his hearing by unspeakable words, or when his ears were battered by the troublesome noise of lowing, bleating and braying? The first are the marks of having nothing, the second of the life of much matter; the first were proclaimed by divine laws, the second were devised by human desires. The first depends on hope in God and has its sufficiency supplied from there at all times; the second totters very insecurely on vanity and has a close kinship with misfortune.
Chapter 16
16PG 79
αὶ μάρτυς τούτων ἣ πεῖρα, καὶ τὰ καθ ἐχάττην πληροφοροῦντα τὴν αἴσθησιν, ὦ; τὰ μὲν εἰκότα πολλάχις τῆς ἐλπίδος οὐκ ἐψεύσατο δὲ τὴν ᾿ ἐπικουρίαν ποτὲ ἣ κηδεμονία τοῦ κρείττονος. Τίς γὰρ τὰς παραχολουθούσας τῇ γεωργίᾳ οὐχ οἷδε ζηλίας; Τίς ἀγνοεῖ τὰς ἑπομένας τοῖς καρποῖς ἐπηρείας ὑετοὶ πολλάκις οἱ τρέφοντες τούτους ὁμοίως ἐδίχησαν, ἀνέμων ἀνεπιτηδείων αὖραι ἣ περιέψυξαν τοῦ μέτρου πλέον, ἣ περιέφλεξαν, καὶ ἀπώλεσαν χά᾿ παρεστῶτα τὸν καὶ τεθηλὸς τὸ ἐπενεχθεῖσα χατέχλλδε ἐξ ἑπομόρίας ἀτάκτου σεσωρευμένον ἣ καὶ τριδόμενον ἕτι τὸ γέννη μα χατέσυραν, καὶ ἠχρείωσαν βροῦχος, ἐρυπίδη, κάμπη, καὶ τῶν κανθαροειδῶν ἄλλα ζώων πολλὰ μεγάλην οἷδε τὴν βλάβην ἐργάζεσθαι. Ἐῶ λέγειν τοὺς ἃ αὐταῖς ταῖς ἀποθήχαις ἐντιχτομένους σττὰς τῷ κόκκῳ, καὶ ηοισόντα; πᾶσαν τὴν ἐπὶ τῇ ταλλιπωρίαν ἀνόνητον. Τί; δὲ πάλιν τὴν ἐκ τῆς θείας προνοίας οὐχ ἐδιδάχθη τῷ χρόνῳ ἀσφάλειαν, ὅπως ἄπονον τοῖς καὶ ἀταλαίπωρον, ὅτε χρὴ, παρέχει τὴν ἐπιτηδείαν τροφὴν, καὶ τῶν ἅπαντα μηχανωμένγων πρὸς εὐπορίαν σιτίων πλουσίων ἐνδείᾳ τρυχωμένων ὅτε τοῖς πεποιθόσιν αὐτῇ βούλεται παραδόξως ἑτοίμην τὴν τράπεζαν, ποτὲ μὲν ἐξ ἀνηρότων νεφῶν ἄσπορον ἄρτον ἐν ἐρήμῳ τὸ μάννα παρέχουσα, ποτὲ δὲ καὶ ἐκ θαλάττης ὀρτυγομήτραν ἀνάγουτα, ἄλλοτε διψῶσιν ἐκ πέτρας ξηρᾶς δαψιλῆ προχέουσα νάματα, ἀμφοτέρας ὅπω; τροφῆς ὑγρᾶς, καὶ ξηρᾶς πληρώσῃ τὴν χρείαν φιλότιμον, καὶ διαφόροις παραμυθήσηται τὸ ἀλύειν πρὸς τὸ μονότροπον τῆς διαίτης πεφυκυίας τῆς ὀρέξεῳς.
ai martys toutōn hē peira, kai ta kath echattēn plērophorounta tēn aisthēsin, ō? ta men eikota pollachis tēs elpidos ouk epseusato de tēn ᾿ epikourian pote hē kēdemonia tou kreittonos. Tis gar tas paracholouthousas tę̄ geōrgią ouch hoide zēlias? Tis agnoei tas hepomenas tois karpois epēreias hyetoi pollakis hoi trephontes toutous homoiōs edichēsan, anemōn anepitēdeiōn aurai hē periepsyxan tou metrou pleon, hē periephlexan, kai apōlesan cha᾿ parestōta ton kai tethēlos to epenechtheisa chatechllde ex hepomorias ataktou sesōreumenon hē kai tridomenon heti to gennē ma chatesyran, kai ēchreiōsan brouchos, erypidē, kampē, kai tōn kantharoeidōn alla zōōn polla megalēn hoide tēn blabēn ergazesthai. Eō legein tous ha autais tais apothēchais entichtomenous sttas tǭ kokkǭ, kai ēoisonta? pasan tēn epi tę̄ tallipōrian anonēton. Ti? de palin tēn ek tēs theias pronoias ouch edidachthē tǭ chronǭ asphaleian, hopōs aponon tois kai atalaipōron, hote chrē, parechei tēn epitēdeian trophēn, kai tōn hapanta mēchanōmengōn pros euporian sitiōn plousiōn endeią trychōmenōn hote tois pepoithosin autę̄ bouletai paradoxōs hetoimēn tēn trapezan, pote men ex anērotōn nephōn asporon arton en erēmǭ to manna parechousa, pote de kai ek thalattēs ortygomētran anagouta, allote dipsōsin ek petras xēras dapsilē procheousa namata, amphoteras hopō? trophēs hygras, kai xēras plērōsę̄ tēn chreian philotimon, kai diaphorois paramythēsētai to alyein pros to monotropon tēs diaitēs pephykuias tēs orexeǭs.
Experience is witness to these things, and the events of every day that convince the senses: how what seemed likely has often deceived hope, but the care of the Stronger has never belied its help. For who does not know the losses that go with farming? Who is ignorant of the injuries that befall crops? Often the very rains that nourish them have harmed them as well; breezes of unsuitable winds have either chilled them beyond measure or scorched them, and have destroyed the crop as it stood and flourished; a [flood] brought on by untimely rain has swept away what was heaped up, or has carried off the produce while it was still being threshed and spoiled it; locust, blight, caterpillar and many other creatures like beetles are known to do great damage. I leave aside the [worms] bred in the very storehouses, which feed on the grain and make all the labor spent on it useless. Who, again, has not been taught by time the security that comes from divine providence: how, when it is needed, it provides suitable food without toil or hardship to [those who trust it], while the rich, who contrive everything to have plenty of food, are worn down by want; and how, when it wishes, it sets a table ready for those who trust it, beyond all expectation, sometimes giving unsown bread from unploughed clouds in the desert, the manna, sometimes bringing up quail from the sea, and at other times pouring out abundant streams from a dry rock for the thirsty, so that it might generously fill the need of both kinds of nourishment, the moist and the dry, and might comfort with variety the appetite, which is by nature restless at a diet of one kind?
Chapter 17
17PG 79
Τίς τοὺς κόρακας παρεσχεύαςε δὶς τῆς ἡμέρας ἐν λιμῷ παραχομίξειν τῷ ἩΗλίᾳ τροφήν; Τίς ἐν τῇ ὑδρίᾳ τὴν δράκα ποῦ ἀλεύρον πρὸς τοσοῦτον χρόνὸν διαρκέσαι χεορένην ἐποίησε Πῶς δέκα ἄρτοις ἔχατὸν ἄνδρας ἐχόρετε μάρτυσι τοῦ κόρου τοῖς λειψάνοις χρησάμενος; Ἢ πῶς πάλιν πικρὸν ἐκ δηλητηρίου βοτάνης ἐν τῷ λέβητι ἔψημα μεῖἔβαλεν εἰς ἐδώδιμον, ἵνα πληρωθῇ ἢ χρεία τῶν τότε δεομένων τροφῆς οὐχ ἦν τούτοις βοῦς, καὶ ἀροσίμη καὶ ἡ λοιπὴ τῆς γεωργικῆς ὕλης καὶ πῶς αὐτοῖς ἠνύθη πάντοτε ἀνενδεῶς ἢ χρεία ποῦ σώματος Άλχοις ἅπαντα πάρεστιν ἀεὶ τὰ πρὸς ἐργασίαν ἐπιτήδεια γῆς καὶ οὐδὲν ἀμελεῖται τῶν εἰς γένεσιν καρπῶν παρὰ τῆς ἀνθρωπίνης εἰσφερομένων σπουδῆς. Καὶ πῶς τὰ πολλὰ μένουσιν ξυδεεὶῖς, θεραπεύοντες τὰ σπαρτὰ πάσῃ δυνάμει, καὶ οὐδὲν τοῦ πόνου καρπούμενοι πάντως Ὅτι ἡ τῆς ἐπὶ Θεὸν ἐλπίδος ἀσφαλής ἐστιν ἔχθατις, ψευδὴς δὲ τῆς ἀνθρωπίνης πεποιθήσεως ὁ σκοπὸς τοῖς δοκοῦσιν εὑλόγοις θαῤῥῶν, καὶ τῆς προσδοκίας ἀποτυγχάνων εἰχότως, τὰ παράδοξα κρίνων ἀδύνατα, καὶ τὰ συνήθη λογιζόμενος βέβαια, καὶ τῇ πείρᾳ πειθόμενος ὕστερον, ὡς ταῦτα μὲν ἀμφίβολον ἔχει, καὶ ἐνδεχομέντιν τὴν παρηυσίαν, ὅσα τῆς ἡμετέρας ἐντρεχείας τῆσθαι δοχεῖ, ὁμολογουμένως δὲ, καὶ παραγίνεται τούτων ἡ χρῆσις, ὅσα ἐκ θείας ἔρχεται τος, ἀεννάου πηγῆς τῆς προνοίας ὄντα δαψιλῆ, καὶ ἄφθορα ῥεῖθρα. Εἶπέ που καλῶς ὁ Κύριος, καὶ μετ᾽ αὐτοῦ συμφώνως ὁ ὑμνογράφος Δαβίδ ὃ μὲν, ἼἌξιος ὁ ἐργάτης τῆς τροφῆς αὐτοῦ. Ὃ δὲ, Πλούσιοι ἐπτώχευσαν, καὶ ἐπείνασαν, οἱ δὲ τοῦντες τὸν Κύριον οὐχ ἐλαττωθήσονται παντὸς ἀγαθοῦ. Τοὺς τῇ θεραπείᾳ σχολάζοντας τοῦ Θεοῦ, ἐκεῖθεν δηλοῦντες ἔχειν ἑτοίμτιν τὴν τῆς τροφῆς χορμισθὸν οὖσαν πρὸ τοῦ ἡγουμένον μισθοῦ, καὶ πρεπόντως τῷ ἔργῳ τέως καθήκοντα, καὶ ὀφειλόμενον τῇ λειτουργείᾳ τοῦ σώματος. Ὁ μὲν γὰρ ἀναλογῶν τῷ πόνῳ μένει τῇ ψυχῇ φυλαττόμενος ἐν τῷ μέλλοντι, ὁ δὲ τῷ πρὸς τὴν ἀρετὴν αὑτὴν ζώῳ, καὶ πρὸς τὴν θεοσέβειαν, σιτοδο-κεῖται δὲ ὄντως ὑποζυγίου δίκην ὀχοῦντος τὸ ἐνεργοῦν, καὶ χρήξοντος ἐπιμελείας πρὸς τὸ διαρκεῖν τῇ διακονίᾳ, μέχρις ἂν ὑπέζευχται, καὶ δουλεύῃ τὴν ὥνλείαν, ἦ ὑπετάγη παρὰ τοῦ Κτίσαντος.
Tis tous korakas parescheuase dis tēs hēmeras en limǭ parachomixein tǭ HēĒlią trophēn? Tis en tę̄ hydrią tēn draka pou aleuron pros tosouton chronon diarkesai cheorenēn epoiēse Pōs deka artois echaton andras echorete martysi tou korou tois leipsanois chrēsamenos? Ē pōs palin pikron ek dēlētēriou botanēs en tǭ lebēti epsēma meiebalen eis edōdimon, hina plērōthę̄ ē chreia tōn tote deomenōn trophēs ouch ēn toutois bous, kai arosimē kai hē loipē tēs geōrgikēs hylēs kai pōs autois ēnythē pantote anendeōs ē chreia pou sōmatos Alchois hapanta parestin aei ta pros ergasian epitēdeia gēs kai ouden ameleitai tōn eis genesin karpōn para tēs anthrōpinēs eispheromenōn spoudēs. Kai pōs ta polla menousin xydeeiis, therapeuontes ta sparta pasę̄ dynamei, kai ouden tou ponou karpoumenoi pantōs Hoti hē tēs epi Theon elpidos asphalēs estin echthatis, pseudēs de tēs anthrōpinēs pepoithēseōs ho skopos tois dokousin heulogois tharrhōn, kai tēs prosdokias apotynchanōn eichotōs, ta paradoxa krinōn adynata, kai ta synēthē logizomenos bebaia, kai tę̄ peirą peithomenos hysteron, hōs tauta men amphibolon echei, kai endechomentin tēn parēusian, hosa tēs hēmeteras entrecheias tēsthai dochei, homologoumenōs de, kai paraginetai toutōn hē chrēsis, hosa ek theias erchetai tos, aennaou pēgēs tēs pronoias onta dapsilē, kai aphthora rheithra. Eipe pou kalōs ho Kyrios, kai met᾽ autou symphōnōs ho hymnographos Dabid ho men, IAxios ho ergatēs tēs trophēs autou. Ho de, Plousioi eptōcheusan, kai epeinasan, hoi de tountes ton Kyrion ouch elattōthēsontai pantos agathou. Tous tę̄ therapeią scholazontas tou Theou, ekeithen dēlountes echein hetoimtin tēn tēs trophēs chormisthon ousan pro tou hēgoumenon misthou, kai prepontōs tǭ ergǭ teōs kathēkonta, kai opheilomenon tę̄ leitourgeią tou sōmatos. Ho men gar analogōn tǭ ponǭ menei tę̄ psychę̄ phylattomenos en tǭ mellonti, ho de tǭ pros tēn aretēn hautēn zōǭ, kai pros tēn theosebeian, sitodo-keitai de ontōs hypozygiou dikēn ochountos to energoun, kai chrēxontos epimeleias pros to diarkein tę̄ diakonią, mechris an hypezeuchtai, kai douleuę̄ tēn hōnleian, ē hypetagē para tou Ktisantos.
Who prepared the ravens to bring food to Elijah twice a day in the famine? Who made the handful of meal in the jar, though it was poured out, last for so long a time? How did [Elisha] satisfy a hundred men with ten loaves, using the leftovers as witnesses that they were filled? Or how, again, did he change the stew in the pot, made bitter by a poisonous herb, into something fit to eat, so that the need of those who then wanted food might be met? These men had no ox, no ploughland, none of the rest of the farmer's equipment; and how was the body's need always met for them without any lack? Others always have at hand everything suited to working the land, and nothing that human effort contributes to the growing of crops is neglected by them. And how is it that they mostly remain in want, tending their sown fields with all their strength and reaping no fruit at all from their labor? Because the outcome of hope in God is secure, but the aim of human confidence is false. Such a one trusts in what seems reasonable and fittingly fails of his expectation; he judges the extraordinary impossible and reckons the customary certain, and is later persuaded by experience that whatever seems to be [won] by our own skill has an uncertain and doubtful presence, while the use of whatever comes from the divine [bounty] is admittedly present, since these things are abundant and incorruptible streams from the ever-flowing fountain of providence. The Lord said well somewhere, and David the psalmist in agreement with him: the one, “The worker is worthy of his food”; the other, “The rich have become poor and gone hungry, but those who seek the Lord shall not lack any good thing.” They show that those who are free for the service of God have the supply of food ready from there. It is a wage before the principal wage, meanwhile fittingly due to the work and owed to the service of the body. For the principal wage, matched to the labor, remains kept for the soul in the future; the other is given to the living body for the sake of virtue itself and of godliness, and it is truly fed like a beast of burden, which carries the part that acts and needs care to last in its service, as long as it is yoked and serves the bondage to which it was subjected by the Creator.
Chapter 18
18PG 79
Ταῦτα τῆς πρώτης ἀκτημοσύνης τὰ πλεονεχτῆματα. Ταῦτα τῆς ἀπερισπάστου ζωῆς τὰ ἐπίχειρα. Αὕτη τῷ λογικῷ ζώῳ πρέπουσα διαγωγὴ σχολάζειν Θεοῦ, καὶ τὰ καθήκοντα χομίξζξεσθαι ὡς ἐκ ταμείου τῆς προνοίας αὐτοῦ ἐλπίζειν τῇ μονίᾳ ἐκείνῃ, καὶ τὴν παρ᾽ αὐτῆς ἐν πᾶσι καρπουσθαι ἀντίληψιν καταφρονεῖν τῶν γηΐνων, καὶ ἔχειν τὴν γὴν ὀωροφορηῦσαν τὰ αὐτῆς ἀγαθὰ πρὸς ἀπό… σύμμετρον μηδὲν χεχτῆσθα: ἐν χόσμῳ, καὶ μετ᾽ ἐξουσίας, ὅτε δεῖ, τοῖς τούτον χαλοῖς δονλεύειν γνησίως τῷ Κτίσαντι, καὶ τὴν κτίσιν δασμαλαγεῖν πρὸς τὰ χρειῶδες, ὡς βούλεται παροικεΐν ἐνταῦθα, καὶ τὴν χατηιχίαν αἱρεῖσθαι ἔνθα καὶ ἀληθῶς κατοικία ἐστί μηδὲν ἡγεῖσθαι τῶν ὧδε μενόντων σπουδαῖον, ταῦτα δὲ περὶ πολλοῦ ποιεῖσθαι, ὅσα συμβαίνει πρὸς τὴν ἐκείνην. Ταύτην ἔταξε οἷς ἀνθρώποις ὁ Δημιουργὸς τὴν ζωὴν ἐξ ἀρχῆς, καὶ ταύτην αὐτῷ πεισθέντες, ἐβίωσαν πάντες οἱ ἅγιοι, οὐχ εἶχον γῆς οὐδὲ τὸ τυχὸν μέτρον εἰς αὐθεντίας λόγον αὐτόχτητον, καὶ πᾶσαν τὴν γῆν, τὰ χρειώδη ταύτης, ἔνθα ἂν ἔτυχεν εὑρεθῆναι, ὡς δεσπόται καρπούμενοι, Οὐχ ἧσαν ἐκ πλούτον, καὶ δυναστείας τοῖ; ἀν ηρώποις ἐπίσημοι, καὶ θηρὰς ἐδυσπρὸ; ἐντροπὴν τῷ τῆς ἀρετῆς ἀξιώματι. Οὐχ ἦν αὐτοῖς οἰχετικὴ θεραπεία τὸ βάναυσον ἐπιτοίθουσα πρὸς θρύψιν τοῦ σώματος, καὶ διηκόνει πρὸς τὸ. ἀναγχαῖον αὐτοῖς τὰ μέρη τῆς κτίσεως. Οὐ παρῖν ἀχθοφόρων ὑπηρεσία κτηνῶν εἰς δὴν τῶν ἀγωγίμων, καὶ κόρακες διεκόμιζον ταῦτα τὴν ἐκείνων χρείαν ἐχπληροῦντες ταχύτερον.
Tauta tēs prōtēs aktēmosynēs ta pleonechtēmata. Tauta tēs aperispastou zōēs ta epicheira. Hautē tǭ logikǭ zōǭ prepousa diagōgē scholazein Theou, kai ta kathēkonta chomixzxesthai hōs ek tameiou tēs pronoias autou elpizein tę̄ monią ekeinę̄, kai tēn par᾽ autēs en pasi karpousthai antilēpsin kataphronein tōn gēïnōn, kai echein tēn gēn oōrophorēusan ta autēs agatha pros apo… symmetron mēden chechtēstha: en chosmǭ, kai met᾽ exousias, hote dei, tois touton chalois donleuein gnēsiōs tǭ Ktisanti, kai tēn ktisin dasmalagein pros ta chreiōdes, hōs bouletai paroikeïn entautha, kai tēn chatēichian haireisthai entha kai alēthōs katoikia esti mēden hēgeisthai tōn hōde menontōn spoudaion, tauta de peri pollou poieisthai, hosa symbainei pros tēn ekeinēn. Tautēn etaxe hois anthrōpois ho Dēmiourgos tēn zōēn ex archēs, kai tautēn autǭ peisthentes, ebiōsan pantes hoi hagioi, ouch eichon gēs oude to tychon metron eis authentias logon autochtēton, kai pasan tēn gēn, ta chreiōdē tautēs, entha an etychen heurethēnai, hōs despotai karpoumenoi, Ouch hēsan ek plouton, kai dynasteias toi? an ērōpois episēmoi, kai thēras edyspro? entropēn tǭ tēs aretēs axiōmati. Ouch ēn autois oichetikē therapeia to banauson epitoithousa pros thrypsin tou sōmatos, kai diēkonei pros to. ananchaion autois ta merē tēs ktiseōs. Ou parin achthophorōn hypēresia ktēnōn eis dēn tōn agōgimōn, kai korakes diekomizon tauta tēn ekeinōn chreian echplērountes tachyteron.
These are the advantages of the first having-nothing; these are the rewards of the undistracted life. This is the way of life fitting for the rational creature: to be free for God and to receive what is needed as from the storehouse of his providence; to hope in that alone and to reap its help in all things; to despise earthly things and to have the earth bringing its good things as gifts for enjoyment in due measure; to possess nothing in the world, and yet with authority, when needed, to use its good things while serving the Creator truly, and to levy tribute on creation for what is needed; to sojourn here as he wills, and to choose one's dwelling where there truly is a dwelling; to count nothing that stays here as important, and to make much of whatever contributes to that life. This is the life that the Creator ordained for human beings from the beginning, and in obedience to him all the saints lived it. They had not even the smallest measure of land as their own by title of possession, and yet they reaped the whole earth like masters, its necessaries wherever they happened to be found. They were not distinguished among people by wealth and power, and yet they were [held] in reverence for the dignity of their virtue. They had no household servants supplying menial work for the body's luxury, and yet the parts of creation served them for what was necessary. They had no service of pack animals to carry their goods, and yet ravens brought these things, meeting their need more swiftly.
Chapter 19
19PG 79
Φίλοι τῇ καθαρότητι τοῦ ἐσπούδασαν γενέσθαι Χριστοῦ, καὶ ἐν τοῖς τοῦ φίλου κτίσμασι διετάξαντο μετὰ παῤῥησίας ὡς ἠθέλησαν ἐπέταξαν οὐρανῷ παρασχεῖν τοῖς δεομένοις τροφὴν, καὶ μάννα τούτοις ὡς ἐκελεύσθη κατήνεγκεν ἐξέχλεισαν ἄλλοτε τοῦτον ἐπὶ ἀγνωμόνων παιδείᾳ, καὶ τὰ συνήθη μαιμάσσων ἐπέσχεν ὑετὸν τριῶν ἑτῶν βαστάσας, καὶ μηνῶν βάρο; τῷ χρόνῳ χατ᾽ ὀλίγον εἰς ἄβυσσον χυοφόρον διὰ τοὺς προστάξαντας. Ὥμόρησε καὶ νυκτός ποτε χαταπρῃσαί τινας ἁλάστορας χελευσῦεὶς, καὶ χάλαζαν ἄλλοτε ἑτέρων ἀνόμὼν εὐστόχοις βολαῖς, καὶ πολὺν ἐν ἑαυτοῖ: εἰργάσατο θάνατον, τοῦτο τῶν δικαίων ἐκείνων τῷ νεύματι διδαχθείς. Γῆν διέστησαν μεγάλῳ, καὶ σκηναὶ: ἅμα, καὶ κτήνεσι πολυζώου ἀγέλης, τοὺς στασιώδεις κατήγαγον πρὸς καταχθονίους μυχούς. Βυθὸν ἠπείρωσαν εἷς λεωφόρον ὁδὸν, καὶ γῆν ἐλί… ἄνυδρον εἰς ἄφθονον χρῆσιν τοῦ πρὶν σπανίζοντος ὕδατος. Ποταμοὺς διῆλθον ἁδρόχῳ ποδὶ, χαμένῳ πυρὸς ἐμπεριεπάτησαν, καὶ πυρὸς βλάβην οὐχ ἔγνωσαν, χαθάπερ ὕδατι ψυχρῷ τοῖς σώμασι τῇ φλογὶ μαχεσάμενοι, καὶ τὸ φθοροποιὸν τῷ εὐφθάρτῳ νικήσαντες. Θηρίων θυμοῖς εἰς βορὰν παρεδόθησαν, καὶ τῆς τούτων πεῖραν οὐχ ἔλαθον ἀγριότητος, χαθάπερ ἑπῳδῇ τιθασσευούσῃ πρὸς ἡμερότητα προσεὐχῇ τούτους πραῦναντες. Σκότος ἀφεγγὲς χατηύγασαν στύλῳ πυρός μεσημόρινὸν ἀνέστειλαν καύσωνα, σχιάσαντες τοῖς νεφέλῃ τὸ αἴθριον. πικρὸν, καὶ ἀγονίας τῇ γῇ αἴτιον ἄλλο πότιμὸν τοῖς διψῶσι, καὶ πρὸς γένεσιν καρπῶν ἐπιτήνὅξιον παρέσχον τοῖς νεμομένοις τὴν χώραν ἐκείνην. Στείραις ἐδωρήσαντο τέχνων γονὴν, καὶ θαγόντας … τοὺς ἐξ αὐτῶν, ζῶντας ταύταις ἀπέδωκαν. Τυράν… δορυφορουμένοις πλήθει πολλῷ ἀντέστησαν, τὸ λέμων παρατάξεις ἐγέλασαν, φάλαγγας ἀντιτεταὙμένας ἐχθρῶν ἐτρέψαντο, ἐπιβούλων μεμηχανημένας ἐνέδρας διῆλθον ἀπαθεῖς, δεσμωτηρίων ἐῤῥύσθησαν τῶν θυρῶν αὐτοῖς ἀνοιγεισῶν ἀοράτῳ δυνά ει, δεσμῶν ἤλευθερώθησαν παραδόξως λυθέντες, ὧν κατείχοντο πέδων, ἀπειλὰς φόνων τῶν ἀρχόντων, καὶ μαινομένων δήμων θυμοὺς παρῆλθον ἀκινδύνως πεῖραν οὐδενὸς οὐδέποτε λαβόντες ὅλως δεινοῦ.
Philoi tę̄ katharotēti tou espoudasan genesthai Christou, kai en tois tou philou ktismasi dietaxanto meta parrhēsias hōs ēthelēsan epetaxan ouranǭ paraschein tois deomenois trophēn, kai manna toutois hōs ekeleusthē katēnenken exechleisan allote touton epi agnōmonōn paideią, kai ta synēthē maimassōn epeschen hyeton triōn hetōn bastasas, kai mēnōn baro? tǭ chronǭ chat᾽ oligon eis abysson chyophoron dia tous prostaxantas. Hōmorēse kai nyktos pote chataprę̄sai tinas halastoras cheleusyeis, kai chalazan allote heterōn anomōn eustochois bolais, kai polyn en heautoi: eirgasato thanaton, touto tōn dikaiōn ekeinōn tǭ neumati didachtheis. Gēn diestēsan megalǭ, kai skēnai: hama, kai ktēnesi polyzōou agelēs, tous stasiōdeis katēgagon pros katachthonious mychous. Bython ēpeirōsan heis leōphoron hodon, kai gēn eli… anydron eis aphthonon chrēsin tou prin spanizontos hydatos. Potamous diēlthon hadrochǭ podi, chamenǭ pyros emperiepatēsan, kai pyros blabēn ouch egnōsan, chathaper hydati psychrǭ tois sōmasi tę̄ phlogi machesamenoi, kai to phthoropoion tǭ euphthartǭ nikēsantes. Thēriōn thymois eis boran paredothēsan, kai tēs toutōn peiran ouch elathon agriotētos, chathaper hepǭdę̄ tithasseuousę̄ pros hēmerotēta proseuchę̄ toutous praunantes. Skotos aphenges chatēugasan stylǭ pyros mesēmorinon anesteilan kausōna, schiasantes tois nephelę̄ to aithrion. pikron, kai agonias tę̄ gę̄ aition allo potimon tois dipsōsi, kai pros genesin karpōn epitēnoxion pareschon tois nemomenois tēn chōran ekeinēn. Steirais edōrēsanto technōn gonēn, kai thagontas … tous ex autōn, zōntas tautais apedōkan. Tyran… doryphoroumenois plēthei pollǭ antestēsan, to lemōn parataxeis egelasan, phalangas antitetaUmenas echthrōn etrepsanto, epiboulōn memēchanēmenas enedras diēlthon apatheis, desmōtēriōn errhysthēsan tōn thyrōn autois anoigeisōn aoratǭ dyna ei, desmōn ēleutherōthēsan paradoxōs lythentes, hōn kateichonto pedōn, apeilas phonōn tōn archontōn, kai mainomenōn dēmōn thymous parēlthon akindynōs peiran oudenos oudepote labontes holōs deinou.
By their purity they strove to become friends of Christ, and among the creatures of their friend they gave orders with boldness, as they wished. They commanded heaven to give food to those in need, and it brought down manna to them as it was ordered. At other times they shut heaven to chastise the ungrateful, and though it was eager to give its usual rain, it held it back, bearing its burden for three years and [six] months, gradually growing heavy with it, as one pregnant, because of those who had commanded it. Once it also rained by night, when ordered, to burn up certain wicked men, and at another time it rained hail with well-aimed throws on other lawless men and wrought much death among them, taught this by the nod of those righteous men. They split the earth with a great [chasm] and brought the rebels down to the recesses beneath the earth, together with their tents and the cattle of a great herd. They made the deep dry land, a highway, and the [dry] land … waterless, into an abundant supply of water that before was scarce. They crossed rivers with dry feet; they walked about in a furnace of fire and knew no harm from the fire, fighting the flame with their bodies as though with cold water and conquering the destroyer with what is perishable. They were handed over to the rage of beasts to be eaten and did not experience their savagery, for they calmed them by prayer as by a charm that tames to gentleness. They lit up lightless darkness with a pillar of fire; they kept off the noonday heat, shading the open sky with a cloud. Water that was bitter and made the land barren they made drinkable for the thirsty and fit for the growing of crops, for those who lived in that country. They gave barren women the bearing of children, and their dead … they gave back to them alive. They withstood tyrants … escorted by great crowds; they laughed at battle lines; they routed opposing phalanxes of enemies; they passed unharmed through ambushes contrived by plotters; they were rescued from prisons, the doors opened for them by an invisible power; they were freed from bonds, the fetters that held them loosed beyond expectation; they passed safely through the murderous threats of rulers and the rage of maddened mobs, never at all experiencing anything terrible.
Chapter 20
20PG 79
Καί ταῦτα πάντα, καὶ τούτων πλείονα τοῖς δικαίοις ὑπῆρξεν ἐκείνοις, ὅτι καὶ χοσμιχῶν ἀπηλλαὙμένοι πολυπλόχων φροντίδων, ἐθρήσχενον ἀπερισπάπτῳ προσ: δρίᾳ τὸ θεῖον τῇ πρὸς αὑτὸ παῤῥησίᾳ πρὸς τὸ ἐπιτάττειν αἰδέσιμοι πάσῃ τῇ κτίσει γενόμενοι. τίνες οὗτοι ἣ τῆς Γραφῆς ἱστορία, καὶ τὰ ὀνόματα κατὰ χώραν ἐκ τῶν πράξεων ὅτλα πο: εἴ ἑχάστῳ θαύματι ἕχαστον τοῖς μαθεῖν βουλομένοις γνωρίζουσα. Καὶ μακρὸν ἂν εἴη νῦν καὶ παρέλκον ἅμα καταριθμεῖν τούτους τῷ λόγῳ φανεροὺς ὄντας, καὶ τοῖς οὐ πάνυ σπουδαίως ἐντυγχάνουσι τῇ θείᾳ Γραφῇ, δὲ τῇ μελέτῃ ποιουμένοις, καὶ ἀπαγωγὴν ἴσως λυπηρῶν ἐνθυμήσεων. Οἷς γὰρ ν τισμένως πονεῖται τὸ ἔργον, τούτοις καὶ πρὸς θεωρίαν χρησιμεύει ἡ λέξις, τοῖς νοήμασι λοῦσα τὸν νοῦν, καὶ ἄλλοις ἄλλοτε ῥητοῦ; αὑτὸν χειρ-αγωγοῦσα πρὸς σύνεσιν τοῦ ὑπαντῶντος ἀκολούθως ἀεὶ διαδεχομένου τὴν τοῦ παρελθόντος μέριμναν, καὶ ταύτην παρατείνουτος ἕως τὰ χιγοῦντα τὴν ἔννοιαν, πλατύνοντα τὴν φιλοσοφίαν ἡμέραι προχόπτουσαν αὐτὴν, καὶ ἄγοντα ἐνθέ: μως, ἐφ᾽ ὅπερ ἐπείγεται τέλος.
Kai tauta panta, kai toutōn pleiona tois dikaiois hypērxen ekeinois, hoti kai chosmichōn apēllaUmenoi polyplochōn phrontidōn, ethrēschenon aperispaptǭ pros: drią to theion tę̄ pros hauto parrhēsią pros to epitattein aidesimoi pasę̄ tę̄ ktisei genomenoi. tines houtoi hē tēs Graphēs historia, kai ta onomata kata chōran ek tōn praxeōn hotla po: ei hechastǭ thaumati hechaston tois mathein boulomenois gnōrizousa. Kai makron an eiē nyn kai parelkon hama katarithmein toutous tǭ logǭ phanerous ontas, kai tois ou pany spoudaiōs entynchanousi tę̄ theią Graphę̄, de tę̄ meletę̄ poioumenois, kai apagōgēn isōs lypērōn enthymēseōn. Hois gar n tismenōs poneitai to ergon, toutois kai pros theōrian chrēsimeuei hē lexis, tois noēmasi lousa ton noun, kai allois allote rhētou? hauton cheir-agōgousa pros synesin tou hypantōntos akolouthōs aei diadechomenou tēn tou parelthontos merimnan, kai tautēn parateinoutos heōs ta chigounta tēn ennoian, platynonta tēn philosophian hēmerai prochoptousan autēn, kai agonta enthe: mōs, eph᾽ hoper epeigetai telos.
All these things, and more than these, belonged to those righteous men because, freed from the tangled cares of the world, they worshipped God with undistracted attendance, and through their boldness toward him became revered by all creation, so that they could command it. Who they were, the history of Scripture [shows], making known their names, each in its place, from their deeds, each by its miracle, to those who wish to learn. It would be long, and at the same time superfluous, to list them now in this discourse, since they are plain even to those who read the divine Scripture without much diligence; [but they profit] those who make it their study, and are perhaps also a diversion from sad thoughts. For to those who labor at the work with attention, the words are useful also for contemplation, enriching the mind with their meanings and leading it by the hand, now to one saying, now to another, toward understanding of each as it comes, each in turn always taking over the care of the one before and drawing it out further, until the things that stir the thought, broadening philosophy as it advances day by day, bring it lawfully to the end toward which it hastens.
Chapter 21
21PG 79
Ἴστε δὲ καὶ τοὺς τῆς νέας προθήχης ἀχτήμονα:, Ἰωάννην τὸν πρόδρομον τοῦ Χριστοῦ, καὶ τὸν χορὸν τῶν ἀποστόλων ὁμοῦ, ἐξ ὧν ὁ μοναδικὸς ἤρξατο βίος ὅπως ὁ μὲν οἰκεῖν ἀφ᾽ ἑαυτοῦ τὴν ἔρημον εἴἷλετο ἀκρίδας ἐσθίων, καὶ μέλι ἄγριον, ἐνδύματι δὲ χρησάμενος ἐκ τριχῶν μένῳ χαμῆλον οἱ δξ Κυριακῇ πεισθέντες ἑνὶ χιτωνέσχκῳ ἔστοίχησαν, καὶ τροφῇ τῇ πρὸς ὥραν εὑρισκομένῃ δπῦ:δήποτε, οὐδὲν κτησάμενοι ὡς ἐδιδάχθησαν ὅλως ἕως ῥάβδον, καὶ πήρας τῶν μάλιστα διὰ πολλὰ τοῖς ᾿ παῖς χρησίμων, ἵνα μὴ τούτοις τάχα δοκοῦντες θαῤῥεῖν τὴν ἐπὶ Θεὸν ἀμδλύνωσιν ἐλπίδα, τοῖς ἀφανῶς συμπραττούσης ἀλογοῦντες δυνάμεως, ἥτις τοῖς εὐλόγοις, καὶ πιθανοῖς συμμερίζεσθαι τὴν χὴν οὐχ ἀνέχεται χάριν, γυμνὴν δὲ παντὸς προχαλύμματος ταύτην ἐπιδείκνυσθαι βούλεται τὴν πρὸς τὰ εἰκότα, καὶ τὰ ἀληθὴ μεριζομένην ὁμοίως τῶν ἀνθρώπων εὐχέρειαν πρὸς ἑαυτὴν ἐπιστρέφουσα, Ε καὶ οὐχ ἐῶσα περιέλχεσθαι τηῖς νομτζομένοις αὐτῇ … συνεργεῖν ποὺς τὴν τῶν ἀσφάλειαν. ἄρα μὴ τῇ τῶν ἀγίων περὶ τὸ θεῖον ἀσχολίᾳ τῆς ἀπὸ ᾿Αδελφίου τοῦ τῆς Μέσης τῶν ποταμῶν, καὶ ᾿Αλεξάνδρου τοῦ πρὸς ὀλίγον τὴν βασιλευομένην Κωνστάντινούπολιν θολώσαντος ἀργίας θύραν προκάλυμμα τῆς περὶ τὴν ἐργααἰαν ὀχνηρίας τὸ διὰ παντὸς δοκεῖν πρροσχαρτερεῖν τῇ προσευχῇ πεποιημένοις, καὶ νέος παισὶ, καὶ ἀνδράσι σφριγῶσιν κατὰ τὴν ἰσχὺν τοῦ σώματος, καὶ ταύτην πολλοῖς ὀφείλουσι χαταλῦσα πόνοι. νητὸ μὴ ἐργάζεσθαι τῇ ἀνέσε: καὶ τὰ πάθη αὐτοῖς καὶ τῷ λογισμῷ παρασχοῦσιν ἄδειαν ταῖς τούτων ὕλαις ἐνευχαιρεῖν, ἕως ἂν ἡ δοχοῦσα προσευχῇ, οὐχ οὖσα δὲ τοῦτο, ὅπερ λέγεται, πάντη ἀπόληται,
Iste de kai tous tēs neas prothēchēs achtēmona:, Iōannēn ton prodromon tou Christou, kai ton choron tōn apostolōn homou, ex hōn ho monadikos ērxato bios hopōs ho men oikein aph᾽ heautou tēn erēmon eiileto akridas esthiōn, kai meli agrion, endymati de chrēsamenos ek trichōn menǭ chamēlon hoi dx Kyriakę̄ peisthentes heni chitōneschkǭ estoichēsan, kai trophę̄ tę̄ pros hōran heuriskomenę̄ dpy:dēpote, ouden ktēsamenoi hōs edidachthēsan holōs heōs rhabdon, kai pēras tōn malista dia polla tois ᾿ pais chrēsimōn, hina mē toutois tacha dokountes tharrhein tēn epi Theon amdlynōsin elpida, tois aphanōs symprattousēs alogountes dynameōs, hētis tois eulogois, kai pithanois symmerizesthai tēn chēn ouch anechetai charin, gymnēn de pantos prochalymmatos tautēn epideiknysthai bouletai tēn pros ta eikota, kai ta alēthē merizomenēn homoiōs tōn anthrōpōn euchereian pros heautēn epistrephousa, E kai ouch eōsa perielchesthai tēis nomtzomenois autę̄ … synergein pous tēn tōn asphaleian. ara mē tę̄ tōn agiōn peri to theion ascholią tēs apo ᾿Adelphiou tou tēs Mesēs tōn potamōn, kai ᾿Alexandrou tou pros oligon tēn basileuomenēn Kōnstantinoupolin tholōsantos argias thyran prokalymma tēs peri tēn ergaaian ochnērias to dia pantos dokein prroscharterein tę̄ proseuchę̄ pepoiēmenois, kai neos paisi, kai andrasi sphrigōsin kata tēn ischyn tou sōmatos, kai tautēn pollois opheilousi chatalysa ponoi. nēto mē ergazesthai tę̄ anese: kai ta pathē autois kai tǭ logismǭ paraschousin adeian tais toutōn hylais eneuchairein, heōs an hē dochousa proseuchę̄, ouch ousa de touto, hoper legetai, pantē apolētai,
You know also those of the new covenant who had nothing: John the forerunner of Christ, and the choir of the apostles with him, with whom the monastic life began. The one chose of his own accord to live in the desert, eating locusts and wild honey and wearing clothing woven of camel's hair; the others, obeying the Lord, kept to a single tunic and to food found for the hour from wherever it came, acquiring nothing at all, as they had been taught, not even a staff and a wallet, which are among the things most useful to travellers for many purposes, so that they might not seem perhaps to trust in these and so blunt their hope in God, disregarding the power that works with them unseen. That power does not allow its grace to be shared with things that are reasonable and plausible, but wishes to show it bare of every veil, turning to itself the readiness of human beings, which is divided alike between what is likely and what is true, and not letting them be drawn about by things thought to work together with it for … security. This is surely not the idleness that comes from Adelphius of Mesopotamia and from Alexander, who for a short time troubled the imperial city of Constantinople, people who made the appearance of persevering continually in prayer a door to idleness and a cloak for laziness about work: both young boys and men vigorous in bodily strength, who ought to wear that strength down with many labors. By not working, through their ease, they gave their passions and their reasoning license to revel in the material of these things, until the seeming prayer, which is not what it is called, perishes altogether,
Chapter 22
22PG 79
Τῶν δὲ σαρχιχὼν ἐπιθυμιῶν ὀχληρὰ, οὐ μώνον οὗ συγχωροῦσα προσομιλεῖν τῷ Θεῷ, ἀλλὰ καὶ φαντασίαις ἐνθυμήσεων αἰσχρῶν ῥυποῦτα τὸν δοκοῦντα προσεύχεσθαι νοῦν. ροσχαρτερεῖν μὲν γὰρ καλὸν τῇ προσευχῇ, καὶ τὸν νοῦν γυμνάζειν εἰς ὁμιλίαν Θεοῦ, τοσοῦτον δὲ, ὅσον τὸν τῆς εἰρήνης μὴ ποιῆσαι πολέμου καιρὸν, μηδὲ τῇ παρὰ τὸ δέον ἐκτάσει τοῦ χρόνου δοῦναι παρείσδυσιν τοῖς πολεμίοις πάθεσιν αἰχμαλωτεύειν ἔθος ἔχουσι τοὺς λογισμοὺς πρὸς ἀτόπους ἐννοίας χαθάπερ ἱερυῦ ἀποσπωμένους ἀσύλου τῆς προσευχῆς, καὶ τυρχννιχῶς ἀγομένους ἐπὶ τὸ σωφρόνημα τῆς σαρχὸς, ἐκεῖνα λοιπὸν διεξερκομένους τοῖς λογισμοῖς, ἅπερ ἐχεῖνο κρατοῦν βιάζεται λέγειν. Τίς οὖν προσενχὴν τῶν εὐφρονούντων ταύτην ἐρεῖ τὴν μάχην τῶν ἐναντίων ἀλλήλοις, καὶ ἀμφηρίστων λογισμῶν, ὅταν οὗτος τὰ δοκοῦντα ἀντιλέγῃ ἐκείνῳ, κἀκεῖνος πείθειν ὃ βούλεται, καὶ ἔκαστος ἕως φανερᾶς νίκης ἀντιτάττηται τῷ ἑτέρῳ, καὶ μὴ πυγμὴν, ἢ πόλεμον παγκράτιον, καὶ εἴθε οὕτω, γαλῶς γὰρ εἶχεν ἑστάναι, καὶ ἀθλεῖν πρὸς τὰ ὀχλοῦντα, καὶ μὴ δίκην ἀργυρωνὴ τῶν ἕλκεσθαι οὐδὲν ἀντιλέγοντας. Πολλάκις γὰρ ἀποσπώμενοι τῶν λόγων τῇς προσευχῆς, ἑπόμεθα τοῖς ἄγουσι λογισμοῖς οὐχ ἀνανεύοντες οὐδὲ ὄυσχεραίνοντες, ἣν γνώμης οὗ συναινούσης τοῖς προτρεπομένοις ἐπὶ τὰ μὴ καθήκοντα, καὶ τὸ μὲν σχῆμα δείκνυσι προσευχῆς χεχλιχότες γὰρ ἐπὶ τὰ Ὁ γόνατα, τοῦτο τοῖς ὁρῶσι φαινόμεθα, τῇ δὲ ἐννοίᾳ τὰ τέρποντα φανταζόμεθα, φίλοις εὐμενῶς διαλεγόν μένοι, ἐχθροῖς μετ᾽ ὀργῆς λοιδορούμενοι, ἑστιωμένοις συνενωχούμενοι, τοῖς προσήκουσιν οἰκοδομοῦν τες, φυτεύοντες, ὁδοιποροῦντες, ἐμπορενόμενοι, πρὸς ἱερωσύνην ἑλκόμενοι βίᾳ, οἰκονομοῦντες τὰ τῶν ἐγκεχειρισμένων Ἐκκλησιῶν μετ᾽ εὐλαβείας πολλῆς, καὶ τούτων διεξερχόμεθα πλείονα θέμενοε τῶν εἰρημένων ἑχάστῳ οὕτως ὡς οἷδε πρὸς ἕχαστον τὴν γνώμην διατιθέναι τὸ πάθος.
Tōn de sarchichōn epithymiōn ochlēra, ou mōnon hou synchōrousa prosomilein tǭ Theǭ, alla kai phantasiais enthymēseōn aischrōn rhypouta ton dokounta proseuchesthai noun. roscharterein men gar kalon tę̄ proseuchę̄, kai ton noun gymnazein eis homilian Theou, tosouton de, hoson ton tēs eirēnēs mē poiēsai polemou kairon, mēde tę̄ para to deon ektasei tou chronou dounai pareisdysin tois polemiois pathesin aichmalōteuein ethos echousi tous logismous pros atopous ennoias chathaper hieryy apospōmenous asylou tēs proseuchēs, kai tyrchnnichōs agomenous epi to sōphronēma tēs sarchos, ekeina loipon diexerkomenous tois logismois, haper echeino kratoun biazetai legein. Tis oun prosenchēn tōn euphronountōn tautēn erei tēn machēn tōn enantiōn allēlois, kai amphēristōn logismōn, hotan houtos ta dokounta antilegę̄ ekeinǭ, kakeinos peithein ho bouletai, kai ekastos heōs phaneras nikēs antitattētai tǭ heterǭ, kai mē pygmēn, ē polemon pankration, kai eithe houtō, galōs gar eichen hestanai, kai athlein pros ta ochlounta, kai mē dikēn argyrōnē tōn helkesthai ouden antilegontas. Pollakis gar apospōmenoi tōn logōn tę̄s proseuchēs, hepometha tois agousi logismois ouch ananeuontes oude ouscherainontes, hēn gnōmēs hou synainousēs tois protrepomenois epi ta mē kathēkonta, kai to men schēma deiknysi proseuchēs chechlichotes gar epi ta Ho gonata, touto tois horōsi phainometha, tę̄ de ennoią ta terponta phantazometha, philois eumenōs dialegon menoi, echthrois met᾽ orgēs loidoroumenoi, hestiōmenois synenōchoumenoi, tois prosēkousin oikodomoun tes, phyteuontes, hodoiporountes, emporenomenoi, pros hierōsynēn helkomenoi bią, oikonomountes ta tōn enkecheirismenōn Ekklēsiōn met᾽ eulabeias pollēs, kai toutōn diexerchometha pleiona themenoe tōn eirēmenōn hechastǭ houtōs hōs hoide pros hechaston tēn gnōmēn diatithenai to pathos.
and becomes a burden of fleshly desires, which not only does not let one converse with God, but even soils with images of shameful thoughts the mind that seems to be praying. For it is good to persevere in prayer and to train the mind for converse with God, but only so far as not to turn the time of peace into a time of war, nor, by stretching the time beyond what is due, to give entry to the hostile passions. They are accustomed to take the thoughts captive to strange notions, dragging them out of prayer as out of a sacred sanctuary and leading them by force to the mind of the flesh, so that the thoughts go over the very things that this mind, once it prevails, compels them to say. Who of sensible people, then, will call this prayer: this battle of thoughts opposed to and contending with one another, when one gainsays what the other proposes, and the other tries to persuade as it wishes, and each sets itself against the other until one wins a clear victory? Is it not rather a boxing match or an all-in fight? And would that it were so; for it would be good to stand and struggle against what troubles us, and not to be dragged like bought slaves without any resistance. For often, drawn away from the words of prayer, we follow the thoughts that lead us, without shaking them off or being vexed, as though our will did not agree with what urges us toward unfitting things. Our body shows the posture of prayer, for, bent on our knees, we appear to onlookers to be praying; but in thought we picture pleasant things: talking kindly with friends, railing angrily at enemies, feasting with banqueters, building houses for our relatives, planting, travelling, trading, being dragged by force to the priesthood, administering with great reverence the affairs of the churches entrusted to us. And we go through more of these than have been named, each one as the passion knows how to dispose the mind toward each.
Chapter 23
23PG 79
Προσευχὴ δὲ οὐ βούλεται τοῦτο, ἀλλ᾽ ἔχει τὸν ΄ … νοῦν παντὸς καθαρὸν τοιούτου νοἥματος, οὐ … ἐνθυμούμενον, ἀλλ᾽ ὅτι χἂν ἣ λίαν σεμνὸν, παρὰ τὸ προκείμενον, οὐδὲ γηῖνον πράγματος λαμβάνει αἴσθησιν. Θεοληπτούμενον δὲ ὥσπερ καὶ ἐξεστῶτα τῶν συνήθων, καὶ φίλων τῷ σώματι, ἔνθα καὶ ἀσχοληθῆναι προέθετο τὴν ἔντευξιν μετ᾽ εὖλαδείας ποιούμενος καὶ τοσοῦτον ἡ πρὸς αὑτὸν ἀσχολία μέτρον ἐχέτω, ὅσον ἀπερισπάστως ἕχαστον προσεδρεύειν ἢ ἠσκημένη παρασκευάσαι παῤἐχουσα. Μὴ τοίνυν ἀπατῶν ἐξέστω τοὺς ἀχεραιοτέρους, τοῖς καὶ προσευχῆς καὶ ἀσκήσεως ὁμοίο ς ἀπεῖροι;, καὶ φαντατίᾳ μείζονος ἔργου προστάττουσιν ἀνέχειν τοῦ δοκοῦντος ἐλάττονος. Σκοπὸς γὰρ αὐτοῖς μᾶλλον ὡς ἔοικε τὰ παρ᾽ ἑτέρων ἐσθίειν, οὐ. μένοις ταῖς χερσὶ, σεμνῇ τῇ περὶ τὴν προσευχὴν προφάσει τὰ τοῦ σώματος εὐπροσώπως ἐρανιζομέγοις ὀψώνια, ἣ ζῇν ὡς: καὶ ψυχῇ συμφέρει, καὶ σώματ Ὁ μὲν γὰρ εἰς ἔργα, καὶ προσευχὴν μερίζον τὸν χρόνον, ὡς ἔχει πρὸς τοῦτο, ἢ τοῦτο ἐπιττιδειότῆτος, δαμάζει μὲν τὸ σῶμα τῷ κόπῳ, καὶ τὰς ἀτάκτους ὁρμὰς αὐτοῦ πρὸς τὸ ἐπιειχέστερον, τὴν δὲ Ψυχὴν συγχαμοῦσαν τῷ σώματι, καὶ ἐπιθυμοῦσαν ἀνέσεως ἐπὶ τὴν προσευχὴν ὡς τέραν ἄγει πρόθυμον, καὶ ἀχμάζξηγυσαν αὖθις τὴν δύναμιν. Παρηγορεῖται γὰρ αὐτὸ τὸ ἔργον ἀμείὄουσα, καὶ μεταβαίνουσα ἀφ ἑτέρου εἰς ἔργον τῷ ἑνὶ ἐγχρονίζουσα, μονοτρόπῳ, χαίρουσα δὲ τῷ ποικίλῳ τῆς ἐργασίας, ὥσπερ ἀποτιθεμένη τὸν πόνον, οὗ λήγειν δοχεῖ, καὶ νεαρό προσπιοῦσα ὡς ἀρχομένη τοῦ μέλλοντος. ᾿
Proseuchē de ou bouletai touto, all᾽ echei ton ΄ … noun pantos katharon toioutou noēmatos, ou … enthymoumenon, all᾽ hoti chan hē lian semnon, para to prokeimenon, oude gēinon pragmatos lambanei aisthēsin. Theolēptoumenon de hōsper kai exestōta tōn synēthōn, kai philōn tǭ sōmati, entha kai ascholēthēnai proetheto tēn enteuxin met᾽ euladeias poioumenos kai tosouton hē pros hauton ascholia metron echetō, hoson aperispastōs hechaston prosedreuein ē ēskēmenē paraskeuasai parechousa. Mē toinyn apatōn exestō tous acheraioterous, tois kai proseuchēs kai askēseōs homoio s apeiroi?, kai phantatią meizonos ergou prostattousin anechein tou dokountos elattonos. Skopos gar autois mallon hōs eoike ta par᾽ heterōn esthiein, ou. menois tais chersi, semnę̄ tę̄ peri tēn proseuchēn prophasei ta tou sōmatos euprosōpōs eranizomegois opsōnia, hē zę̄n hōs: kai psychę̄ sympherei, kai sōmat Ho men gar eis erga, kai proseuchēn merizon ton chronon, hōs echei pros touto, ē touto epittideiotētos, damazei men to sōma tǭ kopǭ, kai tas ataktous hormas autou pros to epieichesteron, tēn de Psychēn synchamousan tǭ sōmati, kai epithymousan aneseōs epi tēn proseuchēn hōs teran agei prothymon, kai achmazxēgysan authis tēn dynamin. Parēgoreitai gar auto to ergon ameioousa, kai metabainousa aph heterou eis ergon tǭ heni enchronizousa, monotropǭ, chairousa de tǭ poikilǭ tēs ergasias, hōsper apotithemenē ton ponon, hou lēgein dochei, kai nearo prospiousa hōs archomenē tou mellontos. ᾿
But prayer does not want this. It wants … the mind pure of every such thought, not [only] thinking of …, but [of anything], however venerable, beside what is set before it; it does not even take notice of any earthly thing. Possessed by God, it has as it were gone out of its usual concerns and of what is dear to the body, to where it has resolved to be occupied, making its petition with reverence. And let occupation with prayer have so much measure as practice can provide for each to attend to it without distraction. So let them not be allowed to deceive the simpler sort, those who are equally inexperienced in prayer and in ascetic practice, and who, with the fancy of a greater work, command them to refrain from what seems lesser. For their aim, it seems, is rather to eat what others provide with idle hands, decently collecting provisions for the body under the respectable pretext of prayer, than to live as benefits both soul and body. For the one who divides his time between work and prayer, according as he is suited to the one or the other, tames the body by toil and its unruly impulses toward greater gentleness; and he leads the soul, which has toiled with the body and longs for rest, eagerly to prayer as to another task, its strength again at its height. For the soul is refreshed by changing its very work, passing from one task to another, not lingering in a single monotonous one, but rejoicing in the variety of labor, as though laying aside the toil of the task that seems to be ending and approaching the next fresh, as one who is just beginning.
Chapter 24
24PG 79
Ὃ ὃὲ τὴν ῥᾳττώνην ἀγαπῶν τρέφει τῇ ἀργίᾳ τὰ πάθη, καὶ ταῖς ἐπιθυμίαις δίδωσι καιρὸν τῇ ἀδείᾳ διαχινεῖσθαι πρὸς ἃ πεφύκασι, καὶ μάλιστα ἐν καιρῷ προσευχῆς ὃτε συνεστραμμένος ὃ νοῦς ς γίνεται τοῦ ὀχλοῦντος, ἐκεῖνα τοῖς λογισμοῖς ὃὅ:εξιὼν, ἅπερ τὸ ἐνδιαιτώμενον πάθος, ἀντὶ τοῦ προπομιλεῖν Θεῷ, καὶ αἰτεῖν παρ᾽ αὐτοῦ τὰ συμφέροντα δναχινοῦντα τῆς ἀτιμίας ἐνθύμια καὶ ποὺ; λόγους τῆς προσευχῆς, ἐκκλίνων εἷς λόγους πονηρίας, ἣ ἀχαθαραίας, ἣ πρὸς ὃ τῇ; δ. νοίας ἐπιχρατῆσαν, καὶ χαταχεχρημένον αὐτῇ τρὶς Ὁ ἃ πεποίωται. Τοῦτο συμβαῖνον τοῖς τοιούτοις ὁ Βεῦλος εἰδὼς, τὴν ἀργίαν διαβάλλει τὲ ἐξ αὑτῆς τιχτόμενα μεθοδιχῶς ἀναστέλλων χαχὲ ἔγχε γάρ ε Παραγγέλλομεν ὑμῖν, ἀδελφοὶ, καὶ ᾿λοῦμεν ἐν ὀνόματι τοῦ Κυρίου ἡμῶν ᾿ ησῶ Ὧν στοῦ, στέλλεσθαι ἡμᾶς ἀπὸ παντὸς ἀδελφοῦ ἐτὰ τω; περιπατοῦντος, καὶ μὴ κατὰ τὴν παράδοσιν, ἣν παρέλαβον παρ᾽ ἡμῶν. Αὐτοὶ γὰρ οἴδατε, πῶς δεῖ μιμεῖσθαι ἡμᾶς, ὅτι οὐχ ἐν ὑμῖν, οὐἂ δωρεὰν ἄρτον ἐφάγομεν παρά τινος, ἀλλ ἐν χόπχῳ, καὶ μόχθῳ, νυκτὸς καὶ ἡμέρας ἐργαζόμενοι πρὸς τὸ μὴ ἐπιθαρῆσαέ τινα ὑμῶν, οὐχ ὅτι οὐκ. ἔχομεν. ἐξουσίαν, ἀλλ᾽ ἵνα τύπον ἑαυτοὺς δῶμεν ὑμῖν πρὸς μιμεῖσθαι ἡμᾶς καὶ γὰρ ὅτε πρὸς ὑμᾶς, τοῦτο ὑμῖν, ὅτι εἴτις οὐ θέλει ἐργάζεσθαι, ἐσθιέτω. γάρ τινας ἐν ὑμῖν ἀτάχτω: περιπατοῦντας, μηδὲν ἐργαζημένους, ἀλλὰ περιεργαζομένους. Τοῖς δὲ τοιούτοις παραγγέλλομεν, καὶ παρακαλοῦμεν διὰ τοῦ Κυρίου Ἰησοῦ Χριστοῦ, ἵνα μετὰ ἡσυχίας ἐργαζόμενοι τὸν ἑαυτῶν ἄρτον ἐσθίωσι.
Ho hoe tēn rhąttōnēn agapōn trephei tę̄ argią ta pathē, kai tais epithymiais didōsi kairon tę̄ adeią diachineisthai pros ha pephykasi, kai malista en kairǭ proseuchēs hote synestrammenos ho nous s ginetai tou ochlountos, ekeina tois logismois hoo:exiōn, haper to endiaitōmenon pathos, anti tou propomilein Theǭ, kai aitein par᾽ autou ta sympheronta dnachinounta tēs atimias enthymia kai pou? logous tēs proseuchēs, ekklinōn heis logous ponērias, hē achatharaias, hē pros ho tę̄? d. noias epichratēsan, kai chatachechrēmenon autę̄ tris Ho ha pepoiōtai. Touto symbainon tois toioutois ho Beulos eidōs, tēn argian diaballei te ex hautēs tichtomena methodichōs anastellōn chache enche gar e Parangellomen hymin, adelphoi, kai ᾿loumen en onomati tou Kyriou hēmōn ᾿ ēsō Hōn stou, stellesthai hēmas apo pantos adelphou eta tō? peripatountos, kai mē kata tēn paradosin, hēn parelabon par᾽ hēmōn. Autoi gar oidate, pōs dei mimeisthai hēmas, hoti ouch en hymin, oua dōrean arton ephagomen para tinos, all en chopchǭ, kai mochthǭ, nyktos kai hēmeras ergazomenoi pros to mē epitharēsae tina hymōn, ouch hoti ouk. echomen. exousian, all᾽ hina typon heautous dōmen hymin pros mimeisthai hēmas kai gar hote pros hymas, touto hymin, hoti eitis ou thelei ergazesthai, esthietō. gar tinas en hymin atachtō: peripatountas, mēden ergazēmenous, alla periergazomenous. Tois de toioutois parangellomen, kai parakaloumen dia tou Kyriou Iēsou Christou, hina meta hēsychias ergazomenoi ton heautōn arton esthiōsi.
But the one who loves ease feeds his passions with idleness and gives his desires freedom to stir toward what they naturally tend to, especially at the time of prayer, when the mind, drawn in on itself, becomes [the prey] of what troubles it. He goes over in his thoughts what the passion that dwells within [suggests], and instead of conversing with God and asking him for what is profitable, he stirs up thoughts of dishonor, turning aside from the words of prayer to words of wickedness or impurity, or to whatever has gained the mastery over his mind and, having used it up, has given it its color. Paul knew that this happens to such people, and so he condemns idleness, methodically checking the evils born of it. For he said, “We command you, brothers, [and exhort you] in the name of our Lord Jesus Christ, that you keep away from every brother who walks in disorder and not according to the tradition that they received from us. For you yourselves know how you ought to imitate us: that we were not disorderly among you, nor did we eat anyone's bread for nothing, but in toil and labor we worked night and day so as not to be a burden to any of you; not because we do not have the right, but to give ourselves to you as an example, so that you might imitate us. For even when we were with you, we gave you this command: if anyone will not work, let him not eat. For we hear that some among you are walking in disorder, doing no work but being busybodies. Such people we command and exhort through the Lord Jesus Christ to work quietly and eat their own bread.”
Chapter 25
25PG 79
Πολλοῖς τεκμηρίοις αὐστηρὰν ποιῶν τὴν ἐπιτίμησιν καὶ γὰρ ἀταξίαν τὴν ἀργίαν εἰπὼν, καὶ τὸ, Μὴ ἐσθιέτω ὁ μὴ ἐργαξζόμενο;, προσθεὶς, καὶ ἑαυτὸν ἡμέρας καὶ νυκτὸς ἐν τῷ ἔργῳ μοχθοῦντα τύπον καὶ ὑπογραμμὸν δεδωκὼς, καὶ τὸ μὴ αὐτοῖς ἐκείνοις, ἀλλ᾽ ἑτέροις ὑπὲρ αὐτῶν ἐγκαλεῖν, καὶ τὸ στέλλεσθαι ἀπ᾽ αὐτῶν τοὺ ς ὑγιαίνοντας, ὡς νόσῳ κεκρατημένους, πολλὴν, καὶ δυσανάσχετον ἐνἔφηνε τὴν ἀγανάκτησιν. Καὶ γάρ ἐστιν ὄντως ἀργία πολλοῖς πολλῶν αἰτία κακῶν, τῇ σχολῇ καὶ τὰ συνθη αὔξουσα φαῦλα, καὶ τὰ τέως ἀήθη διδάσκουσα χαινουργὸς γάρ ἔστι, καὶ πρὸς τὰ καινοτημεῖν τὰ πονηρὰ πολλὴν ἔχει τὴν ἐπιτηδειότντα, καὶ καλῶς αὐτὴν διὰ τῶν εἰρημένων ὁ Παῦλος, καὶ δι᾽ ἑτέρων πλειόνων ἀποτρόπαιον δείκνυσι, καὶ φευχτὴν παραγαλῶν, ὀργιζόμενος, λυπούμενο;, ἐπιτιμῶν. Καὶ πσαν σχέσιν ἐπιτηδεύων πρὸς τὸ δυσωπῆσαι τοὺς, ὡς αὐτὸς ἔφη, ἀτάκτους ἡσυχίας ἐργάζεσθαι, καὶ πρὸς τοὺς ἔξω εὐσχημόνως περιπατεῖν, ἄγκυραν εἰδὼς τῆς διανοίας εἶναι τὸ ἔργον, ὁρμᾷν παρασχευάξον αὑτὴν ἀσφαλῶς. Κἂν λαίλαπες πάντοθεν καὶ στρόδιλο ῥαγδαίοις πνεύμασιν ἀπειλοῦντες ναυάγιον; ἔστηκεν ἀκλινὴς αὕτη κατἐχομένη, ὡς ἀγκύρᾳ τῷ ἔργῳ, ὀλίγον μετεωρίζουσιν ἐπιχυματίζουσα λογισμοῖς, ἀλλ᾽ οὐχ ἀποσπωμένη πρὸς κίνδυνον, ἐπειδὴ τῶν ὠθούντων πνευμάτων ἰσχυρότερός ἐστιν ὁ δεσμός.
Pollois tekmēriois austēran poiōn tēn epitimēsin kai gar ataxian tēn argian eipōn, kai to, Mē esthietō ho mē ergaxzomeno?, prostheis, kai heauton hēmeras kai nyktos en tǭ ergǭ mochthounta typon kai hypogrammon dedōkōs, kai to mē autois ekeinois, all᾽ heterois hyper autōn enkalein, kai to stellesthai ap᾽ autōn tou s hygiainontas, hōs nosǭ kekratēmenous, pollēn, kai dysanascheton enephēne tēn aganaktēsin. Kai gar estin ontōs argia pollois pollōn aitia kakōn, tę̄ scholę̄ kai ta synthē auxousa phaula, kai ta teōs aēthē didaskousa chainourgos gar esti, kai pros ta kainotēmein ta ponēra pollēn echei tēn epitēdeiotnta, kai kalōs autēn dia tōn eirēmenōn ho Paulos, kai di᾽ heterōn pleionōn apotropaion deiknysi, kai pheuchtēn paragalōn, orgizomenos, lypoumeno?, epitimōn. Kai psan schesin epitēdeuōn pros to dysōpēsai tous, hōs autos ephē, ataktous hēsychias ergazesthai, kai pros tous exō euschēmonōs peripatein, ankyran eidōs tēs dianoias einai to ergon, hormąn parascheuaxon hautēn asphalōs. Kan lailapes pantothen kai strodilo rhagdaiois pneumasin apeilountes nauagion? estēken aklinēs hautē katechomenē, hōs ankyrą tǭ ergǭ, oligon meteōrizousin epichymatizousa logismois, all᾽ ouch apospōmenē pros kindynon, epeidē tōn ōthountōn pneumatōn ischyroteros estin ho desmos.
He makes the rebuke severe with many proofs. He called idleness disorder; he added, “Let him not eat who does not work”; he gave himself, toiling day and night at his work, as an example and pattern; he does not reproach those people directly but speaks to others about them; and he bids the healthy keep away from them as from people in the grip of a disease. In this way he displayed great and unbearable indignation. For idleness is truly the cause of many evils for many: by leisure it increases the evils they are used to and teaches those they did not yet know; for it is an innovator and very apt at devising new wickedness. And Paul rightly shows it to be abominable and to be fled, by the words quoted and by many others, exhorting, being angry, grieving, rebuking, and using every means to shame those whom he himself called disorderly into working quietly and walking decently toward those outside. He knew that work is the mind's anchor, enabling it to ride safely at its moorings. Even if gales and whirlwinds threaten shipwreck from every side with violent winds, the mind stands unmoved, held by work as by an anchor; it is washed over a little by unsettling thoughts, but it is not torn away into danger, since the cable is stronger than the winds that drive against it.
Chapter 26
26PG 79
Οὕτως οἱ προφάσει τοῦ δεῖν προσκαρτερεῖν τῇ προσευχῇ παραιτούμενοι τὸ τῶν χειρῶν ἔργον, οὔτς προσεύχονται, τῆς διανοίας οὐ δυναμένης τετάσθαι πρὸς τὸ ποθούμενον, περισπώμενοι δὲ μετὰ τὸ μέτρον τῆς οἰκείας δυνάμεως περὶ πολλὰ οὐ κχαθήχοντα, καὶ τὸ σώμα τρέφοντες γλῦρον καὶ ἀνποιοῦσι πρὸς τὴν προσευχὴν αὐτῷ τούτῳ, ᾧ δοκοῦσι τῇ ἀργίᾳ παρέχειν τῇ ψυχῇ τὸ ἀμέριμνον, ἐμπλέχοντες αὐτὴν λαδυρίνθῳ ἀδιεξοδεύτων λογισμῶν. Τὸ μὲν γὰρ σῶμα τῷ ἔργῳ κοπούμενον κατἐχει πρὸς ἑαυτὸ τὴν διάνοιαν τῶν ὀφθαλμῶν οὐχ ἔλαττον παρεῖναι τῷ σπουδαζομένῳ ὀφείλουσαν, καὶ συνεργεῖν τούτοις πρὸς τὸ τῆς ἐνεργείας ἄπταιστον, ἀνιέμενον δὲ ῥέμδεσθαι αὐτῇ δίδωσιν ἄδειαν, ἐπεγειρομένων ἐν τῇ ἀνέσει τῶν παθῶν, καὶ πρὸς ἐκάστην ὑπόμνησιν ἐπιθυμίας περισυρόντων αὐτὴν μένην ὥσπερ αἰχμάλωτον.
Houtōs hoi prophasei tou dein proskarterein tę̄ proseuchę̄ paraitoumenoi to tōn cheirōn ergon, outs proseuchontai, tēs dianoias ou dynamenēs tetasthai pros to pothoumenon, perispōmenoi de meta to metron tēs oikeias dynameōs peri polla ou kchathēchonta, kai to sōma trephontes glyron kai anpoiousi pros tēn proseuchēn autǭ toutǭ, hǭ dokousi tę̄ argią parechein tę̄ psychę̄ to amerimnon, emplechontes autēn ladyrinthǭ adiexodeutōn logismōn. To men gar sōma tǭ ergǭ kopoumenon katechei pros heauto tēn dianoian tōn ophthalmōn ouch elatton pareinai tǭ spoudazomenǭ opheilousan, kai synergein toutois pros to tēs energeias aptaiston, aniemenon de rhemdesthai autę̄ didōsin adeian, epegeiromenōn en tę̄ anesei tōn pathōn, kai pros ekastēn hypomnēsin epithymias perisyrontōn autēn menēn hōsper aichmalōton.
So those who refuse the work of their hands on the pretext that they must persevere in prayer do not pray either, since the mind cannot stretch toward what it longs for; they are distracted, beyond the measure of their own strength, by many unfitting things, and by feeding the body delicately they make it unfit for prayer by the very means by which they think, through idleness, to give the soul freedom from care, entangling it in a labyrinth of thoughts that has no way out. For the body, wearied by work, holds the mind to itself, since the mind must be present to the task no less than the eyes and must work with them so that the activity proceeds without stumbling; but when the body is relaxed it gives the mind freedom to wander, for the passions are roused in the ease, and at each reminder of desire they drag the mind about, alone, like a captive.
Chapter 27
27PG 79
Εἰ τοίνυν παρὼν μὲν τῷ ἔργῳ ὁ νοῦς ἐντελῇ ποιεῖται τὴν ἐργασίαν, ἀπὼν δὲ πλημμελῆ ταύτην δείχνυσι, καὶ πολὺ ἀφεστῶσαν τοῦ δέοντος, πῶς ἕξει τὸ σύντονον καὶ ἀμετεώριστον ἐν τῇ προσευχῇ, τοῦ ταύτην εὐθύνοντο; περισπωμένου τοῖς καὶ συνεχῶς ἀποπίπτοντος, οὗ λέγω τῆς παντελοῦς ἐχστάσεως, ἀλλὰ καὶ τῆς τῶν ῥημάτων προσευχῆς Ἔστ μὲν γὰρ προηγουμένη τῶν τελείων προσοχὴ ἀρπαγὴ τις τοῦ νοῦ, καὶ τῶν κατὰ τὴν αἴσθησιν ς ὁλησχερὴς, στεναγμοῖς ἀλαλήτοις τοῦ πνεύματος ἐντυγχάνοντος τῷ Θεῷ τῷ βλέποντι τὴν τῆς χαρδίας διάθεσιν ἀναπτυσσομένην ὥσπερ ἐγγράμματον ιθλίον, καὶ τύποις ἀφθόγγοις τὸ ἑαυτῆς ἐμφανίζουσαν Β βούλημα. Οὕτως ἕως τρίτου ὁ Παῦλος ἡρπάγη οὖρανοῦ, ὅστις εἴτε ἐν σώματι ἦν, εἴτε ἐκτὸ; σώματος, ἀγνοῶν ἧἷν οὕτως ἄλλοτε ἐν τῷ ναῷ ἐν γεγέντται, καὶ ἤκουσε τῇ τῆς χαρδίας τοῦ γὰρ σώματος ἢ ἀκοὴ μετὰ τῶν ἄλλων αἰσθητηρίων διὰ τὴν ἔκστασιν Ἔξελθε, λέγόντος τοῦ Κυρίου, ἐντεῦθεν ἐν τάχει οὐ γὰρ παραδέξονταί σου μαρτυρίαν περὶ ἐμοῦ. Οὕτως; ὃ Πέτρος ἀνελθὼν ἐπὶ τὸ δῶμα προσεύξασθαι, τὴν ὀπτασίαν τῆς ὀθόνης εἶδεν, ἐν ἧ πάντα τὰ θηρία, καὶ τὰ χτήνη, καὶ τὰ ἑρπετὰ τῆς γῆς, καὶ τὰ πετεινὰ τοῦ οὐρανοῦ ὑπῆρχε τὴν διαφορὰν τῶν ἀνθρωπίνων δηλοῦντα καταστάσεων. Οὕτως ὁ παρὰ τοῦ Θεοῦ πρὸς τὸν Ἰὼβ παραδειχνύμενος ἱέραξ ἀναπετάσας τὰς πτέρυγας ἀκινήτως καθορῶντα πρὸς νότον, τῷ μὲν σχῆμάτι τὸ συντεταγμένον τοῦ προσευχομένου τῷ δὲ ὀνόματι τὸν ἱερὸν νοῦν τούτου παραδηλῶν.
Ei toinyn parōn men tǭ ergǭ ho nous entelę̄ poieitai tēn ergasian, apōn de plēmmelē tautēn deichnysi, kai poly aphestōsan tou deontos, pōs hexei to syntonon kai ameteōriston en tę̄ proseuchę̄, tou tautēn euthynonto? perispōmenou tois kai synechōs apopiptontos, hou legō tēs pantelous echstaseōs, alla kai tēs tōn rhēmatōn proseuchēs Est men gar proēgoumenē tōn teleiōn prosochē arpagē tis tou nou, kai tōn kata tēn aisthēsin s holēscherēs, stenagmois alalētois tou pneumatos entynchanontos tǭ Theǭ tǭ bleponti tēn tēs chardias diathesin anaptyssomenēn hōsper engrammaton ithlion, kai typois aphthongois to heautēs emphanizousan B boulēma. Houtōs heōs tritou ho Paulos hērpagē ouranou, hostis eite en sōmati ēn, eite ekto? sōmatos, agnoōn hēin houtōs allote en tǭ naǭ en gegenttai, kai ēkouse tę̄ tēs chardias tou gar sōmatos ē akoē meta tōn allōn aisthētēriōn dia tēn ekstasin Exelthe, legontos tou Kyriou, enteuthen en tachei ou gar paradexontai sou martyrian peri emou. Houtōs? ho Petros anelthōn epi to dōma proseuxasthai, tēn optasian tēs othonēs eiden, en hē panta ta thēria, kai ta chtēnē, kai ta herpeta tēs gēs, kai ta peteina tou ouranou hypērche tēn diaphoran tōn anthrōpinōn dēlounta katastaseōn. Houtōs ho para tou Theou pros ton Iōb paradeichnymenos hierax anapetasas tas pterygas akinētōs kathorōnta pros noton, tǭ men schēmati to syntetagmenon tou proseuchomenou tǭ de onomati ton hieron noun toutou paradēlōn.
If, then, the mind, when present to the work, makes the labor complete, and when absent shows it faulty and far short of what is needed, how will it have intensity and freedom from distraction in prayer, when the one who should direct prayer is distracted by [many things] and continually falls away, I do not mean from complete ecstasy, but even from the prayer of words? For the chief attention of the perfect is a kind of rapture of the mind and a complete [withdrawal] from the things of sense, when the Spirit intercedes with God with groanings that cannot be uttered, before God who sees the disposition of the heart unfolded like a written book and showing its will in voiceless figures. So Paul was caught up to the third heaven, not knowing whether he was in the body or out of the body. So at another time in the temple he came to be [in ecstasy] and heard with the [ear] of the heart (for the body's hearing, with the other senses, [was suspended] through the ecstasy) the Lord saying, “Go out from here quickly, for they will not receive your testimony about me.” So Peter, going up on the roof to pray, saw the vision of the sheet, in which were all the wild beasts and the cattle and the creeping things of the earth and the birds of heaven, showing the differences among the conditions of human beings. So the hawk shown by God to Job, spreading its wings motionless and looking toward the south, signifies by its posture the composure of one who prays, and by its name his holy mind.
Chapter 28
28PG 79
Δεντέρα δὲ μετὰ τὴν πρώτην ἐστὶ προξευχὴ τὸ λέγεῖν τὰ ῥήματα παρακολουθοῦντος τοῦ νοῦ μετὲ χαταγύξεως, καὶ εἰδότος, ᾧ προσάγει τὴν δέη τιν. Μεσολαδουμένη δὲ λογισμοῖς προσευχὴ, καὶ μένη φροντίσι σωμαιτιχαῖς μακρὰν τῆς τοῦ χομένου ἀφέστηκε καταστάσεως. Εἰ γὰρ αὑτὸς οὐχ ἀκούει ὁ προσευχόμενος ἑαυτοῦ τὰ πολλὰ ζόμενος, καὶ οὐχ εἰδὼς τίνα λέγειν ἔδοξε πῶς: ἕξει τὴν θείαν ἀκοὴν προσέχουσαν τούτοις, οἷς αὐτὸς προσέχειν περισπώμενος: οὗ δεδύνηται; βὲ γὴν λέγοντες ε Πρόσχες πρὸς τὴν δέησίν μου, παὶ Ὁ τὴν προσευχήν μου, καὶ γενηθήτω τὰ ὦτά σου πρ εἰς τὴν φωνὴν τῆς δεξσεώς μου, ὅλον τὸν νοῦν εἶχον ἐκεῖ σπουδαίως συνεστραμμένον, ὦ διαχεόμενον, ἐφ᾽ ἃ διακεῖσθαι καὶ σχέἔδνασθε τῶν ῥαθύμων ἀλωμένη εἴωθεν ἡ διάνοια.
Dentera de meta tēn prōtēn esti proxeuchē to legein ta rhēmata parakolouthountos tou nou mete chatagyxeōs, kai eidotos, hǭ prosagei tēn deē tin. Mesoladoumenē de logismois proseuchē, kai menē phrontisi sōmaitichais makran tēs tou chomenou aphestēke katastaseōs. Ei gar hautos ouch akouei ho proseuchomenos heautou ta polla zomenos, kai ouch eidōs tina legein edoxe pōs: hexei tēn theian akoēn prosechousan toutois, hois autos prosechein perispōmenos: hou dedynētai? be gēn legontes e Prosches pros tēn deēsin mou, pai Ho tēn proseuchēn mou, kai genēthētō ta ōta sou pr eis tēn phōnēn tēs dexseōs mou, holon ton noun eichon ekei spoudaiōs synestrammenon, ō diacheomenon, eph᾽ ha diakeisthai kai scheednasthe tōn rhathymōn alōmenē eiōthen hē dianoia.
Second after the first kind of prayer is to say the words with the mind following them in compunction and knowing to whom it offers its petition. But prayer that is interrupted by thoughts and cut through by bodily cares stands far from the state of one who prays. For if the one praying does not hear himself, distracted as he is by many things, and does not know what he seemed to say, how will he have the divine hearing attending to words that he himself, being distracted, has not been able to attend to? Those who say, “Attend to my petition, give ear to my prayer,” and, “Let your ears be attentive to the voice of my petition,” had their whole mind earnestly gathered there, not poured out over the things on which the mind of the careless is accustomed, as it wanders, to dwell and be scattered.
Chapter 29
29PG 79
Οὕτω μὲν οὖν εἶχεν ἡ τῶν ἁγίων μοσύνῃ, ὃ: μικρῷ πρόσθεν εἴρηται, καὶ τοσαῦτα παρέσχεν αὖτοῖς, ὅσα κατὰ χώραν κατείλεκται. δὲ καὶ ᾿ μέση πολὺ μετ᾽ ἐκείνην τὸ χρήσιμον, τοῖς καιροῖς, καὶ τῇ ἀνάγκῃ τοῦ σώματος οὖσα κατάλληλος καὶ τῶν πρωτείων ἐστὶν ἀντιποιεῖσθαι οὐχ οἵά τε, οὔτε πρὸς τὴν ὑπερέχουσαν ἀγωγὴν ἰσοτιμίαν αὖχεῖ ἀλλὰ τὰ δευτερεῖα τῆς τιμῆς ἔχειν, καὶ τούτων παραχωρεῖν, τρίτῃ καὶ τετάρτῃ τάξει τῶν ἀμελεστέρως βιούντων, οὐχ ἀνέχεται, οὐχ ἀπολειπομένη τοσοῦτην τῆς τελειότητος, ὅσον τῇς διαφορᾶς διαγωγῆς. Οὲ μὲν γὰρ πρῶτοι ἅγιοι ψυχῇ μόνῃ ἔζων, καὶ Θεῷ τῷ ταύτην ποιήσαντι, οὐδένα ποιούμενοι λόγον τοῦ σώματος, ὅθεν καὶ ἀμέριμνον ἐν χαιοῷ τὴν χρείαν εἶχον εὐπρεπῆ, οὐχ ἀποτεθεῖσαν ἐν ἀποθήκαις, καὶ παραγινομένην ὡς ἐκ ταμείον πρὸς τὴν ὥραν ἐκ θείας βουλῆς. Οἱ δὲ μετ᾽ αὐτοὺς τῆς ἀναγκαίας τοῦ σώματος παραμυθία: φροντίζοντες, καὶ ὅπως μὴ διαφθαρῇ τὸ ζῶον παρὰ τὸ θέλημα τοῦ συνδήσαντος τοσοῦτον … τῷ ἔργῳ τὰς χεῖρας, ὅσον τῇ ἀπαραιτήτῳ λειτουργῆσαι ἀνάγκῃ τὸ ὃὲ πλέον τοῦ χαιροὺ τῇ ψυχῆς ἐπιμελείᾳ, προσευχαῖς, καὶ ἀναγνώσμασι, καὶ γυμνασίᾳ τῶν χαθηχύντων τὴν ἐν τοῖς καλοῖς προκοπὴν αὐτοῖς ὡς ἔχει πραγματευόμεὺ ο:.
Houtō men oun eichen hē tōn hagiōn mosynę̄, ho: mikrǭ prosthen eirētai, kai tosauta pareschen autois, hosa kata chōran kateilektai. de kai ᾿ mesē poly met᾽ ekeinēn to chrēsimon, tois kairois, kai tę̄ anankę̄ tou sōmatos ousa katallēlos kai tōn prōteiōn estin antipoieisthai ouch hoia te, oute pros tēn hyperechousan agōgēn isotimian auchei alla ta deutereia tēs timēs echein, kai toutōn parachōrein, tritę̄ kai tetartę̄ taxei tōn amelesterōs biountōn, ouch anechetai, ouch apoleipomenē tosoutēn tēs teleiotētos, hoson tę̄s diaphoras diagōgēs. Oe men gar prōtoi hagioi psychę̄ monę̄ ezōn, kai Theǭ tǭ tautēn poiēsanti, oudena poioumenoi logon tou sōmatos, hothen kai amerimnon en chaioǭ tēn chreian eichon euprepē, ouch apotetheisan en apothēkais, kai paraginomenēn hōs ek tameion pros tēn hōran ek theias boulēs. Hoi de met᾽ autous tēs anankaias tou sōmatos paramythia: phrontizontes, kai hopōs mē diaphtharę̄ to zōon para to thelēma tou syndēsantos tosouton … tǭ ergǭ tas cheiras, hoson tę̄ aparaitētǭ leitourgēsai anankę̄ to hoe pleon tou chairou tę̄ psychēs epimeleią, proseuchais, kai anagnōsmasi, kai gymnasią tōn chathēchyntōn tēn en tois kalois prokopēn autois hōs echei pragmateuomeu o:.
Such, then, was the saints' having-nothing, as was said a little earlier, and it provided them with all the things that have been listed in their place. The middle way, too, coming far after it, has its usefulness, being suited to the times and to the body's necessity. It cannot lay claim to the first prizes, nor does it boast of equal honor with the higher way of life; but it holds the second rank of honor and will not endure to yield it to the third and fourth rank of those who live more carelessly, for it falls short not so much of perfection as of the difference in the way of life. For the first saints lived for the soul alone and for God who made it, taking no account of the body; and so they had their needs met without care, fittingly, at the right time, not laid up in storehouses but arriving as from a treasury at the hour, by the divine will. But those who came after them, taking thought for the body's necessary comfort, so that the living creature might not perish against the will of him who bound soul and body together, give their hands to work … only so far as to serve unavoidable necessity, and give the greater part of their time to the care of the soul, to prayers and readings and the exercise of what is fitting, pursuing their progress in good things as is right.
Chapter 30
30PG 79
Οἱ τούτων: ἔσχατοι. ξάρχες. παντελῶς ὄντες, τῇς θεραπείᾳς ὅλοι τοῦ ἀγδριάντος. γεγόνασι, γῆ πονοῦντες, Χτηνοτροφοῦντες, ἐμπορευάμενοι, καὶ πᾶσαν ταορισξικὴν μετερχόμενοι τέχνην, οὐχ ὅτα πρὸς τὴν ἐν. σαρκὶ ζῳὴν θέλοντες ἔχειν, ἀλλ᾽ ὅσα δείκνυσιν αὐτοὺς; τῶν ἐν περιουσίᾳ χομψῶν οὐχ ἐλάττονας, ἵἴγα κἀντεῦθεν φανητιῶντες δειχθῶσιν, ἐπεὶ μὴ ἐκ πολιζξείᾳς ἐκτήσαντο τὸ ἐπίδοξον, ἐκ πολυτελεξίας ἑᾳυτοῖς ὡς μνώμενοι τὸ ἐπίσημον, καὶ τοῦτο σαφῶς. ἑαυτοὺς τῆς ἀνοίας στηλιτεύογτες τῷ τὴν κατηγορίαν νομίζειν ἐγκώμιον, καὶ δοκεῖν ἐπὶ τούτοις καὶ. θαυμάζεσθαι, ἐφ οἷς χλεύης καὶ γέλωτος ἄξιοι. Ὡς γὰρ τὰ ἡρμοσμένα ἑχάστῳ ἐπιτηδεύματι. τῆς ἀποδρχῆς διδόασιν εὐλόγως τὰς ἀφορμὰς, οὕτω τὰ μὴ χαθέχοντα, χἂν ὦσιν ἐπ᾽ ἄλλῳ ἐπαινετὰ, πολλὴν τὰ πρὸς ὃ μὴ ᾧχείωται τὴν κατάγνωσιν ἔχει.. Οὐδεὶς γοῦν χροδύλῳ χρυσῷ, καὶ πολυτίμοις ἐξησκημένον ἄνδρα, οὐδὲ πόρπην,. καὶ γλαῖναν περιθέμενον ἀπεδέξατο γύναιον. Ὃν γὰρ ἀπένειμεν ἑχάστῳ κόσμον. ἡ φύσις, οὗτος χαινοτομίᾳ χλεύης ὑπόθεσις γίνεται. δ
Hoi toutōn: eschatoi. xarches. pantelōs ontes, tę̄s therapeiąs holoi tou agdriantos. gegonasi, gē ponountes, Chtēnotrophountes, emporeuamenoi, kai pasan taorisxikēn meterchomenoi technēn, ouch hota pros tēn en. sarki zǭēn thelontes echein, all᾽ hosa deiknysin autous? tōn en periousią chompsōn ouch elattonas, hiiga kanteuthen phanētiōntes deichthōsin, epei mē ek polizxeiąs ektēsanto to epidoxon, ek polytelexias heąutois hōs mnōmenoi to episēmon, kai touto saphōs. heautous tēs anoias stēliteuogtes tǭ tēn katēgorian nomizein enkōmion, kai dokein epi toutois kai. thaumazesthai, eph hois chleuēs kai gelōtos axioi. Hōs gar ta hērmosmena hechastǭ epitēdeumati. tēs apodrchēs didoasin eulogōs tas aphormas, houtō ta mē chathechonta, chan ōsin ep᾽ allǭ epaineta, pollēn ta pros ho mē hǭcheiōtai tēn katagnōsin echei.. Oudeis goun chrodylǭ chrysǭ, kai polytimois exēskēmenon andra, oude porpēn,. kai glainan perithemenon apedexato gynaion. Hon gar apeneimen hechastǭ kosmon. hē physis, houtos chainotomią chleuēs hypothesis ginetai. d
The last of these, being entirely men of the flesh, have given themselves wholly to the service of the statue: they farm, raise cattle, trade, and follow every money-making art, not acquiring as much as they need for life in the flesh, but as much as shows them to be not inferior to the elegant among the wealthy, so that by this too they may be seen to be eager for display. Since they have not won renown by their way of life, they woo distinction for themselves by extravagance; and in this they clearly put their own folly on public display, thinking an accusation to be praise and supposing that they are admired for things for which they deserve mockery and laughter. For just as what suits each calling reasonably gives grounds for approval, so what does not fit it, even if it is praiseworthy in another, incurs great condemnation in the one to which it does not belong. No one, at any rate, has approved of a man adorned with a golden hair-clasp and precious things, nor of a woman wearing a brooch and a man's cloak. For the adornment that nature has assigned to each becomes, when it is changed, an occasion for mockery.
Chapter 31
31PG 79
Τίσιν οὖν ἐν μεθορίῳ τῶν παρ᾽ ἑκάτερά εἷαιν αἱΧειότεροι; ΠΙάντως οἷς μᾶλλον πλησιάζουσι τῷ ἔργῳ, Καὶ τούτων τὴν συγγένειαν, ὧν ἐγγὺς οεἶναι τῷ, βίῳ. σπουδάζουσι. Οὐ γὰρ ἐπειδὴ τὴν μετα, αιχμίων. ἔχουσι τάξιν, ἤδη καὶ ἐπ ἄμφω ὁμοίως τῶν μὲν γὰρ ἡγουμέγων ὁπαδοὶ, τούτοις ἑπόμενοι, καὶ νεαρῷ τῷ αὐτῶν ἐπιβαίνοντες, κῶν δὲ ἐφυστεριζόντων καὶ τοσοῦτον ἀπέχουσιν, ὅσην οἱ τρέχοντες τῶν βάδην ὁδευόντων, ἣ κατὰ χώραν μεγνόντων, κατ᾽ ὀλίγον χωρίζονται, Τίς γὰρ τοῖς πολυ… κοινωνία πρὺς τοὺς ἀχτήύμονας Τὶς δὲ συμφωνία τοῖς πᾶ τῆς σαρχὺς φρονοῦσι πρὸς τοὺς νοῦντας τὰ τοῦ πνεύματος Τίς μερὶς τοῖς ἄναςυρουένοις ἐν πράγμασι μετὰ τῶν ἀμερέμνως δου λευόντων τῷ Θεῷ; Οὗτοι κατέλιπον ἀποστολιχῶς, χἂν βραχέα ἦν ἃ ἐκέκτηντο, ἐκεῖνοι καὶ ἃ μὴ εἶχον ἐκτήσαντο. Οἱ μὲν ἡσυχάζουσιν ἔνδον ἐπιεικείας μελούμενοι, καὶ σεμνότητος οἱ δὲ παγχρατιάξουτιν ὑπὲρ χρημάτων, καὶ κτημάτων μαχόμενοι. Οἱ μὲ; περὶ τῶν οὐρανίων ἀγαθῶν πρὸς τὰ πνευματικὰ τῆς πονηρίας νομίμως παλαίουσιν, οἱ δὲ περὶ τῶν γηΐνων τοῖ; συγχεχτημένοις πολεμοῦσιν ὁμοίω; παρ᾽ αὐτῶν πολεμούμενοι τοῖς μὲν ὁ χρόνος δαπανᾶται εἰς μὲρίμναν σωτηρίας Ψυχῶν, τοῖς δὲ πᾶς ὁ βίος ς ἀρκεῖ εἰς τὰς πολντρόπους ἀσχολίας τοῦ σώματος Β μεριζόμενος. Οἱ μὲν εὐχαριστεῖν ἀπραγμόνως β: ο τες τοὺς ὁρῶντας οἱ δὲ μίας αἴτιοι τούτοις καθίστανται, οὐδὲν τοῦ ἐπαγνἃματος πράττοντες ἄξιον.
Tisin oun en methoriǭ tōn par᾽ hekatera heiain haiCheioteroi? PIantōs hois mallon plēsiazousi tǭ ergǭ, Kai toutōn tēn syngeneian, hōn engys oeinai tǭ, biǭ. spoudazousi. Ou gar epeidē tēn meta, aichmiōn. echousi taxin, ēdē kai ep amphō homoiōs tōn men gar hēgoumegōn hopadoi, toutois hepomenoi, kai nearǭ tǭ autōn epibainontes, kōn de ephysterizontōn kai tosouton apechousin, hosēn hoi trechontes tōn badēn hodeuontōn, hē kata chōran megnontōn, kat᾽ oligon chōrizontai, Tis gar tois poly… koinōnia prys tous achtēumonas Tis de symphōnia tois pa tēs sarchys phronousi pros tous nountas ta tou pneumatos Tis meris tois anasyrouenois en pragmasi meta tōn ameremnōs dou leuontōn tǭ Theǭ? Houtoi katelipon apostolichōs, chan brachea ēn ha ekektēnto, ekeinoi kai ha mē eichon ektēsanto. Hoi men hēsychazousin endon epieikeias meloumenoi, kai semnotētos hoi de panchratiaxoutin hyper chrēmatōn, kai ktēmatōn machomenoi. Hoi me? peri tōn ouraniōn agathōn pros ta pneumatika tēs ponērias nomimōs palaiousin, hoi de peri tōn gēïnōn toi? synchechtēmenois polemousin homoiō? par᾽ autōn polemoumenoi tois men ho chronos dapanatai eis merimnan sōtērias Psychōn, tois de pas ho bios s arkei eis tas polntropous ascholias tou sōmatos B merizomenos. Hoi men eucharistein apragmonōs b: o tes tous horōntas hoi de mias aitioi toutois kathistantai, ouden tou epagnamatos prattontes axion.
To which of those on either side, then, are those on the border more akin? Surely to those whom they come nearer in their work, and to the kinship of those to whom they are eager to be near in their way of life. For it is not because they hold the middle rank that they are related equally to both. They are followers of those who lead, going after them and stepping in their track while it is fresh; but from those who lag behind they are as far apart as runners, little by little, are separated from those who walk or stand still. For what fellowship do those of many possessions … have with those who have nothing? What agreement do those who mind the things of the flesh have with those who mind the things of the Spirit? What share have those entangled in business with those who serve God without care? These left what they had, as the apostles did, even if it was little; those acquired even what they did not have. The one live quietly within, caring for gentleness and dignity; the others fight it out for money, battling over possessions. The one wrestle lawfully for the heavenly goods against the spiritual forces of wickedness; the others fight over earthly goods with those who share their possessions and are fought by them in turn. The one spend their time caring for the salvation of souls; for the others a whole lifetime is not enough, divided as it is among the many occupations of the body. The one, living free of business, move those who see them to give thanks; the others become a cause of [blasphemy] to them, doing nothing worthy of their profession.
Chapter 32
32PG 79
Τοῖς μέν φησιν ὁ Παῦλος ε Φαίνεσθε ὡς ςστῆρες ἐν χόσμῳ, λάμποντες πάντως τῷ ἐπισήμῳ τῇς πολιτείας, καὶ ζήλου τοῖς βλέπουσιν ἀγαθοῦ γινόμενοι πρόξενοι: τοῖς δὲ, ε Δι᾿ ὑμᾶς βλασφημεῖται τὸ ὄνομά μου, ν τῷ ἐπιτηδεύματι δηλονότι πράττοντὰς ἐναντία, καὶ τὸ σχῆμα περιφέροντας ἀντιΟ φθεγγόμενον τοῖς ἔργοις. Ὅθεν εἰκότως οἱ μὲν θαυμάζονται, οἱ δὲ διαπτύονται οἱ μὲν μακαρίζονται, οἱ δὲ ταλανίζονται οἱ μὲν ἀγαπῶνται δικαίως, οἱ δὲ μι σοῦνται μῖσος οὐχ ἄδικον. Τίς γὰρ οὐχ εἰχότω: τὸν παντελῶς ἀποτεταγμένον τοῖς ἔξω θορὺὅοις, καὶ τὸν ἀπράγμονα καὶ ἡσύχιον ἑλόμενον βίον; τίς οὐκ ἂν ἀγαπήσεις τεθηπὼς τὸν ἐχτρεπύμενον τὰς ἐριστικὰς τῶν συγχτήσεων καὶ τῶν ὁμοτέχνων ἀφορμὰς καὶ τῇ κατ οἶκον ἐρηίᾳ, καὶ τοῦ τι τῶν ἀνηκέστων, καὶ τοῦ παθεῖν ὁμοίως ἐξἱστάμενον, τὸν μὲν οὔτε ὀχλοῦντα, οὔτε ὀχλούμενον, οὔτε ἀδικοῦντα, οὔτε ἀδικεῖν βουλόμενον, οὗτε θῆναι δυνάμενον τὸ μὲν γὰρ οὐχ αἱρεῖται γικύμη χἂν δύνηται, τὸ δὲ οὐχ ὑφίσταται οὐ παρούσης ὕλης, εἰς ἣν ἀδικηθήσεται
Tois men phēsin ho Paulos e Phainesthe hōs sstēres en chosmǭ, lampontes pantōs tǭ episēmǭ tę̄s politeias, kai zēlou tois blepousin agathou ginomenoi proxenoi: tois de, e Di᾿ hymas blasphēmeitai to onoma mou, n tǭ epitēdeumati dēlonoti prattontas enantia, kai to schēma peripherontas antiO phthengomenon tois ergois. Hothen eikotōs hoi men thaumazontai, hoi de diaptyontai hoi men makarizontai, hoi de talanizontai hoi men agapōntai dikaiōs, hoi de mi sountai misos ouch adikon. Tis gar ouch eichotō: ton pantelōs apotetagmenon tois exō thoryoois, kai ton apragmona kai hēsychion helomenon bion? tis ouk an agapēseis tethēpōs ton echtrepymenon tas eristikas tōn synchtēseōn kai tōn homotechnōn aphormas kai tę̄ kat oikon erēią, kai tou ti tōn anēkestōn, kai tou pathein homoiōs existamenon, ton men oute ochlounta, oute ochloumenon, oute adikounta, oute adikein boulomenon, houte thēnai dynamenon to men gar ouch haireitai gikymē chan dynētai, to de ouch hyphistatai ou parousēs hylēs, eis hēn adikēthēsetai
Of the first Paul says, “You shine as stars in the world,” shining, that is, by the distinction of their way of life, and becoming promoters of good zeal for those who see them; of the others, “Because of you my name is blasphemed,” since, plainly, they do the opposite of what they profess and carry about a habit that contradicts their works. So it is fitting that the one are admired and the others spat upon, the one called blessed and the others wretched, the one loved justly and the others hated with a hatred that is not unjust. For who would not rightly [admire] the one who has wholly renounced the tumults outside and chosen the quiet life free of business? Who would not love with amazement the one who turns away from the occasions of quarrel with those who share possessions and with fellow craftsmen, and who, by his solitude at home, stands aside alike from doing something irreparable and from suffering it: neither troubling nor troubled, neither wronging nor wishing to wrong, nor able to be wronged? The first he does not choose by his will even if he could; the second he does not undergo, since there is no material in which he could be wronged.
Chapter 33
33PG 79
Τίς δὲ οὐ στυγνάσειε λόγον τὸν ἀπηλλάχθαι τοῦ βίου, καὶ τοῖς τούτου περισπασμοὲς ἐ μτλετίῃ:νον; καταπεφρονηκέναι τοῦ χόσμου χαυχώμεγη, καὶ τῶν ἐν αὐτῷ πραγμάτων μανικῶς ὑπερορᾷν τῶν γηΐνων ἐπαγγελλόμενον, καὶ τοῖς ἔργοῖς Ψευδόμενον τὴν ὑπόσχεσιν χλεύην τὰ ἐν ἀνθρώ ποις τιθέμενον, ὥς φησι, δοκοῦν τὰ καὶ σπουδάζοντα τῶν ἄλλων ἀνθρώπων πλέον αὐτά; ΟΞ. εἰπόντα τῇ ματαιότητι, καὶ οὐ κεχωρισμένον αὐτῆς; σταυρὸν καὶ θάνατον τὴν ἀποταγὴν ὁμο… καὶ οὐδὲν νεχρώσεως τεκμήριον ἐπιδεικνύμενον; Ἐξῖλθες ἐξ Αἰγύπτου, ὦ οὗτος, τ σοὶ καὶ τῇ πλινθείᾳ λοιπόν Ὁδοιπορεῖς τὴν ἔρημον ἐπὶ τὴν γὴν τῆς ἐπαγγελίας ἐπειγόμενος, τί ταῖς ματαίαις ἐγχρονίζεις φιλοπονίαις; Βραδὺς ὀδίτης πρὸς τὴν μακρὰν ἀποδημίαν γινόμενος. Πολλῆς σπουδτὶς ὁ προχείμενο; δρόμος, μὴ ἐμπλάζον ταῖς ἀνοδίαις, μὴ ἐχπέτῃ;: τῇ; καταπαύσεως. Ἐπέθδαλες τῇ ἐχέτληῃ τοῦ ἀρότρου τὴν χεῖρα, τί στρέφῃ εἰς τὰ ὁπίσω ἀνεύθετος τῇ τῶν οὐρανῶν βασιλείᾳ γενόμενος; ἀφῆχας τὸν ἐμπρησμὸν τῆς Πενταπόλεως, τέ ποθῶν ἰδεῖν τὰ γινόμενα
Tis de ou stygnaseie logon ton apēllachthai tou biou, kai tois toutou perispasmoes e mtletię̄:non? katapephronēkenai tou chosmou chauchōmegē, kai tōn en autǭ pragmatōn manikōs hyperorąn tōn gēïnōn epangellomenon, kai tois ergois Pseudomenon tēn hyposchesin chleuēn ta en anthrō pois tithemenon, hōs phēsi, dokoun ta kai spoudazonta tōn allōn anthrōpōn pleon auta? OX. eiponta tę̄ mataiotēti, kai ou kechōrismenon autēs? stauron kai thanaton tēn apotagēn homo… kai ouden nechrōseōs tekmērion epideiknymenon? Exilthes ex Aigyptou, ō houtos, t soi kai tę̄ plintheią loipon Hodoiporeis tēn erēmon epi tēn gēn tēs epangelias epeigomenos, ti tais mataiais enchronizeis philoponiais? Bradys oditēs pros tēn makran apodēmian ginomenos. Pollēs spoudtis ho procheimeno? dromos, mē emplazon tais anodiais, mē echpetę̄?: tę̄? katapauseōs. Epethdales tę̄ echetlēę̄ tou arotrou tēn cheira, ti strephę̄ eis ta hopisō aneuthetos tę̄ tōn ouranōn basileią genomenos? aphēchas ton emprēsmon tēs Pentapoleōs, te pothōn idein ta ginomena
And who would not loathe the one who says he has been released from life and yet is entangled in its distractions; who boasts of having despised the world and madly [pursues] its affairs; who professes to look down on earthly things and belies his promise by his works; who counts human things, as he says, a mockery, and yet is seen to strive for them more than other people; who has bidden farewell to vanity and is not separated from it; who [professes] renunciation to be cross and death alike, and shows no proof of mortification? You have come out of Egypt, man: what have you to do with brick-making any more? You are travelling through the desert, hastening to the land of promise: why do you linger in vain labors and become a slow traveller on the long journey? The race set before you calls for much zeal, so that you may not wander in trackless places and fall away from the rest. You have put your hand to the plough-handle: why do you turn back and become unfit for the kingdom of heaven? You have left the burning of the Pentapolis: why do you long to see what is happening [and turn back?]
Chapter 34
34PG 79
τὸν σταυρὸν, ἀχοληύθε Χριστῷ πάντα καταλιπὼν, πατέρα, πλοῖον, δίκτυα, καὶ πάστς δργανα τέχνης, καὶ μετὰ τούτων πᾶσαν σχέσιν, καὶ μνήμην συγγενικὴν πλεῖον γὰρ τούτων ἀπάντων φιλεῖσθαι θέλε: ᾧ συνετάξω Χριστός ἀπέθανες σὺν αὑτῷ, συνετάφτς αὐτῷ τὴν μσχαρίαν τῆς ἀπαθείας ταφήν. Τί τὰ τῶν ζώντων πάλιν ὑφίσταται πάθη, πολλὴν φροντίξα τῆς σαρχὸς εἰς ἐπιθυμίας ποιούμενος Ὁλίγης παραμυθίας τὸ σῶμα ταὐτὴν μερίμνα, ἐπειδὴ τέως συνδέδεσαι τούτῳ, ἵνα καὶ πρὺς τὴν ἐργατίαν τῆς ἀρετῆς ἔχῃς αὐτὸ συνεργὸν, καὶ ἡ τῆς ψυχῆς μὴ ἐμποδίζηται προκοπὴ, τὸ πᾶν ἔχειν παρὰ μικρὸν θέλουσα τοῦ καιροῦ, καὶ μόλις ὀλίγου πρὸς ὀνάγχην ἀξιουμένη. Βοῶν δέ τις ἐπίιμελούμενος καὶ ποοδάτων ἀγέλας καθ᾽ ἡ λέραν μετρῶν, ἀμπέληυς, καὶ ἄλση, καὶ λήϊα, καὶ χέπους; θεραπεύων ἀεὶ, οὐχ ἀρχοῦντος τρῦ ἡμερηπίου διαστήματος πρὸς τὴν τούτων ὑπηρεσίαν, ποῦ, ἣ πότε ἔξε Δνῆμης Θεοῦ πότε ψαλεῖ; πότε ται; πότε γυμνασία ᾿θιχῆς, καὶ ςυσιχῖς, καὶ θεολοθεωρίας εἰ δὲ καὶ πάρεργον δυνγθείν τῶν πολλῶν ἔργῳ τοῦτο ποιήσασθα σπανίως, πῶς μὰν προσοίσει τῷ Δεσπότῃ τὴν δέησιν, τῆς διανοίας οὐχ ἀποσπωμένης ἐκείνων, ὧν πολλὴν φροντίδα καὶ ἐπιμέλειαν; Πῶς κινήμασι παθῶν, ὡς γνῶναι τὴν καὶ σέμερον, τῆς ἐπὶ τὸ βέλτιον, ἢ χεῖρον μεταβολῆς τὴν διαφοράν πῶς λογισιῶν εὑρήσει μετεμπλοχὰς ἄλλοις ἄλλων ἐπα μένων ποιχῆλως, καὶ ποιούντων καὶ παρατήίρτσιν δύσχιλον;
ton stauron, acholēuthe Christǭ panta katalipōn, patera, ploion, diktya, kai pasts drgana technēs, kai meta toutōn pasan schesin, kai mnēmēn syngenikēn pleion gar toutōn apantōn phileisthai thele: hǭ synetaxō Christos apethanes syn hautǭ, synetaphts autǭ tēn mscharian tēs apatheias taphēn. Ti ta tōn zōntōn palin hyphistatai pathē, pollēn phrontixa tēs sarchos eis epithymias poioumenos Holigēs paramythias to sōma tautēn merimna, epeidē teōs syndedesai toutǭ, hina kai prys tēn ergatian tēs aretēs echę̄s auto synergon, kai hē tēs psychēs mē empodizētai prokopē, to pan echein para mikron thelousa tou kairou, kai molis oligou pros onanchēn axioumenē. Boōn de tis epiimeloumenos kai poodatōn agelas kath᾽ hē leran metrōn, ampelēus, kai alsē, kai lēïa, kai chepous? therapeuōn aei, ouch archountos try hēmerēpiou diastēmatos pros tēn toutōn hypēresian, pou, hē pote exe Dnēmēs Theou pote psalei? pote tai? pote gymnasia ᾿thichēs, kai sysichis, kai theolotheōrias ei de kai parergon dyngthein tōn pollōn ergǭ touto poiēsastha spaniōs, pōs man prosoisei tǭ Despotę̄ tēn deēsin, tēs dianoias ouch apospōmenēs ekeinōn, hōn pollēn phrontida kai epimeleian? Pōs kinēmasi pathōn, hōs gnōnai tēn kai semeron, tēs epi to beltion, ē cheiron metabolēs tēn diaphoran pōs logisiōn heurēsei metemplochas allois allōn epa menōn poichēlōs, kai poiountōn kai paratēirtsin dyschilon?
You took up the cross: follow Christ, having left everything, father, boat, nets and all the tools of your trade, and with them every attachment and every memory of kin; for Christ, to whom you pledged yourself, wants to be loved more than all these. You died with him; you were buried with him in the blessed burial of dispassion. Why do you again undergo the passions of the living, making much provision for the flesh to satisfy its desires? Care for the body with a little comfort, since for the present you are bound to it, so that you may have it as a fellow worker in the labor of virtue and the soul's progress may not be hindered; for the soul wants to have nearly all the time, and scarcely thinks a little of it worth giving to necessity. But one who looks after oxen, counts flocks of sheep every day, and is always tending vineyards, groves, cornfields and gardens, when the whole day is not enough for their service: where or when will he remember God? When will he sing psalms? When will he pray? When will he exercise himself in ethical, natural and theological contemplation? And if, among his many labors, he is able now and then to make this a side task, how will he offer his petition to the Master, when his mind is not torn away from the things that claim so much of his care and attention? How [will he watch] the movements of the passions, so as to know the difference between [yesterday] and today, the change toward better or worse? How will he discover the interweaving of thoughts, as they come in one upon another in various ways and make watchfulness difficult?
Chapter 35
35PG 79
… γὰρ προήγουνται σεμνοὶ, καὶ οἰλαργύρων συμπαθεῖς τῷ ξοχεῖν, καὶ ἐλεέμονες, καὶ μνησιχάκῶν διόρθωσιν ἐπαγγελλόιενοι τὴς χινούτης τὰ τῆς λύπτς αἴτια, χενοδόξων τε καὶ ὑπερηφάνων οὗ ζ. μος λειότη τά τῆς ἀρετῆς ὑπισχνούμενοι, καὶ πάντας ἁπλῶς τοὺς πονηροὺς προλαμδάνουσιν οἱ δοκοῦντες ἀστεῖοι βουκολοῦντες τῇ φαντασίᾳ τοῦ πρθουμένου πέω;: καλοῦ τοὺς ἀπείρους τῆς τοιαύτης ἀπάτης, ἃ ὕστερον δὲ προπίνοντες τοῖς ἐναντίοις τετροπωμένους αὐτοὺς, καὶ τὴν ἀπάτην … οὐδαμῶς δυναμένους λοιπόν. Πεποιωμένος γᾶρ τοῖ; ἤδη λελογισμένοις ὁ νοῦς, χἂν αἴσθηται τῆς πλάνης, δυσχερῶς ταύτης ἀφίσταται πλέον τῇ τῶν ἡδέων ἑλκόμενος, ἣ ὅσον. φυγεῖν τῶν οὐ συμφερόντων ἣν βλάβην ἐπείγετο, Οὕτως οὖν τούτων ἐχόντων, καὶ τοσαύτης δεομένων σπουδῆς, ποῦ σοι λοιπὸν χαιρὺς ἐπιτήδειος ὑπολέλειπται πρὸς τὴν παρὰ τοῦ δέοντος ματαιηπονίαν; οὐχ ὁρᾷς, πῶς δι᾽ ἡμέρας μὲν τὰ πράγματα, νύκτωρ θλίδουσε τούτων αἱ μνῆμαι, τὸν καιρὸν τῆς ἀνέσεως ὀδύνης ποιούμεναι: Τότε γὰρ τοὺς παρορίσαντας αὗται τοὺς λυμηναμένους καρποὺς τοὺς ὑδρομερίαν χωλύσαντας τοὺς μὴν χαταδοσχήσαντας, καὶ τοὺς ὁτιοῦν ἔτ τερον κοῦντας, ἣ ἀδικήσαντας παράγουσαι πρὸς ἔχαστο, ὡς καὶ μάχονται, μὲν πρὸς ἄμυναν τῆς ψυχῆς τὸ θυμούμενον, ὕπνῳ ὃὲ ἀναπαύσει καιρὸν οὐ παρέχουσι, μῆτοιγε προσευχῇ πολλῆς δεομένῃ πάντοθεν ἡσυχίας, καὶ σχολῆς, καὶ ἐν μέρει παρεχούση; τὸ ἀμέριμνον.
… gar proēgountai semnoi, kai oilargyrōn sympatheis tǭ xochein, kai eleemones, kai mnēsichakōn diorthōsin epangelloienoi tēs chinoutēs ta tēs lypts aitia, chenodoxōn te kai hyperēphanōn hou z. mos leiotē ta tēs aretēs hypischnoumenoi, kai pantas haplōs tous ponērous prolamdanousin hoi dokountes asteioi boukolountes tę̄ phantasią tou prthoumenou peō?: kalou tous apeirous tēs toiautēs apatēs, ha hysteron de propinontes tois enantiois tetropōmenous autous, kai tēn apatēn … oudamōs dynamenous loipon. Pepoiōmenos gar toi? ēdē lelogismenois ho nous, chan aisthētai tēs planēs, dyscherōs tautēs aphistatai pleon tę̄ tōn hēdeōn helkomenos, hē hoson. phygein tōn ou sympherontōn hēn blabēn epeigeto, Houtōs oun toutōn echontōn, kai tosautēs deomenōn spoudēs, pou soi loipon chairys epitēdeios hypoleleiptai pros tēn para tou deontos mataiēponian? ouch horąs, pōs di᾽ hēmeras men ta pragmata, nyktōr thlidouse toutōn hai mnēmai, ton kairon tēs aneseōs odynēs poioumenai: Tote gar tous parorisantas hautai tous lymēnamenous karpous tous hydromerian chōlysantas tous mēn chatadoschēsantas, kai tous hotioun et teron kountas, hē adikēsantas paragousai pros echasto, hōs kai machontai, men pros amynan tēs psychēs to thymoumenon, hypnǭ hoe anapausei kairon ou parechousi, mētoige proseuchę̄ pollēs deomenę̄ pantothen hēsychias, kai scholēs, kai en merei parechousē? to amerimnon.
… For some thoughts come first looking venerable: those of the avaricious appear compassionate and merciful; those of the resentful promise the correction of the one who causes the grievance; those of the vainglorious and proud promise the perfection of virtue; and, in short, the thoughts that seem respectable go ahead of all the wicked ones, beguiling those inexperienced in such deception with the image of the good they long for, but afterwards handing them over, routed, to the opposite thoughts, and … no longer able at all [to escape] the deception. For the mind, once colored by what it has already reasoned, even if it perceives its error, withdraws from it with difficulty, drawn more by the pleasure of what is sweet than it hastens to flee the harm of what is unprofitable. Since things stand so and call for so much zeal, where is there any time left to you suitable for labor spent in vain beyond what is needed? Do you not see how by day your affairs afflict you, and by night the memories of them, turning the time of rest into one of pain? For then these memories bring before you, one by one, those who moved your boundary stones, those who damaged your crops, those who blocked your share of the water, those who grazed down your grass, and those who did you any other harm or wrong, so that the angry part of the soul fights for revenge; and they give no time for rest in sleep, still less for prayer, which needs much quiet on every side and leisure, and gives freedom from care in return.
Chapter 36
36PG 79
Τί γάρ φησιν ὁ Παῦλος; ε θέλω ὑμᾶς ἀμερέμνους ἐἕναι. Καὶ προστίθησιν Ὁ ἄγαμος μεριμνᾷ τὰ τοῦ Κυρίου, πῶς ἀρέσει αδτῷ. ὁ δὲ γαμῆσάς μερ:μνᾷ τὰ τοῦ κόσμου, πῶς ἀρέσει τῇ ν Εἰ τοίνυν τὸ ἀμερίμνως δουλεύειν Θεῷ μὴ πάρεστι, καὶ γυναῖχας οὐχ ἄγονται, καὶ τῆς αὐτῶν ἐπαχθείας ἀνέχοντα οἱ μὴ μεριμνῶντες, πῶς τῷ ΚυΟὐδὲν γὰρ τῶν γεγαμτηκπότων ὁμοίω; τὰ τοῦ χόσμόν μεριμνῶντες ἐκείνοις, καὶ οὗ τὴν αὖτὴν ἔχοντες μέμψιν ἐν τούτῳ, ἀλλὰ καὶ πολλῷ πλεὶονα τὴν κατάγνωσιν. Τοῖς μὲν γὰρ κἂν ποσῶς συννώμην ὁ Ἐχχλησιαστῆς, τῆς ματαιοπονίας ἀναδεχομένοις ὑπὲρ τοῦ παραπέμψαι τοῖς ἐξ αὐτῶν μικρὰν τῆς ζωῆς παραμυθίαν, ἄωρον σομένοις ἴσως ὀρφανίαν, ἵνα μὴ καὶ τῶν μένων ἴσως ἐρημίᾳ, καὶ τῶν ἐνδείᾳ τρὺχόμενοι πᾶσαν πάντοθεν ὑπομένωσιν ὀδύνην ἕν θλιβόμενοι. Τῶν δὲ προφανῆ φίσατο ἄνοιαν εἰπών Ἔστιν εἷς, χἀὶ οὐκ ἔστι δεύτερος, Ὁ ἀδελφὸς, οὐχ ἔστιν αὐτῷ, καὶ μοχθεῖ οὗτος εἰς ἄνεμον Εὐλόγως σφόδρα τῷ τοιούτῳ τι διαδόχων ἡλευθερωμένος, δι᾽ ος τὸ ἐΐδωσιν ἀπολογίαν ἴσως εὐπρόσωπον, ᾿κὴ τῇ ἐχχεχειρίᾳ εἰς δέον, τὸν παρὰ τοῖς ποῶλεῖς ἀτῶλύμενου χρόνον χρήσιμον ἑχυτῷ ποιῶν πρὸς τὴ. σμὸν τῶν τῆς ψυχῆς ἀγαθῶν. Ἔστω γὰρ πρὸς τ΄ Μὴ μεριμνήσητε τῇ ψυχῇ ὑμῶν, τί φάγητε, πίητε, ἣ τί περιδάλησθε, ὀχλάζε: δι Ὁ ἐνδοιάζων, ἢ παρέτται αὐτῷ, ἣ μὴ; παρέσται τὰ τίς χρείας δουλεύοντι τῷ Θεῷ. Διατέ μὴ Ἔχοντες διατροφὰς καὶ σκεπάσματα,, τοῦτος ἀρκεσθησόμεθα, οὖς οἱ μεριμνῶντες τοῦ χόσμου εἰς τὰ τῆς σαρχὺς ἔργα σπείρουσι πόνους, τούτους εἰς τὰ τοῦ πνεύματος σπείρων γεώργια, ἐξ ὧν θερίσαι γα πάντα χαιοδὺ ἐν τούτοις πάτῃ δυνόμε: χαχοπαθῶν, πόσης ἔχων, καὶ πόστ΄ς σχολῆς δεομένην τὴν χρείαν τοῦ σώματος εἰ πρὺς ἀνάτκχην ἴδοι τούτου, καὶ μὴ τῇ πολυτελείᾳ πρὸς τὸ τῶν ἡδονῶν διλχέοιτο πξίλαγος; Δ ἔστι ζωὴν αἰώνιον ἀλλ᾽ ὅλος ἐπὶ τὰ γήϊΑ …
Ti gar phēsin ho Paulos? e thelō hymas ameremnous heenai. Kai prostithēsin Ho agamos merimną ta tou Kyriou, pōs aresei adtǭ. ho de gamēsas mer:mną ta tou kosmou, pōs aresei tę̄ n Ei toinyn to amerimnōs douleuein Theǭ mē paresti, kai gynaichas ouch agontai, kai tēs autōn epachtheias anechonta hoi mē merimnōntes, pōs tǭ KyOuden gar tōn gegamtēkpotōn homoiō? ta tou chosmon merimnōntes ekeinois, kai hou tēn autēn echontes mempsin en toutǭ, alla kai pollǭ pleiona tēn katagnōsin. Tois men gar kan posōs synnōmēn ho Echchlēsiastēs, tēs mataioponias anadechomenois hyper tou parapempsai tois ex autōn mikran tēs zōēs paramythian, aōron somenois isōs orphanian, hina mē kai tōn menōn isōs erēmią, kai tōn endeią trychomenoi pasan pantothen hypomenōsin odynēn hen thlibomenoi. Tōn de prophanē phisato anoian eipōn Estin heis, chai ouk esti deuteros, Ho adelphos, ouch estin autǭ, kai mochthei houtos eis anemon Eulogōs sphodra tǭ toioutǭ ti diadochōn hēleutherōmenos, di᾽ os to eïdōsin apologian isōs euprosōpon, ᾿kē tę̄ echchecheirią eis deon, ton para tois poōleis atōlymenou chronon chrēsimon hechytǭ poiōn pros tē. smon tōn tēs psychēs agathōn. Estō gar pros t΄ Mē merimnēsēte tę̄ psychę̄ hymōn, ti phagēte, piēte, hē ti peridalēsthe, ochlaze: di Ho endoiazōn, ē parettai autǭ, hē mē? parestai ta tis chreias douleuonti tǭ Theǭ. Diate mē Echontes diatrophas kai skepasmata,, toutos arkesthēsometha, ous hoi merimnōntes tou chosmou eis ta tēs sarchys erga speirousi ponous, toutous eis ta tou pneumatos speirōn geōrgia, ex hōn therisai ga panta chaiody en toutois patę̄ dynome: chachopathōn, posēs echōn, kai post΄s scholēs deomenēn tēn chreian tou sōmatos ei prys anatkchēn idoi toutou, kai mē tę̄ polyteleią pros to tōn hēdonōn dilcheoito pxilagos? D esti zōēn aiōnion all᾽ holos epi ta gēïA …
For what does Paul say? “I want you to be free of care.” And he adds, “The unmarried man cares for the things of the Lord, how he may please him; but the married man cares for the things of the world, how he may please his wife.” If, then, it is not possible to serve God free of care, and those who do not take wives nevertheless bear the burden of care, being not free of care, how [will they please] the Lord? For they differ in nothing from the married, caring for the things of the world as they do, and they do not incur the same blame in this, but a much greater condemnation. For to the married the Preacher grants some pardon, since they take on labor in vain in order to pass on a little comfort for life to their children, who may perhaps face early orphanhood, so that these may not, perhaps through the loss of their parents and worn down by want, endure every pain from every side in their affliction. But of the others he declared the plain folly, saying, “There is one, and there is no second; he has no son or brother, and yet he toils” … “for the wind.” Very reasonably is this said to such a person, who is free of heirs, for whose sake [the married man] perhaps has a plausible excuse; he ought rather to use his release as is fitting and make the time wasted by most people useful to himself for laying up the goods of the soul. For let [the command] stand for him: “Do not be anxious for your life, what you will eat or what you will drink, or what you will put on”; and let him not waver, doubting whether the things he needs will or will not be there for one who serves God. Why does he not [say], “Having food and covering, with these we shall be content,” and sow in the fields of the Spirit the labors that those who care for the world sow in the works of the flesh, so that from them he may reap [eternal life], toiling at all times in these with all his strength? How much leisure would he have, and how little would the body's need require, if he looked to it only for necessity and were not scattered by extravagance into the sea of pleasures! … but wholly on earthly things …
Chapter 37
37PG 79
Εἰ γὰρ κατὰ τὸν αὔλὴὸν ὁὀφειλέται ἐσμὲν, οὐ τῇ σαρχὶ τοῦ κατὰ σάρχα ζῆν, διατί μὴ ταύτῃ μὲν ὀλίγα τοῖς τυχοῦσιν ἀποδιδόντες αὐτῇ πρὸς τὸ μὴ ὀχλεῖν τὸ ὄφλημα, τῇ ὃὲ Ψυχῇ ζῶμεν τῷ πνεύματι, τούτοις τὸ πᾶν ἐργαζόμενοι, οἷς καὶ ἀναγχαίω; τὴν ἐργασίαν ὀφείλομεν μόνιμον οὖσαν, καὶ οὐ φθειρομένην τοῖς ἐν τῇ γαστρὶ φθειρομένοις σχυθάλοις Καλῶς ὁ Σολομὼν τὸν τῆς ψυχῆς ἀφέντα γεωργίαν, καὶ τῆς γῆς πολλὴν ποιούμενον ἐπιμέλειαν, διαβάλλων φησίν ὁδοὺς τοῦ ἑαυτοῦ ἀμπελῶνος, τοὺς δὲ ἄξονας τοῦ ἰδίου γεωργίου πεπλάνηται, πορεύεται δὲ δι ἀνύδρων ἐν ἐρήμῳ, καὶ γῆν διχτεταμένην ἐν συνάγει δὲ χερσὶν ἀκαρπίαν. Πλάνη γὰρ ὄντως; ἡ τῶν σωματικῶν ὑπὲρ τὴν χρείαν ἀνήνντος μέριμνα, καὶ ἀνοδία, ταῖς ἀθάτοις ἐμπλάζεσθαι παρχαχευάξουσα ἐρημίαις, καὶ τέλος ἔχουσα τῶν πόνων ἀκαρπίαν, ὧν ἢ παρασκευὴ οὐδὲν εἰς τὴν μέλλουσα. ζωὴν. Τοῦτο χαί τις τῶν προ φη τῶν ταλχανίζων βοᾷ διαπρύσιον λέγων ε Οὐχὶ ὁ συνάγων ἑαυτῷ τὰ οὐχ ὄντα αὐτοῦ, καὶ βαρύνων τὸν χλοιὸν αὐτοῦ πᾶν τὸ μὴ πρὸς ἀρετὴν ἀνοίκειον ἄχθος εἶναι τῷ ποιοῦντι δαιεύμενος, ἵνα τὴν ἀπὸ τῶν ματαίων σπουδὴν ἅποστρέψῃ, καὶ μεταγάγῃ ταύτην ἐπὶ τὰ χρήσιμα, ὡς ἔχειν τὸν ἐργαζόμενον ἴδιο χτῆμα τὸν κάματον θησχυριξόμενου ἐν τοῖς οὐρανοῖς αὐτῷ εἰς ἀπόλαυσιν καὶ τέλος οὐχ ἔχουσαν, ὅτε τοὺς ματαιοἕως ῥανίδος ὕδατος Ψυχροῦ λείπει τὰ ξπιτέδεια, τότε φιλοτίμως ἐνευφραινόμενον, χα λίαν ἁδρῶς, οἷσγε προέπειλψς, καὶ οἷς ἐπεχομίσατο ἀγαθοῖς, φρόνιμος οἰκονόμος τῶν οἰκείων πόνων γενόμενο;. Τύπους δὲ εἶναι τῶν ἄλλων ἀνθρώπων ἡμᾶς οἱ θεῖοι βούλονται νόμοι, καὶ τὸ ἀπρόσχοπον πᾶσι παρέχειν τῷ ἀνεπιλήπτω τοῦ βίου. Τίνος οὖν αὑτοῖ; τόπο: μᾶλλον αὐτῶν ταῖς σπουδαῖς περὶ πὰ μάταια χατατεινόμενοι; πῶς: δὲ αὑτοῖς ἐσόμεθα καὶ ἀπρόσχοποι, πλέον αὐτῶν ἀντεχόμενο: τούτων, ὧν καταφρονεῖν ἐδιδάχθημεν, καὶ τῷ δοκεῖν συνεὐέμεθα, καὶ οὕτω ποοσχόμματα τιθέντες αὐτοῖς, καὶ μυρία σκάνδαλα,, λογιζομένοις εἶναι περιμάχητα ἀληθῶς τὰ ἡμῖν σπουδαζόμενα, καὶ οὐδὲν τὴν περὶ αὐτὰ βλάπτειν φιλοτιμίαν εἰς τὴν θεοσέβειαν
Ei gar kata ton aulēon hoopheiletai esmen, ou tę̄ sarchi tou kata sarcha zēn, diati mē tautę̄ men oliga tois tychousin apodidontes autę̄ pros to mē ochlein to ophlēma, tę̄ hoe Psychę̄ zōmen tǭ pneumati, toutois to pan ergazomenoi, hois kai ananchaiō? tēn ergasian opheilomen monimon ousan, kai ou phtheiromenēn tois en tę̄ gastri phtheiromenois schythalois Kalōs ho Solomōn ton tēs psychēs aphenta geōrgian, kai tēs gēs pollēn poioumenon epimeleian, diaballōn phēsin hodous tou heautou ampelōnos, tous de axonas tou idiou geōrgiou peplanētai, poreuetai de di anydrōn en erēmǭ, kai gēn dichtetamenēn en synagei de chersin akarpian. Planē gar ontōs? hē tōn sōmatikōn hyper tēn chreian anēnntos merimna, kai anodia, tais athatois emplazesthai parchacheuaxousa erēmiais, kai telos echousa tōn ponōn akarpian, hōn ē paraskeuē ouden eis tēn mellousa. zōēn. Touto chai tis tōn pro phē tōn talchanizōn boą diaprysion legōn e Ouchi ho synagōn heautǭ ta ouch onta autou, kai barynōn ton chloion autou pan to mē pros aretēn anoikeion achthos einai tǭ poiounti daieumenos, hina tēn apo tōn mataiōn spoudēn hapostrepsę̄, kai metagagę̄ tautēn epi ta chrēsima, hōs echein ton ergazomenon idio chtēma ton kamaton thēschyrixomenou en tois ouranois autǭ eis apolausin kai telos ouch echousan, hote tous mataioeōs rhanidos hydatos Psychrou leipei ta xpitedeia, tote philotimōs eneuphrainomenon, cha lian hadrōs, hoisge proepeilpss, kai hois epechomisato agathois, phronimos oikonomos tōn oikeiōn ponōn genomeno?. Typous de einai tōn allōn anthrōpōn hēmas hoi theioi boulontai nomoi, kai to aproschopon pasi parechein tǭ anepilēptō tou biou. Tinos oun hautoi? topo: mallon autōn tais spoudais peri pa mataia chatateinomenoi? pōs: de hautois esometha kai aproschopoi, pleon autōn antechomeno: toutōn, hōn kataphronein edidachthēmen, kai tǭ dokein syneuemetha, kai houtō pooschommata tithentes autois, kai myria skandala,, logizomenois einai perimachēta alēthōs ta hēmin spoudazomena, kai ouden tēn peri auta blaptein philotimian eis tēn theosebeian
For if, according to the Apostle, we are debtors not to the flesh, to live according to the flesh, why do we not pay it back a little, with whatever comes to hand, so that the debt does not trouble us, and live for the soul by the Spirit, working wholly at those things to which we necessarily owe our work, since it is lasting and does not perish with the refuse that perishes in the belly? Solomon speaks well when he rebukes the one who has abandoned the cultivation of the soul and takes great care of the land: “[He has forsaken] the ways of his own vineyard, and has wandered from the furrows of his own field; he goes through waterless places in the desert, and a land laid out in [thirst], and gathers fruitlessness with his hands.” For care for bodily things beyond need, with no profit, is truly a wandering and a trackless way: it makes one stray in impassable deserts and has as its end the fruitlessness of labors whose provision contributes nothing to the life to come. One of the prophets too cries out piercingly, calling this wretched: “Woe to him who gathers for himself what is not his own, and makes his yoke heavy.” He shows that everything not directed to virtue is a burden foreign to the one who does it, so that he may turn away zeal from vain things and transfer it to useful ones, so that the worker may have his toil as his own possession, stored up for him in the heavens for an enjoyment that has no end; and when those who labored in vain lack even a drop of cold water, then he will rejoice generously and very richly in the good things that he sent ahead and that he brought with him, having become a wise steward of his own labors. The divine laws want us to be patterns for other people and to give no offense to anyone by the blamelessness of our life. Of what, then, shall we be patterns to them, when in our zeal we strain after vain things more than they do? How shall we give no offense to them, when we cling more than they do to the things we were taught to despise and seem to have renounced, and so put stumbling blocks and countless scandals before them, since they reckon that the things we pursue are truly worth fighting for, and that ambition for them does no harm to godliness?
Chapter 38
38PG 79
Τὰ γὰρ τῶν σεμνοτέρων εἶνα δοχούντων προσώπων κακὰ, οὐ ζηλωτὰ καὶ μάλιστα τοῖ; ἀπλουστέροις ἀνεξετάστω;: καθίσταται. Οὐχ ἂν θῆνοι λέγουσιν, εἴπερ, ὡς νομίζεται, ἣν ὄντως κακά. Διὰ τοῦτο καλῶς, ὁ τὸν ἐνάρετον χανονίσας βίον ὃ μέγας Παῦλο;, ἐπισκήπτων τοῖς καταφρονοῦσι τὴν βλάβην τῶν ἀκεραιοτέρων φτοῖν Ἐὰν ἴδῃ σέ τις τὸν ἔχοντα γνῶσιν ἐν εἰδωλείῳ κατακείμενον, οὐχὶ ἣ συνείδησις τοῦ ἀσθενοῦς ὄντος οἰχοδομνηθήσετα: εἰς τὸ τὰ εἰδωλόθυτα ἐσθίειν; τὴν ἐν ὅτῳ δήποτε ἀδιαφορίαν τῷ ἑνὶ ἀναστέλλων ἐγκλήματι, καὶ δεικνὺς, ὡς τὰ παρὰ τῶν εἰδέναι μᾶλλον τὸ συμφέρον ὑπολαμβανομένων γινόμενα τοὺς ἀφελεστέρους εὐκόλως ἄγει πρὸς μίμησιν, οἰκοδομὴν ἡγουμένους τοῦτο, καὶ οὐχὶ καθαίρεσιν τοῦ καλοῦ. Τοῦτο γὰρ ἡνίξατο τὸ, οἰκοδομηθήσεται, προχοπὴῆν, φησὶν, οἰήσεται, καὶ βελτίωσιν τὴν οὗ ἐθεάσατο μίμησιν. Καὶ γὰρ, Οἑκοδομεῖτε ἀλλήλους, ν λέγων εἷς τὸν ἕνα, τὴν ἐξ ἀλλήλων εἰς ἀλλήλους ὠφέλειαν νομοθετεῖ, ἵνα τὸ καλὸν ἕκαστος ἐργαζόμενος προτρέπηται πρὸς τὸν ἄλλο τὴν τούτου ἐνέργειαν ὑπογραμμὸς αὑτῷ πρὸς τὴν τελείωσιν τὸν κατὰ μέρος προσθήχαις γινόμενος, Ποίων δὲ μύλων ὀνιχῶν, καὶ ποίων θαλασσίων βυθῶν … πρὸς τιμωρίαν οἱ τοιοῦτοι τοιούτων σχανξάλων αἴτιοι τοῖς ἀχεραιοτέροις καθιστάμενοι, καὶ ῥέποντας ἔσως μᾶλλον αὐτοὺς ἐπὶ τὸ στοιχεῖν τῇ προκαλούμενοι ἐπὶ τὸ πολύυλον ἔριδι τῇ πρὸ; αὐτοὺς, καὶ … τὰ προφανῶς αἱρουμένους ἀσύμφορα: Ὃ ζῆλος γὰρ, φησὶ τῷ ἀνδρὶ ἀπὸ τοῦ αὐτοῦ, καὶ ἐν ἀστείοις καὶ φαύλοις ὁμοίως ὑπερθάλλεσθα: τὸν πλησίον Τοιοῦτον ἡ φιλουειχία, νικᾷν τὸν ἐν ὁτῳδήποτε ζυγομαχοῦντα βιάζεται, οὐχ οὕτως ἐπὶ κίνδυνον τὸ κρατῆσαι ἀδίκως, ὡς τὸ π ρου ρ τηθῆνα: δικαίως αἰσχρὸν, καὶ ἐπονείδιστον χρίνουσα. Μᾶλλον δὲ καὶ ἴσασιν ἅπαντες τοῦτο τῇ πείρᾳ, ὅπως πρὸς μὲν τὰ συμφέροντα ἡ ἔρις ἀργῇ, καὶ ὀχνηρὼ τὸ φιλόνεικον. Ἂν δέ τι τῶν ἀλυσιτελῶν ἣ ἀπρο… ρέτων παρά τινων, ἣ κατὰ γνώμην πραχθῇ, πρόχειρος ὁ ζῆλος, καὶ ἣ μίμησις ἀνυπέρθετος, ἀπολογίαν ἔχειν δοκοῦσα τὸ ἄλλοις ἡγησαμένοις ἠκολουθηκέναι τὴν αἰτίαν ἐπιγράφουσα τοῖς ἀρξαμένοις, οὗ τοῖς δεοἱ τῷ παραδείγματι, Καὶ τοῦτο τάχα τις τῶν προφητῶν πυνθανόμενος τοῦ πάλα: λαοῦ, καὶ τῇ αὑτῶν … βεβαιῶν τοῦ πταίσματος τὴν ἀλήθειαν ε Εὰν … λέγων, κρέας ἅγιον ἱματίου ἣ ἐψήματος, σθήξεται, Καὶ ἀπεκρίθησαν, Οὔ. Καὶ εἶπεν: Ἐὰν ἅψηται … μεμιασμένος ἐπὶ ψυχῇ. εἰ μιανθήσεται καὶ … Μιανθήσεται δηλοῦντες, ὡς μᾶλλον τῶν φαύλων, ἣ τῶν καλῶν οἱ ὁρῶντες ἀναμάττονται τοὺς τύπους, καὶ πρὸς τὴν μίμησιν τούτων, ἣ ἐκείνων ἔχουσε πλέον ἐπιχλινῶς, συνηθείᾳ πονηρᾷ μαθόντες πρὸ τῶν ὠφελούντων δεξιοῦσθαι τὰ βλάπτοντα, καὶ πῶς οὐ δεδοίκασιν οἱ καταφρονηταὶ τὰς τοῖς σχανδαλιζοκμένοις φοδερὰς ἀπειλὰς διπλῆν ἑαυτοῖς ἀνοήτως τὴν ἐν τῷ … πραγματευόμενοι τιμωρίαν, οἷς τε προσέθεντο ἀντὶ τῶν ἀμεινόνων τοῖς χείροσι, καὶ ἐφ᾽ οἷς ὑπόθεσις ἄλλοις γεγόνασι, τῇ πολλῇ περὶ τὰ μάταια προσπαθείᾳ τῶν ἐπτοημένων περὶ αὑτὰ πρὸ; ἔφεσιν πλειόνων τὰς πλεονεχτιχὰἀναφλέγοντες ὀρέξεις. Καὶ Ἰουδαίων μέν τινες μὴ ἀπα τούμενοι παρὰ τοῦ νόμου ἐχουσίως ταύτην ἡσπάσαντο, ἀμερίμνως τὸ Θεῖον θρησκεύειν βουλόμενοι ἐν σκηναῖς κατοικήσαντες, καὶ παντὸ; ἀποσχόμενοι τοῦ περισπᾶν τῶν κρειττόνων δυναμένου τὸν νοῦν, ὥς φασιν αὐτοὶ τοῖς ἐπερωτῶσιν ἐκείνους, καὶ τὴν χαινίξουσαν σπουδάζουσιν ἀγωγὴν τοῦ βίου ἀμπελὼν, καὶ ἀγρὸς, καὶ οἶχος οὐχ ἐγένετο ἡμῖν, τὴν ἐπιμέλειαν τούτων εἰδότες ἐμποδίζειν τῇ πρὺς τὴν εὐσέβειαν ἐργαπίᾳ. Καὶ Ἑλλήνων δὲ φ λόοὐχ ὀλίγοι τοσαύτην ἐπεδείξαντο ἀχτὴ μοσύνην, ὡς κυνῶν δίκην ἄττεγον διάγειν, καὶ τροφὴν ποιεῖσθαι τὸ πρὺς καίρὸν, ὅπερ ἂν ἔτυχεν εὑρεθὲν, ὅπως αὐτοῖς ἣ τῶν ματαίων θεωρία τὴν κατάληψιν ἔχειν δοκῇ ἀχραιφνὴῆ μὴ ἐνοχληυμένοι; ς ποθὲν φροντίσι πραγματιχαῖς, Εἷς γοῦν αὐτῶν τις πλὴν σχύφου, ᾧ καὶ τροφὴν προσεπεφέρετο, καὶ πόμα, κεκτημένος ἄλλο μηδὲν ὅστις πο μενιχοὺς ἐθεάσατο παῖδας κοίλαις ταῖς τῷ στόματι νᾶμα προσάγοντας, ἔφη ῥίψας τὸν σχύφον, Ἔμαθον, ὦ παῖδες, τὸ μέχρι νῦν με λαθὸν, ἔμαθον τὸ τῆς μοσύνης τέλειον, καὶ ὅπερ πρὸς ἄκραν αὑτοῦ ἕλειπε φιλοσοφίαν ὠφελεῖσθαι παρὰ τῶν μειρακίων εὐγνωμόνως ὡμολόγησεν. Οὔτως ἦν τάχα αὑτῷ σκοπὸς καὶ τὸ σῶμα ἀποθέσθαι, εἰ οἷόν τε, καὶ μετ᾽ αὐτοῦ πᾶσαν ἀπυδύταπθα βιωτικὴν μέριμναν, καὶ γυμνῇ τῇ ψυχῆ ζῇν ἄνευ τῶν σαρκικῶν κοπρίων ἀπλήστως τῷ τῆς φιλοσοφίας ἱμέρῳ.
Ta gar tōn semnoterōn eina dochountōn prosōpōn kaka, ou zēlōta kai malista toi? aplousterois anexetastō?: kathistatai. Ouch an thēnoi legousin, eiper, hōs nomizetai, hēn ontōs kaka. Dia touto kalōs, ho ton enareton chanonisas bion ho megas Paulo?, episkēptōn tois kataphronousi tēn blabēn tōn akeraioterōn phtoin Ean idę̄ se tis ton echonta gnōsin en eidōleiǭ katakeimenon, ouchi hē syneidēsis tou asthenous ontos oichodomnēthēseta: eis to ta eidōlothyta esthiein? tēn en hotǭ dēpote adiaphorian tǭ heni anastellōn enklēmati, kai deiknys, hōs ta para tōn eidenai mallon to sympheron hypolambanomenōn ginomena tous aphelesterous eukolōs agei pros mimēsin, oikodomēn hēgoumenous touto, kai ouchi kathairesin tou kalou. Touto gar hēnixato to, oikodomēthēsetai, prochopēēn, phēsin, oiēsetai, kai beltiōsin tēn hou etheasato mimēsin. Kai gar, Hoekodomeite allēlous, n legōn heis ton hena, tēn ex allēlōn eis allēlous ōpheleian nomothetei, hina to kalon hekastos ergazomenos protrepētai pros ton allo tēn toutou energeian hypogrammos hautǭ pros tēn teleiōsin ton kata meros prosthēchais ginomenos, Poiōn de mylōn onichōn, kai poiōn thalassiōn bythōn … pros timōrian hoi toioutoi toioutōn schanxalōn aitioi tois acheraioterois kathistamenoi, kai rhepontas esōs mallon autous epi to stoichein tę̄ prokaloumenoi epi to polyylon eridi tę̄ pro? autous, kai … ta prophanōs hairoumenous asymphora: Ho zēlos gar, phēsi tǭ andri apo tou autou, kai en asteiois kai phaulois homoiōs hyperthallestha: ton plēsion Toiouton hē philoueichia, nikąn ton en hotǭdēpote zygomachounta biazetai, ouch houtōs epi kindynon to kratēsai adikōs, hōs to p rou r tēthēna: dikaiōs aischron, kai eponeidiston chrinousa. Mallon de kai isasin hapantes touto tę̄ peirą, hopōs pros men ta sympheronta hē eris argę̄, kai ochnērō to philoneikon. An de ti tōn alysitelōn hē apro… retōn para tinōn, hē kata gnōmēn prachthę̄, procheiros ho zēlos, kai hē mimēsis anyperthetos, apologian echein dokousa to allois hēgēsamenois ēkolouthēkenai tēn aitian epigraphousa tois arxamenois, hou tois deoi tǭ paradeigmati, Kai touto tacha tis tōn prophētōn pynthanomenos tou pala: laou, kai tę̄ hautōn … bebaiōn tou ptaismatos tēn alētheian e Ean … legōn, kreas hagion himatiou hē epsēmatos, sthēxetai, Kai apekrithēsan, Ou. Kai eipen: Ean hapsētai … memiasmenos epi psychę̄. ei mianthēsetai kai … Mianthēsetai dēlountes, hōs mallon tōn phaulōn, hē tōn kalōn hoi horōntes anamattontai tous typous, kai pros tēn mimēsin toutōn, hē ekeinōn echouse pleon epichlinōs, synētheią ponērą mathontes pro tōn ōphelountōn dexiousthai ta blaptonta, kai pōs ou dedoikasin hoi kataphronētai tas tois schandalizokmenois phoderas apeilas diplēn heautois anoētōs tēn en tǭ … pragmateuomenoi timōrian, hois te prosethento anti tōn ameinonōn tois cheirosi, kai eph᾽ hois hypothesis allois gegonasi, tę̄ pollę̄ peri ta mataia prospatheią tōn eptoēmenōn peri hauta pro? ephesin pleionōn tas pleonechtichaanaphlegontes orexeis. Kai Ioudaiōn men tines mē apa toumenoi para tou nomou echousiōs tautēn hēspasanto, amerimnōs to Theion thrēskeuein boulomenoi en skēnais katoikēsantes, kai panto? aposchomenoi tou perispan tōn kreittonōn dynamenou ton noun, hōs phasin autoi tois eperōtōsin ekeinous, kai tēn chainixousan spoudazousin agōgēn tou biou ampelōn, kai agros, kai oichos ouch egeneto hēmin, tēn epimeleian toutōn eidotes empodizein tę̄ prys tēn eusebeian ergapią. Kai Hellēnōn de ph loouch oligoi tosautēn epedeixanto achtē mosynēn, hōs kynōn dikēn attegon diagein, kai trophēn poieisthai to prys kairon, hoper an etychen heurethen, hopōs autois hē tōn mataiōn theōria tēn katalēpsin echein dokę̄ achraiphnēē mē enochlēumenoi? s pothen phrontisi pragmatichais, Heis goun autōn tis plēn schyphou, hǭ kai trophēn prosepephereto, kai poma, kektēmenos allo mēden hostis po menichous etheasato paidas koilais tais tǭ stomati nama prosagontas, ephē rhipsas ton schyphon, Emathon, ō paides, to mechri nyn me lathon, emathon to tēs mosynēs teleion, kai hoper pros akran hautou heleipe philosophian ōpheleisthai para tōn meirakiōn eugnōmonōs hōmologēsen. Outōs ēn tacha hautǭ skopos kai to sōma apothesthai, ei hoion te, kai met᾽ autou pasan apydytaptha biōtikēn merimnan, kai gymnę̄ tę̄ psychē zę̄n aneu tōn sarkikōn kopriōn aplēstōs tǭ tēs philosophias himerǭ.
For the evils of persons who seem more venerable become objects of emulation, especially for the simpler sort, and are accepted without examination: “They would not have done it,” they say, “if it were truly evil, as people think.” For this reason the great Paul, who set the rule for the virtuous life, charging those who despise the harm done to the simpler, says well, “If someone sees you, who have knowledge, reclining at table in an idol's temple, will not his conscience, since he is weak, be built up to eat food offered to idols?” By one charge he checks indifference in anything whatever, and shows that what is done by those thought to know better what is profitable easily leads the more naive to imitation, since they think it edification and not the destruction of the good. For this is what “will be built up” hinted at: he will think it progress, he says, and improvement, to imitate what he saw. For when he says, “Build one another up, one the other,” he lays down as law the benefit of one to another, so that each, doing good, may urge the other on to practise it, becoming a pattern to him for perfection by additions made part by part. Of what donkey millstones and what depths of the sea … for punishment are such people, who become causes of such scandals to the simpler, and who, when these perhaps incline rather to walk by [the rule of having nothing], provoke them by rivalry with themselves toward many possessions, … so that they choose things plainly unprofitable? For “zeal,” he says, “comes to a man from his [neighbor],” and he wants to outdo his neighbor alike in good things and bad. Such is contentiousness: it forces one to defeat whoever strives against him in anything whatever, judging it not so much a danger to prevail unjustly as shameful and disgraceful to be justly defeated. Indeed, everyone knows this from experience: toward what is profitable rivalry is sluggish and contentiousness lazy; but if something unprofitable or [unseemly] is done by some, or done to their liking, emulation is ready and imitation does not delay, for it seems to have a defense in having followed others who led the way, and it ascribes the blame to those who began, not to those who took up the example. And perhaps one of the prophets shows this when he questions the people of old and confirms by their [answer] the truth of the fault, saying, “If [a man carries] holy meat [in the fold] of his garment, and [it touches bread] or stew, will it be made holy?” And they answered, “No.” And he said, “If one defiled in soul touches [any of these], will it be defiled?” And [they said], “It will be defiled.” They show that those who look on take the stamp of bad things rather than of good ones, and are more inclined to imitate the former than the latter, having learned by bad custom to welcome what harms before what helps. And how is it that those who despise this do not fear the fearful threats against those who give scandal? Foolishly they procure for themselves a double punishment in the [life to come]: both because they chose worse things instead of better, and because they have become an occasion to others, inflaming, by their great attachment to vain things, the greedy appetites of those who are excited by them toward the desire for more.
[Chapter 39] Some of the Jews, too, not compelled by the law, embraced this way of life of their own accord, wishing to worship God free of care: they lived in tents and abstained from everything that could distract the mind from better things, as they themselves say to those who question them and who are curious about their novel way of life: “Vineyard and field and house we have not had,” for they knew that the care of these things hinders the work of godliness. And not a few of the Greek philosophers showed such freedom from possessions that they lived like dogs without a roof and made their food whatever happened to be found at the moment, so that their contemplation of vain things might seem to have a pure apprehension, not troubled from any side by practical cares. One of them, at any rate, who possessed nothing except a cup, with which he took both food and drink, when he saw shepherd boys bringing water to their mouths with hollow hands, threw away the cup and said, “I have learned, boys, what escaped me until now; I have learned the perfection of having nothing”; and he gratefully confessed that the youths had helped him to what was lacking to the summit of his philosophy. So perhaps his aim was to lay aside even the body, if that were possible, and with it to strip off every care of life, and to live with the naked soul, without the dung of the flesh, in his insatiable longing for philosophy.
Chapter 40
40PG 79
Ἡμεῖς δὲ οἱ καὶ τοῦ Κυρίου καὶ τῶν ἀποστόλων ἐνηχούντων διὰ παντὸς περὶ τούτου ἀκούοντες, ἐπεὶ μέχρι νῦν δεδυσωτήμεθα τὰς θείας αὐτῶν παραιυέτεις, μηδὲ οἴκοθεν πρὸ; τὸ καλὸν αὐτοὶ χεχινήμεθα, τούτους γοῦν ἐντραπῶμεν ὀνειδίζοντας ἡ μῖν τῇ ἀχτημοσύνῃ τὸ πολύυλον. Πρέπει γὰρ τούτοις ὑπωπιάξεσθαι;. οἷς εἶναι σεδάτμιοι διὰ τὸ σεμνὸν τῆς πολιτείας ὀφείλομεν καὶ πρωτεύοντες τοῖς δόγμασι, μὴ δευτερεύειν τῷ βίῳ, ἵνα μὴ χεῖρον διακείμενοι Ἑλλήνων βλασφημεῖσθα: τὸ Κυριαχὸν ὄνομα τὸ ἐπικληθὲν ἐφ᾽ ἡμᾶς, ἀλλότρια πράττοντες, καὶ ξένα, ὧν πράττειν. Καὶ οἶδά πρὸς τῶν ἐντευξομένων ὡς λίαν πληκτικὸν τὸ εἰρημένον, ἀλλὰ τοῖς ἔξω τῆς μέμψεως, οὐχὶ ὃς καὶ τοῖς πρὸς οὖς ὁ λόγος ὑμῖν. Πέπεισμαι γὰρ, ὡς οὐξὲ τούτοις ισθήσονται τοῖς ἐλέγχοις, νοσοῦντὲς ἀνίατα. Οὐδὲ εἴ τινα τούτων λεχθείη πρὸς τὸ ἐντρέψαι δριμύτερα διορθώσοντα: τὸ πλημμελὲς ἅπαξ ἀπονιψάμενοι τὴν αἰσχύνην καὶ ἐφ᾽ οἷς ἁμαρτάνουσιν ἐρυθριῶντες οὐκέτι, ἐπεὶ μηδὲ κατὰ τὸν σοφὸν Σολομῶντα τῷ τοῦ μύρμηχος ἐδυσωπήθη ὁ ὀκνηρὸς παραδ: πρὸς τὸ τὰς χεῖρα:, γαὶ τὴν ἐπουτίξιττον ἀργίαν.
Hēmeis de hoi kai tou Kyriou kai tōn apostolōn enēchountōn dia pantos peri toutou akouontes, epei mechri nyn dedysōtēmetha tas theias autōn paraiyeteis, mēde oikothen pro? to kalon autoi chechinēmetha, toutous goun entrapōmen oneidizontas hē min tę̄ achtēmosynę̄ to polyylon. Prepei gar toutois hypōpiaxesthai?. hois einai sedatmioi dia to semnon tēs politeias opheilomen kai prōteuontes tois dogmasi, mē deutereuein tǭ biǭ, hina mē cheiron diakeimenoi Hellēnōn blasphēmeistha: to Kyriachon onoma to epiklēthen eph᾽ hēmas, allotria prattontes, kai xena, hōn prattein. Kai oida pros tōn enteuxomenōn hōs lian plēktikon to eirēmenon, alla tois exō tēs mempseōs, ouchi hos kai tois pros ous ho logos hymin. Pepeismai gar, hōs ouxe toutois isthēsontai tois elenchois, nosountes aniata. Oude ei tina toutōn lechtheiē pros to entrepsai drimytera diorthōsonta: to plēmmeles hapax aponipsamenoi tēn aischynēn kai eph᾽ hois hamartanousin erythriōntes ouketi, epei mēde kata ton sophon Solomōnta tǭ tou myrmēchos edysōpēthē ho oknēros parad: pros to tas cheira:, gai tēn epoutixitton argian.
But we, who hear both the Lord and the apostles constantly sounding in our ears about this, since until now we have resisted their divine exhortations and have not of ourselves been moved toward the good, let us at least be put to shame by these men, who reproach our many possessions with their having nothing. For it is fitting that we should be humbled by those to whom we ought to be venerable for the dignity of our way of life, and, being first in doctrine, not to be second in life, so that, if we are in a worse state than the Greeks, the Lord's name that has been called upon us may not be blasphemed while we do things alien and foreign to what we ought to do. I know that what has been said will sting those who read it; but it stings those who are open to the blame, not those to whom this discourse of mine to you is addressed. For I am persuaded that the others will not even be [shamed] by these reproofs, since their sickness is incurable. Nor, if something sharper were said to shame them, would they correct their fault, since they have once washed off their shame and no longer blush at their sins; for not even, according to the wise Solomon, was the sluggard shamed by the example of the ant into [using] his hands and [shaking off] his inveterate idleness.
Chapter 41
41PG 79
Χαλεπὸν γὰρ ἀποθέτθαι πολλῷ χρόνῳ νεμόμενον πάθος, καὶ παραλῦσαι ἕξιν μαχρυνθεῖσαν μαχρἅ συνηθείᾳ, μὴ πολλῇ σπουδῇ χρησαμένους πρὸς τὴ διόρθωσιν τοῦ πονηροῦ ἔθους, τοὺς ἐνεχομένους αὐτῷ χαθάπερ δεσμοῖς ἀλύτοις κατεχομένους χἂν διεχδὺναι τούτου δυνηθῶσιν, ὅπως ποτὲ ὡς ἕτι μένους ἔλχεσθαι ἀνάγχη ὀπίσω τῇ μνήμῃ τῶν ἐν οἷς ἦσαν ἔναγχος, ὀναποδιζομένους, καὶ ἄκοντας, καὶ συνεχῶς ἑπιστρεφομένους πρὸς τὰ ἀφ᾽ ὧν ὑποδιδράσκειν ἐπείγονται. Καὶ τῷ ὀχνηρῷ γὰρ ὁ Σολομὼν ἐμδοῇ διαπρύσιον, Ἴθι πρὸς τὸν μύρμηκα, ὦ καὶ ζήλωσον ἰδὼν τὰς ὁδοὺς αὑτοῦ. Καὶ τοῖ; ἐπαγγελλομένοις μὲν τὸν μονήρη βίον, ἐμ δι εἰ Β μένοις δὲ ταῖς τοῦ βίον ὕλαις, φησὶν ὁ Κύριος, … Ἐμβλέψατε εἰς τὰ πετεινὰ τοῦ οὐρανοῦ; ὅτε οὗ σπείρουσιν, οὐδὲ θερίζουσιν, οὐδὲ συνάγουσιν εἰς ἀποθήκας, καὶ ὁ Πατὴρ ὑμῶν ὁ οὐράνιος τρέφει αὺτὰ. ν Καὶ οὐδὲ οὗτοι ὡς ἐκελεύσθησαν ἀφῆκαν τὴν ἐπιμέλειαν τῆς γῆς, οὐδὲ ἐκεῖνος τὰς χεῖρας τοῦ κόλπου προήνεγκεν ἔνδειαν ἀνειμένην προτιμήσας κόρου βραχὺν πόνον ἔχοντος. Οὕτω ὁ τῷ ἐθισμῷ κεχρατημένος πρὸς τὸ ἔστι δυσμετάόδλητος, ἀγαπῶν ἐν ᾧ ἔστιν εἶναι, χἂν ἐμολογουμένως εἴη ἀσύμφορον, ἣ μεταβῆναι πρὸς τὸ ἀσύνηθες, κᾶν ἔχῃ πρόδηλον καὶ προφανὲς τὸ ὠφέλημον.
Chalepon gar apothetthai pollǭ chronǭ nemomenon pathos, kai paralysai hexin machryntheisan machra synētheią, mē pollę̄ spoudę̄ chrēsamenous pros tē diorthōsin tou ponērou ethous, tous enechomenous autǭ chathaper desmois alytois katechomenous chan diechdynai toutou dynēthōsin, hopōs pote hōs heti menous elchesthai ananchē opisō tę̄ mnēmę̄ tōn en hois ēsan enanchos, onapodizomenous, kai akontas, kai synechōs hepistrephomenous pros ta aph᾽ hōn hypodidraskein epeigontai. Kai tǭ ochnērǭ gar ho Solomōn emdoę̄ diaprysion, Ithi pros ton myrmēka, ō kai zēlōson idōn tas hodous hautou. Kai toi? epangellomenois men ton monērē bion, em di ei B menois de tais tou bion hylais, phēsin ho Kyrios, … Emblepsate eis ta peteina tou ouranou? hote hou speirousin, oude therizousin, oude synagousin eis apothēkas, kai ho Patēr hymōn ho ouranios trephei auta. n Kai oude houtoi hōs ekeleusthēsan aphēkan tēn epimeleian tēs gēs, oude ekeinos tas cheiras tou kolpou proēnenken endeian aneimenēn protimēsas korou brachyn ponon echontos. Houtō ho tǭ ethismǭ kechratēmenos pros to esti dysmetaodlētos, agapōn en hǭ estin einai, chan emologoumenōs eiē asymphoron, hē metabēnai pros to asynēthes, kan echę̄ prodēlon kai prophanes to ōphelēmon.
For it is hard to put away a passion that has long had its pasture, and to loosen a habit lengthened by long custom, if one has not used great zeal to correct the evil habit. Those held by it, as though bound by fetters that cannot be loosed, even if they manage to slip out of it, are somehow still dragged back by necessity through the memory of what they were lately in, turning back unwillingly and constantly returning to what they are hastening to run away from. For Solomon cries out piercingly to the sluggard, “Go to the ant, you sluggard, and emulate it when you see its ways.” And to those who profess the solitary life but are entangled in the materials of life, the Lord says … “Look at the birds of the sky: they do not sow or reap or gather into barns, and your heavenly Father feeds them.” Yet neither did these give up their care of the land as they were commanded, nor did that sluggard take his hands out of his bosom, preferring slack want to plenty that costs a little toil. So the one in the grip of habit is hard to change toward [what is better]; he loves to remain where he is, even if it is admittedly unprofitable, rather than to cross over to what he is not used to, even if its benefit is plain and evident.
Chapter 42
42PG 79
Ὑμεῖς δὲ, ὦ φίλοι Χριστοῦ, καὶ φύλακες τῶν αὖτοῦ νόμων ἐπιμελεῖς, οἱ τὰ δηνάρια τῶν ἐντολῶν διπλασιασθέντα τῷ Κυρίῳ προσφέροντες, καὶ τῇ ὀφειλῇ τῶν διατεταγμένων τὰ ἐκ προαιρέσεως προῦφιλοτιμησάμενοι ἑἐχουσίως, καὶ ἐλευθερίᾳ γνώμης ὑπερβαίνοντες τὰ προστεταγμένα δούλοις πρὸς ἕργασίαν ἀπαραίτητον οἱ συνανελθόντες τῇ Χριστῷ, καὶ ἐπὶ τοῦ ὄρους τὰ τῆς ὑψηλῖς φι φίας μυηθέντες δόγματα, καὶ τοῖ; ἔργοις ἐ πιδειχνύμενοι τὴν τῶν παραδεδομένων ἀξιοπιστίαν. ΟΣ τοῖς ἀποπττολιχοῖς ἀκολουθήσαντες ἴχνεσι, καὶ ἔργαζόμενοι ὡς μὴ ἐπιδαρῆσαί τινα, τοσοῦτον δὲ ἀσχολοῦμε νοι περὶ τοῦτο, μὴ τὸν χαιρὴν τῆς ἀναγκαιοτέρα: ἐργατίας δαπανηθῆναι περὶ τὰ ἐλάττονα, καλῶς δὲ τὸν χρόνον μερίσαντες εἰς μερικὴν χρείαν ποῦ σὺὉ ματος καὶ εἰς πολλὴν τῆς ψυχῆς ἐπιμέλειαν. Τρ γὰρ ἀληθῶς δικαιοσύνη πρέπουσα, διανέμουτα οὖ ἰσομοίρως πᾶσιν, ἀλλὰ πρὸς ἀξίαν παρέχειν ἰχὰτῳ, καὶ σύμμετρον μὲν, καὶ αὐτάρκη ὀρέγειν ἦ παιδίσχῃ τὴν ὀφρειλῆν, τὸ δὲ πᾶν ἀπονέμειν τῇ κυρίᾳ καὶ ὄντως οὕση δεσποίνῃ καὶ πολλῆς ὀφειλούτῃ ἀπολαῦσαι τιμῆς. ΟἹ γενναίως στρατευόξλενο: Καὶ μεγαλοψύχως Χριστῷ, καὶ ταῖς τοῦ βίου τείαις οὐχ ἐμπλεχόμενο διὰ τὴν πρὸς τὸν στρατολογήσαυτα ἀρέσκειαν οἱ νομίμως ἀθλοῦντες, καὶ τὰς λαβὰς τῶν ἀντιπάλων τῷ λείῳ τῆς ἀκτημοσύνης ὡς; ἡλειμμένοι διαδιδράσχοντες, οὐχ ἐχόντων ἧς ἔπιλαβόμενοι ὕλης ζημίαν, ἣ καταδάλωσιν ἐν τῷ πλεονεξίας κρατήσαντες πάθει, καθάπερ ἡ Αἰγυπτία τῆς ἀμπεχόνης τοῦ Ἰωσὴφ δραξαμένη οὐχ ἂν ποιῆσαι ἰσχύσασα τοῦτο, εἰ ἣν οὕτω γυμνὸς ὡς ὄντως ἀγωνιστὴς ὁ ἀθλῶν ἀλλ᾽ οὐδὲν καὶ οὕτως ἤψυσε τῶν σπουδαζομένοιν ἐκείνη κᾶν ἐπελάδετο, προσαποδυσαμένου τοῦ ἀθλητοῦ ταῦτα, ἐξ ὧν ἐσύρετο βίᾳ, καὶ μετὰ πεῖραν μαθόντος, ὡς ἐξ ἔδει γυμνὸν εἶναι τὸν συνοικοῦντα τοῖς πάθεσι, καὶ τούτοις μαχόμενον τοιοῦτον ἐκ προοιμίων προσελθόντα τῇ πάλῃ οἷος ἔφυγεν ὕστερον. παντὸς πράγματος αἰσθητοῦ φροντίδα, καὶ μέριμναν. Τούτοις γὰρ ἡττῶνται, καὶ ᾿ἔμοντε; τοῦ ἀντιποιεῖσθαι, καὶ ἀφαιρούμενοι, τῇ λύπῃ, σὲ χρημάτων καὶ κτημάτων ἀντεχόμενοι, καὶ τῆς ἐξ αὐτῶν, ὡς οὐχ ἔδει, παραπολαύοντες ἀν δία:.
Hymeis de, ō philoi Christou, kai phylakes tōn autou nomōn epimeleis, hoi ta dēnaria tōn entolōn diplasiasthenta tǭ Kyriǭ prospherontes, kai tę̄ opheilę̄ tōn diatetagmenōn ta ek proaireseōs prouphilotimēsamenoi heechousiōs, kai eleutherią gnōmēs hyperbainontes ta prostetagmena doulois pros hergasian aparaitēton hoi synanelthontes tę̄ Christǭ, kai epi tou orous ta tēs hypsēlis phi phias myēthentes dogmata, kai toi? ergois e pideichnymenoi tēn tōn paradedomenōn axiopistian. OS tois apopttolichois akolouthēsantes ichnesi, kai ergazomenoi hōs mē epidarēsai tina, tosouton de ascholoume noi peri touto, mē ton chairēn tēs anankaiotera: ergatias dapanēthēnai peri ta elattona, kalōs de ton chronon merisantes eis merikēn chreian pou syO matos kai eis pollēn tēs psychēs epimeleian. Tr gar alēthōs dikaiosynē prepousa, dianemouta ou isomoirōs pasin, alla pros axian parechein ichatǭ, kai symmetron men, kai autarkē oregein ē paidischę̄ tēn ophreilēn, to de pan aponemein tę̄ kyrią kai ontōs housē despoinę̄ kai pollēs opheiloutę̄ apolausai timēs. HoI gennaiōs strateuoxleno: Kai megalopsychōs Christǭ, kai tais tou biou teiais ouch emplechomeno dia tēn pros ton stratologēsauta areskeian hoi nomimōs athlountes, kai tas labas tōn antipalōn tǭ leiǭ tēs aktēmosynēs hōs? hēleimmenoi diadidraschontes, ouch echontōn hēs epilabomenoi hylēs zēmian, hē katadalōsin en tǭ pleonexias kratēsantes pathei, kathaper hē Aigyptia tēs ampechonēs tou Iōsēph draxamenē ouch an poiēsai ischysasa touto, ei hēn houtō gymnos hōs ontōs agōnistēs ho athlōn all᾽ ouden kai houtōs ēpsyse tōn spoudazomenoin ekeinē kan epeladeto, prosapodysamenou tou athlētou tauta, ex hōn esyreto bią, kai meta peiran mathontos, hōs ex edei gymnon einai ton synoikounta tois pathesi, kai toutois machomenon toiouton ek prooimiōn proselthonta tę̄ palę̄ hoios ephygen hysteron. pantos pragmatos aisthētou phrontida, kai merimnan. Toutois gar hēttōntai, kai ᾿emonte? tou antipoieisthai, kai aphairoumenoi, tę̄ lypę̄, se chrēmatōn kai ktēmatōn antechomenoi, kai tēs ex autōn, hōs ouch edei, parapolauontes an dia:.
But you, friends of Christ and careful guardians of his laws, who bring to the Lord the coins of the commandments doubled, who of your own accord have gone beyond what you owe of the things commanded by what you add of free choice, and by the freedom of your will surpass what is laid on slaves as work that cannot be refused; you who went up with Christ and were initiated on the mountain into the doctrines of the high philosophy, and who show by your works that what was handed down is worthy of belief; you who have followed in the apostles' footsteps and work so as not to be a burden to anyone, yet are so occupied with this that the time for more necessary work is not spent on lesser things, but have divided your time well, giving a small part to the body's need and much to the care of the soul: for this is truly fitting justice, which distributes not equally to all but to each according to worth, offering a measured and sufficient due to the handmaid and allotting the whole to the mistress, who is truly the lady and is owed great honor; you who serve as soldiers of Christ nobly and with greatness of soul, and are not entangled in the affairs of life, so as to please him who enlisted you; you who contend lawfully, and slip through the holds of your opponents by the smoothness of having nothing, as though anointed with oil, since they have no material to grasp and so cause you loss or throw you, having gained the mastery through the passion of greed, as the Egyptian woman did when she seized Joseph's cloak. She could not have done this if the athlete had been naked, as a true contestant is; yet even so she accomplished nothing of what she wanted, though she got hold of it, since the athlete stripped off the things by which he was being dragged by force, and learned by experience that one who lives among the passions and fights them must be naked, coming to the wrestling from the start such as he was afterwards when he fled. [Put off] care and anxiety for every thing that can be sensed. For by these they are defeated, both those who desire to lay claim to them and those who, deprived of them, are defeated by grief, clinging to money and possessions and enjoying them in a way they ought not …
Chapter 43
43PG 79
Ὑμεῖς; δὲ τῶν τοιούτων ἐλεύθεροι δεσμῶν κατὰ τὸν παρὰ τῷ Ἰὼβ ἀνειμένον ἄγριον ὄνον ἐν ἐρήμῳ χαταγελῶντα πολυοχλίας πλήθους, μέμψιν δὲ φορολόγου μὴ ἀκούοντα οἱ καὶ φροντίδος κτη μάτων, καὶ δασμολόγων ὀχλήσεως ἀπηλλαγμένοι, οἱ μηδὲν ἔχοντες τῇ κτήσει, καὶ πάντα κατέχοντες τῇ οἱ δεύτερον χιτῶνα, κατὰ τὴν Κυριακὴν φωνὴν, μὴ κεχτημένου, καὶ Χριστὸν ἐνδεδυμένοι τὸν πᾶσαν ἔξωθεν αὶ προσθάλλουσαν ἀποσοδοῦντα ἐπήρειαν οἱ ἐπὶ γῆς περιπατοῦντες διὰ τὴν ἀνάγχην τοῦ σώματος, καὶ ἐν οὐρανῷ τῇ προθέσει διάγοντες οἱ πρὸς τὸ βραθεῖο τῆς κλήσεως ἐπειγόμενοι προθύμως, καὶ ἰσοταχὼς τοῖς πτηνοῖς τὸν τῆς εὐσεβείας δρόμον ἀνύοντες, οἱ πᾶν ἄχθος τῆς κοσμικῆς μερίμνης τῶν τῆς ψυχῆ: ὥμων ἀποτιναξάμενοι, καὶ εὐσταλῶς σὰ ἐμποδίζοντα τῇ προκοπῇ ὑπεραλλόμενοι σκάνδαλα, ἣν παρὰ τῶν προλαθόντων ἀγωγὴν, εἰ μὲν ἐπὶ τὸ σπουδαιότερον, ἵνα τι καὶ ὑμεῖς ὡς συμπονήσαντες τοῖς προλαθοῦτιν εἰς ἔχητε καύχημα, ἐπὶ τὸ ῥᾳθυμώτερον μήποτε μεταθάγνήσια τῶν πατέρων τέκνα κατὰ τὴν ἀρετὴν γνωριζόμενα, καὶ οὐ νόθα τῇ παραλλαγῇ τῶν ἔργων κρινόμενα. Οὐ μικρὸν ὄνειδος ἐχγόνοις συγγένειᾶν αὐχοῦσι τὴν πρὸς τοὺς καὶ μὴ πιστουμένοις ἐκ τῶν τρόπων τὴν ἀγχιστείαν. Ὥς γὰρ προσώπων χαρακτῆρες, καὶ τὰ ἄλλα τεχμηρία σώματος τῷ ὁμοιώματι διδάσκουσι, τίς τίνος υἱὸς, ἣ πατῆρ, οὕτως ἀγωγαὶ βίων δηλοῦσι, τίνες τίνων φοιτηταὶ, καὶ γνώριμοι, λόγῳ μὲν τοὺς θεωρητιχοὺς, ἔρνοις τοὺ; πραχτιχοὺς ἐρμηνεύοντες διδασκάλους. Τί τὰς πηλίνας σχέσεις: εἰς ὑπόδειγμα τῶν ὑπεραναδεδηχότων τὰ σωματικὰ παραδείγματα, μικροῖς ἄγαν τὰ ὑπερβαλλόντως μ γάλα ση χλαίνειν βουλόμενοι, καὶ σκιογραφίας, οὔτξἭ εἰχύόνα: οὖσα:, τῷ μὴ τετρανῶσθαι τοῖς χριύμασιν … ἀντιπαραδάλλοντες ἐμψύχοις μορφαῖς Χριστοῦ γάρ ἐσ … ἐστε μαθηταὶ, καὶ νἱοὶ τοῦ αἰωνίου Πατρός οὕτω γὰρ ὑμᾶς ὁ Κύριος καὶ ἀδελφοὺς καλεῖ λέγων Ὃς ἂν ποιῇ τὸ θέλημα τοῦ Πατρός μου τοῦ ἐν οὐρανοῖς, οὗτός μου καὶ ἀδελφὸς, καὶ ἀδελφὴ, καὶ ἐστὶ, καὶ υἱοὺς ὀνομάξε: τοῦ ἰδίου Πατρὸς, ἐν οἷς, φησὶ, Μὴ μεριμνήσητε τί φάγητε, ἣ τί πίητε οἵδε γὰρ ὁ Πατὴρ ὑμῶν, ὅτι χρήζετο τούτων ἁπάντων. Καὶ ὅπως ἡ συγγένεια συνίσταται, καὶ οἰκείωσις γένεται αὔτη, διδάσκει, διδοὺς ἀφορμὰς τοῖς εἰς τὴν εὐγένειαν ἀναβῆναι ποθοῦσιν ἐκείνην, καὶ μεταβῆναι εἰς υἱοθεσίαν ἀπὸ δουλείας προαιρουμένοις ὅταν λέγῃ Μάθετε ἀπ᾽ ἐμοῦ, ὅτι πρᾶός εἰμι, καὶ ταπεινὸς τῇ καρδίᾳ. Καὶ πάλιν ε Γίνεσθε οἰχτέρμονες, ὡς ὁ Πατὴρ ὑμῶν ὁ οὐράνιος. Καὶ ε Γίνεσθε εὕὡς ὁ Πατὴρ ὑμῶν. Καὶ ε Ἐπὶ πᾶσι γίνεσθε τέλειοι, ὡς καὶ ὁ Πατὴρ ὑμῶν ὁ οὐράνιος πέλειός ἔστι.
Hymeis? de tōn toioutōn eleutheroi desmōn kata ton para tǭ Iōb aneimenon agrion onon en erēmǭ chatagelōnta polyochlias plēthous, mempsin de phorologou mē akouonta hoi kai phrontidos ktē matōn, kai dasmologōn ochlēseōs apēllagmenoi, hoi mēden echontes tę̄ ktēsei, kai panta katechontes tę̄ hoi deuteron chitōna, kata tēn Kyriakēn phōnēn, mē kechtēmenou, kai Christon endedymenoi ton pasan exōthen ai prosthallousan aposodounta epēreian hoi epi gēs peripatountes dia tēn ananchēn tou sōmatos, kai en ouranǭ tę̄ prothesei diagontes hoi pros to bratheio tēs klēseōs epeigomenoi prothymōs, kai isotachōs tois ptēnois ton tēs eusebeias dromon anyontes, hoi pan achthos tēs kosmikēs merimnēs tōn tēs psychē: hōmōn apotinaxamenoi, kai eustalōs sa empodizonta tę̄ prokopę̄ hyperallomenoi skandala, hēn para tōn prolathontōn agōgēn, ei men epi to spoudaioteron, hina ti kai hymeis hōs symponēsantes tois prolathoutin eis echēte kauchēma, epi to rhąthymōteron mēpote metathagnēsia tōn paterōn tekna kata tēn aretēn gnōrizomena, kai ou notha tę̄ parallagę̄ tōn ergōn krinomena. Ou mikron oneidos echgonois syngeneian auchousi tēn pros tous kai mē pistoumenois ek tōn tropōn tēn anchisteian. Hōs gar prosōpōn charaktēres, kai ta alla techmēria sōmatos tǭ homoiōmati didaskousi, tis tinos huios, hē patēr, houtōs agōgai biōn dēlousi, tines tinōn phoitētai, kai gnōrimoi, logǭ men tous theōrētichous, ernois tou? prachtichous ermēneuontes didaskalous. Ti tas pēlinas scheseis: eis hypodeigma tōn hyperanadedēchotōn ta sōmatika paradeigmata, mikrois agan ta hyperballontōs m gala sē chlainein boulomenoi, kai skiographias, outxĒ eichyona: ousa:, tǭ mē tetranōsthai tois chriymasin … antiparadallontes empsychois morphais Christou gar es … este mathētai, kai nioi tou aiōniou Patros houtō gar hymas ho Kyrios kai adelphous kalei legōn Hos an poię̄ to thelēma tou Patros mou tou en ouranois, houtos mou kai adelphos, kai adelphē, kai esti, kai huious onomaxe: tou idiou Patros, en hois, phēsi, Mē merimnēsēte ti phagēte, hē ti piēte hoide gar ho Patēr hymōn, hoti chrēzeto toutōn hapantōn. Kai hopōs hē syngeneia synistatai, kai oikeiōsis genetai autē, didaskei, didous aphormas tois eis tēn eugeneian anabēnai pothousin ekeinēn, kai metabēnai eis huiothesian apo douleias proairoumenois hotan legę̄ Mathete ap᾽ emou, hoti praos eimi, kai tapeinos tę̄ kardią. Kai palin e Ginesthe oichtermones, hōs ho Patēr hymōn ho ouranios. Kai e Ginesthe heuōs ho Patēr hymōn. Kai e Epi pasi ginesthe teleioi, hōs kai ho Patēr hymōn ho ouranios peleios esti.
But you, free of such bonds, like the wild ass in Job, let loose in the desert, laughing at the crowds of the city and not hearing the tax-collector's reproach; you who are released from care for possessions and from the annoyance of tax-gatherers; who have nothing in possession and hold all things in use; who, according to the Lord's word, do not own a second tunic and have put on Christ, who drives off every outrage that assails from outside; who walk on earth because of the body's necessity and live in heaven by your purpose; who hasten eagerly toward the prize of the calling, completing the course of godliness as swiftly as birds; who have shaken off every burden of worldly care from the shoulders of the soul and nimbly leap over the stumbling blocks that hinder progress: the way of life you received from those before you, if you change it, change it toward greater earnestness, so that you too may have some boast as having labored together with those who went before; but never change it toward greater carelessness, so that you may be known as genuine children of the fathers by your virtue and not be judged bastards by the difference of your works. It is no small reproach to descendants to boast of kinship with their fathers and not to confirm the relationship by their manners. For just as the features of faces and the other marks of the body teach by likeness who is whose son or father, so ways of life show who are whose disciples and pupils, interpreting their teachers, the contemplative by word and the practical by works. But why do I use relations of clay as an example for those who have risen above bodily examples, wanting to illustrate what is exceedingly great by very small things, and by shadow-drawings that are not images, since they have not been made distinct with colors … comparing you with living forms? For you are [Christ's] … disciples and sons of the eternal Father; for so the Lord calls you brothers, saying, “Whoever does the will of my Father in heaven is my brother and sister and [mother],” and he names you sons of his own Father where he says, “Do not be anxious what you will eat or what you will drink; for your Father knows that you need all these things.” And he teaches how this kinship is established and this relationship comes about, giving occasions to those who long to rise to that nobility and choose to pass from slavery to adoption, when he says, “Learn from me, for I am gentle and lowly in heart.” And again, “Be merciful, as your heavenly Father is.” And, “Be [kind], as your Father is.” And, “Above all be perfect, as your heavenly Father is perfect.”
Chapter 44
44PG 79
Τῆς θείας οὖν προκειμένης φύσεως εἰς μίμησιν, εἰς ἐστι χρεία σκοπεῖν τὰς ἀνθρωπίνας σπουδὰς, καὶ περιεργάζεσθαι, τίνες, ὅπως, καὶ ἐφ᾽ ὅσον τῷ ἀγαθῷ καὶ πῶς ἕτεροι ταῖς σθέτες τέρψεσιν, ἐγχυλινδοῦνται τοῖς ματαίοις περισπασμοῖ; Καὶ μὴ τοῦτο μόνον ὁρᾷν, πῶς ἔστι κατὰ πάντα ὁμοιωθήνα: θεῷ, καὶ πῶς ἐν ἐκείνῃ γενέσθα: τῇ τελειότητι καὶ ποίοις πόνοις ἀναλαβεῖν τὸ τῇς φύσεως ἀρχαῖον ἀξίωμα, ἐκμαγεῖον ἄνωθεν γενομένους τῆς πρωτοτύπου μορφῆς, καὶ φύσιν ὥσπερ τὴν ἐξ ως ἐν τῇ ἀρετῇ ἕξιν πεποιημένους πρὺς τὴν τοῦ ἐναντίου τροπὴν ἀμετάβλητον. Ποῖος τοίνυν ἡμῖν χρόνος πρὸς τὸ μιμήσασθαι φύσιν Θεοῦ Ποία δύναμις ὑπερουργῆσε: πρὸς τὸ τῆς θείας ὁμκοιώσεως ἀναμπάξασθαι τοὺ; τύπους πῶς ἐσόμενα καὶ πότε πάντα ὅσα ἐστὶ Θεοῦ δυνατὴ γὰρ πάντως ἡ μίμητις, ἐπειδὴ ταύτην ἐπέταξεν ὁ εἰδὼς ἑχάστου τὴν δύναμιν. Μόλις ἐκ παίδων τις ἀρξάμενος, καὶ διὰ πάτης ἡλικίας ἐπ᾽ ἐσχάτου γήρως χρῆσάμενος σπουδῇ, πρὸς τὴν ἀρχέτυπον ἀρετὴν ἑαυτὸν, ἀμελήσας δέ τινα τῶν. παρῳχηχότων χρόνων, πῶς συντείνε: καὶ πόσον τὸ πρόθυμον, ὡς ἐν ὀλίζῳ κατορθῶσαι καιρῷ τὸ δυσχερῶς ἐν πάσῃ τῇ ζωῇ κατορθούμενον; ᾿Αλλ᾽ οὐ πάντως ἡ δυσχέρεια ποιεῖ τὸ ἀδύνατον, οὐδὲ τὸ ὄψιμον ττ; ἐγχειρήτεως ἀμφίβολον, ἣ καὶ ἀπεγνωσμένην ὑτ Ὁ τίθεται τῷ ἀρχομένῳ τὴν τελειότητα ἔχει γὰρ χ πρὸς τὺ πέρας τοῦ σκοποῦ, καὶ ὁδὸν ἐπίτομον ἣ πρός θεσις ταχέως ἀνύουσα τὸ τῇ προθυμίᾳ, γαὶ πολλοῦ χρόνου δεόμενον ἔργον ἐμπεδοῦσα ἐν οὐχ καιρῷ. Μάρτυρες ἐχέγγυοι τούτου οἱ τῆς ἐνδεχάτης ὥρας τοῦ ἀμπελῶνος ἐργάται, τὸ αὐτὸ τοῖς ἐξ ὄρθρου μέχρι δείλης ἐργασάμενοι, καὶ οὐκ ἐμποδισθέντες πρὸς τὸ φθάσαι τοὺ προλαθόντας τῇ στενῇ τοιοῦτον γὰρ ἡ δᾳθυμία, καὶ τοιοῦτον ἡ ἐπιμέλεια ἡ μὲν γὰρ … μετὰ πολλῆς ἀδείας ἀνύει μικρὰ, καὶ οὐχ ἄξια λόγου ἣ δὲ καὶ ἐν βραχεῖ κατορθοῖ, μεγάλα τῇ σπουδῇ παρατρέχουσα τὸ ἀνειμένον ἐκείνοις.
Tēs theias oun prokeimenēs physeōs eis mimēsin, eis esti chreia skopein tas anthrōpinas spoudas, kai periergazesthai, tines, hopōs, kai eph᾽ hoson tǭ agathǭ kai pōs heteroi tais sthetes terpsesin, enchylindountai tois mataiois perispasmoi? Kai mē touto monon horąn, pōs esti kata panta homoiōthēna: theǭ, kai pōs en ekeinę̄ genestha: tę̄ teleiotēti kai poiois ponois analabein to tę̄s physeōs archaion axiōma, ekmageion anōthen genomenous tēs prōtotypou morphēs, kai physin hōsper tēn ex ōs en tę̄ aretę̄ hexin pepoiēmenous prys tēn tou enantiou tropēn ametablēton. Poios toinyn hēmin chronos pros to mimēsasthai physin Theou Poia dynamis hyperourgēse: pros to tēs theias homkoiōseōs anampaxasthai tou? typous pōs esomena kai pote panta hosa esti Theou dynatē gar pantōs hē mimētis, epeidē tautēn epetaxen ho eidōs hechastou tēn dynamin. Molis ek paidōn tis arxamenos, kai dia patēs hēlikias ep᾽ eschatou gērōs chrēsamenos spoudę̄, pros tēn archetypon aretēn heauton, amelēsas de tina tōn. parǭchēchotōn chronōn, pōs synteine: kai poson to prothymon, hōs en olizǭ katorthōsai kairǭ to dyscherōs en pasę̄ tę̄ zōę̄ katorthoumenon? ᾿All᾽ ou pantōs hē dyschereia poiei to adynaton, oude to opsimon tt? encheirēteōs amphibolon, hē kai apegnōsmenēn hyt Ho tithetai tǭ archomenǭ tēn teleiotēta echei gar ch pros ty peras tou skopou, kai hodon epitomon hē pros thesis tacheōs anyousa to tę̄ prothymią, gai pollou chronou deomenon ergon empedousa en ouch kairǭ. Martyres echengyoi toutou hoi tēs endechatēs hōras tou ampelōnos ergatai, to auto tois ex orthrou mechri deilēs ergasamenoi, kai ouk empodisthentes pros to phthasai tou prolathontas tę̄ stenę̄ toiouton gar hē dąthymia, kai toiouton hē epimeleia hē men gar … meta pollēs adeias anyei mikra, kai ouch axia logou hē de kai en brachei katorthoi, megala tę̄ spoudę̄ paratrechousa to aneimenon ekeinois.
Since, then, the divine nature is set before us for imitation, what need is there to look at human pursuits and to inquire who attend to the good, how, and how far, and how others, given over to pleasures, wallow in vain distractions? Rather we should look only at this: how it is possible to be made like God in all things, how to come to that perfection, and by what labors to recover the ancient dignity of our nature, becoming from above an impression of the archetypal form, and having made our settled state in virtue like a nature from [the beginning], unchangeable toward turning to the opposite. What time, then, do we have for imitating the nature of God? What strength will suffice to stamp the marks of the divine likeness on ourselves? How and when shall we become all that belongs to God? For the imitation is surely possible, since he who knows each person's strength commanded it. Scarcely could someone who began in childhood and used zeal through every age to the end of old age [conform] himself to the archetypal virtue; but one who has neglected some of the time already past, how hard must he strain, and how great must his eagerness be, to achieve in a short time what is achieved with difficulty in a whole life? Yet difficulty does not make the thing altogether impossible, nor does a late start make perfection doubtful or hopeless for the one beginning. For purpose has a short cut to the end of its goal, a short road, quickly accomplishing by eagerness, and establishing in no [long] time, a work that needs much time. Trustworthy witnesses of this are the workers of the eleventh hour in the vineyard, who received the same as those who worked from dawn until evening, and were not prevented by the shortness [of time] from overtaking those who had gone before them. For such is laziness and such is diligence: the one … with much freedom accomplishes small things not worth mention; the other accomplishes great things even in a short time, outrunning by zeal what the others neglected.
Chapter 45
45PG 79
Διὰ τοῦτο χατ᾽ εἰχόνα Θεοῦ γεγόναμεν, ἵνα τὰ ἰδιώματα τῶν χαρακτήρων ἐκείνων, καὶ τῷ ἐπισήμῳ τῆς πολιτείας τοῦ; ὁρῶσι παρέχωμεν τῆς πρὺς αὐτὸν ὁμοιώσεως σαφῆ τὰ γνωρίσματα Ἐγὼ, φησὶν ὁ Θεὸς, οἰκτίρμων, καὶ ἐλεήμων, μακρόθυμος, καὶ πολυέλεος, καὶ δικαιοσύνην διατηρῶν. Τούτοις γράφεται τοῖς χρώμασιν ἡ τῆς θείας ὁμοιώσεως εἰχών. Οὗτοι χαρακτῆρες τῆς ἀσωμάτου μορφῆς τούτοις ἐπιγινώσκεται Ψυχὴ, συγγενὴς: οὖσα θεοῦ, ζηλοῦσα μὲν τὸ ἀπροσδεὲς ἐχείνου πόθῳ τῆς ἀκραιφνοῦς μένη δὲ τῷ πρὸς τὸ σῶμα δετμῷ,, ἀλλ᾽ ὅμως ὁλιγοδεεῖ βοῶσα, ὡς ἱμείρεται τοῦ πάντη ἀνεπιδεοῦς τούτου παρέχουσα ἐναργὲς ἐχεῖνο τεκμήριον, καὶ τῷ τέω: ἐφιχτῷ δηλοῦσα τὴν πρὸς τὰ ἀνέφιχτα ἐπιθυμίαν, ἐν οἷς φιλοτιμεῖται τὰς φυσικὰς ἐκδῦναι ἀνάγχας δειχνῦσα πόσῃ ἐπιθυμίᾳ καὶ πότῳ πόθῳ τὰ ἐφειμένα κατώρθωσεν, ἀγαθότητα καὶ μακροθυμίαν, γρηπτότητα καὶ φιλανθρωπίαν, καὶ πᾶν ὃ σημαίνει φύσιν θεοῦ χτησαμένη σπουδαίως. Ἔνθα ἣν καὶ τὸ κωλῦον οὐδὲν, τῇ ἐξουσίᾳ χρησαμένη προθύμως, καὶ μετὰ πολλῆς εὐχολίας παρελθοῦσα εἰς ταῦτα, εἰς ἅπερ ἣ δύναμις ἔνθεν καὶ τετιμημένη τῇ θείᾳ μορφῇ, βραχύ τι κατὰ τὸν Δαβὶδ παρὰ τοὺς ἀγγέλους ἡλάττωταε, ὅτε τῷ πηλῷ συμφνρομένη τοῦ σώματος, ταῖς ἀνάγκαι; προσασχολεῖσθαι τούτου, κᾶν πρὸς ὀλίγον, τῇ ἀπαραιτήτῳ χρείς βιάζηται, ὅλη διόλου τῶν κρειττόνων γλιχομένη φροντίζειν, διάγειν τῇ θεωρίᾳ, ἔνθα καθαρὰν ἔχει τὴν εὐφροσύνην, οὐχ ἐπιθολουμένην μνήμῃ τινὸς Τίς γὰρ τὸν φεύγοντα θορύῤους δημοτικοὺς, καὶ παραιτούμενον πραγμάτων ὄχλησιν ἐπαχθῶν, ἐχχλίνοντά τε συνουξίας εἰχκαίων, καὶ ἀδιαφόρων ἀνθρώπων, οἴκοι δὲ τὰ ποιλὰ σχολάζοντα προσευχαῖς ἡσύχω;, καὶ μελέτῃ λογίων θεοῦ, σεμνόν κατὰ τὸ σπάνιον τῆς προόδου, καὶ ἐπιειχῇ ὁρώμενον, καὶ ἀτάραχον, συμ καὶ φίλάχληλον, οὐχ ἐρεῖ ζηλωτὴν Θεοῦ ὅντως, καὶ εἰχόνα τούτου, καὶ μίμημα, τὰς θείας αὐγὰς τῆς ἀγαθότητος ἀστράπτοντα ἐκείνη καὶ χρώμᾶσιν ὥσπερ γλαφυροῖς ταῖς ἀρεταῖς στίλόοντα τὴν ὁμοίωσιν
Dia touto chat᾽ eichona Theou gegonamen, hina ta idiōmata tōn charaktērōn ekeinōn, kai tǭ episēmǭ tēs politeias tou? horōsi parechōmen tēs prys auton homoiōseōs saphē ta gnōrismata Egō, phēsin ho Theos, oiktirmōn, kai eleēmōn, makrothymos, kai polyeleos, kai dikaiosynēn diatērōn. Toutois graphetai tois chrōmasin hē tēs theias homoiōseōs eichōn. Houtoi charaktēres tēs asōmatou morphēs toutois epiginōsketai Psychē, syngenēs: ousa theou, zēlousa men to aprosdees echeinou pothǭ tēs akraiphnous menē de tǭ pros to sōma detmǭ,, all᾽ homōs holigodeei boōsa, hōs himeiretai tou pantē anepideous toutou parechousa enarges echeino tekmērion, kai tǭ teō: ephichtǭ dēlousa tēn pros ta anephichta epithymian, en hois philotimeitai tas physikas ekdynai ananchas deichnysa posę̄ epithymią kai potǭ pothǭ ta epheimena katōrthōsen, agathotēta kai makrothymian, grēptotēta kai philanthrōpian, kai pan ho sēmainei physin theou chtēsamenē spoudaiōs. Entha hēn kai to kōlyon ouden, tę̄ exousią chrēsamenē prothymōs, kai meta pollēs eucholias parelthousa eis tauta, eis haper hē dynamis enthen kai tetimēmenē tę̄ theią morphę̄, brachy ti kata ton Dabid para tous angelous hēlattōtae, hote tǭ pēlǭ symphnromenē tou sōmatos, tais anankai? prosascholeisthai toutou, kan pros oligon, tę̄ aparaitētǭ chreis biazētai, holē diolou tōn kreittonōn glichomenē phrontizein, diagein tę̄ theōrią, entha katharan echei tēn euphrosynēn, ouch epitholoumenēn mnēmę̄ tinos Tis gar ton pheugonta thoryrous dēmotikous, kai paraitoumenon pragmatōn ochlēsin epachthōn, echchlinonta te synouxias eichkaiōn, kai adiaphorōn anthrōpōn, oikoi de ta poila scholazonta proseuchais hēsychō?, kai meletę̄ logiōn theou, semnon kata to spanion tēs proodou, kai epieichę̄ horōmenon, kai atarachon, sym kai philachlēlon, ouch erei zēlōtēn Theou hontōs, kai eichona toutou, kai mimēma, tas theias augas tēs agathotētos astraptonta ekeinē kai chrōmasin hōsper glaphyrois tais aretais stiloonta tēn homoiōsin
This is why we were made according to the image of God: so that we might show those who see us the properties of those features and, by the distinction of our way of life, clear marks of our likeness to him. “I,” says God, “am compassionate and merciful, long-suffering and abundant in mercy, and keeping righteousness.” With these colors the image of the divine likeness is painted. These are the features of the bodiless form; by these the soul is recognized as kin to God. It emulates his freedom from need in its longing for pure freedom, but is [hindered] by its bond with the body; yet by needing little it still cries out that it longs for that complete freedom from need, offering this as a clear proof, and showing by what is attainable for now its desire for what cannot be attained, since it strives to put off natural necessities. It shows with how much desire and longing it has achieved what was permitted it, having earnestly acquired goodness and long-suffering, kindness and love of humanity, and all that signifies the nature of God. Where nothing hindered it, it used its authority eagerly and passed with great ease into the things its strength could reach. For this reason, though honored with the divine form, it was made, as David says, a little lower than the angels, when, mingled with the clay of the body, it is compelled by unavoidable need to attend to the body's necessities, if only for a little, while it longs wholly to care for better things and to live in contemplation, where it has pure gladness, not muddied by the memory of anything. For who will not call the one who flees the tumults of the crowd and declines the annoyance of burdensome affairs, who avoids the company of rash and indifferent people, and at home is mostly free, in quiet, for prayers and the study of God's oracles, who is seen as venerable because he rarely goes out, gentle, untroubled, sympathetic and friendly, who will not call him truly an emulator of God, his image and imitation, flashing with the divine rays of goodness and gleaming with that likeness through the virtues as with fine colors?
Chapter 46
46PG 79
Ταύτην ἀναζωγραφῶν ὁ Κύριος τὴν εἰχόνα, καὶ πρὸς ταύτην προτρεπόμενος τὴν ὁμοίωσιν τοὺς ἑαυποῦ μαθητὰς, καὶ διδάσκων, πῶς ἔστι τῇ μιμήσει τίνεσθαι Θεὸς, ἔλεγεν, ὡς ἤδη εἴρηται, ε Γίνεσθε οἰκτίρμονες, χαθὼς καὶ Πατὴρ ὑμῶν ὁ οὐράνιος οἰκτίρμων ἐστὶν, ν ἄφθονον παρέχων ἰσοτιμίαν τοῖς … εἰς ταύτην ἀναβῆναι βουλομένοις τὴν τεμήν. Καὶ γάρ … ἐστι καθαρὸν φθόνον ἔτι, καὶ παντὸς ἀληθῶς ἄλλου πάθους τὸ Θεῖον, χαῖρον ταῖς ἀντιποιουμένοις τὸς αὑτῆς δόξης αὐτῷ, ἐπεὶ μὴ ἐλαττοῦσθαι τῇ πρὸ; ἄλλους πέφυχε χοινωνέᾳ, μηξὲ βασκαίνειν τοῖς τοῦτο τῇ σπουδῇ γενομένοις, ὅπερ ἐστὶ τῇ φύσει αὐὖτὸ, ἄτρεπτον, καὶ ἀναλλοίωτον μένον ἀεὶ, καὶ τῆς ἐχτιχῆς ἀτρεζίας ἄπαντας εἶναι θέλων ἐντός. Ανθρωποι μὲν γὰρ συμβαίνουσαν, ἔχοντες τὴν τιμὴν, ταῖς ἑτέρων βασχαίνουσιν εὑπραγίαις εἰχότως, τὸ παρευδοχιμηθῆναι ἐν οἵ; ἀδρύνονται ὑφορώμενοι, καὶ τῶν ἐκ τοῦ ταἘκεινοῦ προσεγγιζόντων αὐτοῖς πρὸς τὸ ἰσότιμον τὴν προκοπὴν δεδοιχότε;, μήποτε φανῶσιν ἥσσονες, βασχαίνουσι τούτοις, ὡς ζοχοῦσιν εὐλόγως, ἐν πᾶτιν ἁπάντων εἶναι βουλόμεγοι, καὶ ἔχειν αὐτῶν ἀνώτερον ὅλως διὰ τὸ φιλόδοξον οὐχ ἀνεχόμενοι Θεὸς δὲ τὴν οἰκείαν δόξαν ἔχων αὐτόχτητον, πᾶσιν ἀδεῶς ταύτης μεταδίδωσι, μηδὲν ἀδικούμενος. ἽΛσχησις γὰρ οὐ πλεονεκτεῖ φύσιν ποτὲ, χἂν ἕξις γένηται πῇ πολλῇ γυμνασίᾳ, οὐδὲ παρωθεῖται τῶν πρωτείων αὑτὴν, χἂν ἐν τοῖς δευτέροις διαπρέπειν. δοκῇ, καὶ τὴν ἰδίαν γνωρίζουσα καὶ εἰς τὴν ὑπερἐχουσαν οὐχ ἐξυδρίξζουσα, τῇ συγχεχωρημένῃ στοιχοῦσα τιμῇ, καὶ οὐ σφετεριζομένη τὴν ὑπερδχίνουσαν. Οὕτω καὶ ὁ Παῦλρς κατόπιν βαίνων τῶν τοῦ Κυρίου λόγων, ὁμοίως τὴν ἐν ἑχάστῳ εἰχόνα τοῖς αὑτοῖς αὐτὴν τρανῶν πρὸς τὸ τῖς ὁμοιώσεως ἀπαράλλακτον φησὶ γάρ ε: Γίνεσθε μιμηταὶ Θεοῦ, καὶ ὅπιυς. κατορθοῦται τοῦτο, ἐξἐργάζεται, ε Γίνεσθε εἰς ἀλλῆλον; χρηστοὶ, εὔσπλαγχνοι, χαριζόμενος ἑαυτοῖς, ἐάν τις πρός τιν ἔχῃ μομφὴν, χαθὼς καὶ ὁ Χριστὸς ἐχαρίσατα ἐ μῖν. ᾿ Καὶ πάλιν ε ᾿Ενδύσασθε ὡς ἐκλεκτοὶ τοῦ Θεοῦ, καὶ ἅγιοι καὶ ἡγαπημένο σπλάγχνα οἰκτιρμῶν, χρηστάτητα, ταπεινοφροσύνην, πραότητα, μαχροθυμέαν ᾿πούτοις καλ λωπίζεσθαι, θέλων ἡ μᾶς τοῖς πλεονοἷς λάμπει φιλάνθρωπος οὖσα. ἡ θεία μορφή.
Tautēn anazōgraphōn ho Kyrios tēn eichona, kai pros tautēn protrepomenos tēn homoiōsin tous heaupou mathētas, kai didaskōn, pōs esti tę̄ mimēsei tinesthai Theos, elegen, hōs ēdē eirētai, e Ginesthe oiktirmones, chathōs kai Patēr hymōn ho ouranios oiktirmōn estin, n aphthonon parechōn isotimian tois … eis tautēn anabēnai boulomenois tēn temēn. Kai gar … esti katharon phthonon eti, kai pantos alēthōs allou pathous to Theion, chairon tais antipoioumenois tos hautēs doxēs autǭ, epei mē elattousthai tę̄ pro? allous pephyche choinōneą, mēxe baskainein tois touto tę̄ spoudę̄ genomenois, hoper esti tę̄ physei auyto, atrepton, kai analloiōton menon aei, kai tēs echtichēs atrezias apantas einai thelōn entos. Anthrōpoi men gar symbainousan, echontes tēn timēn, tais heterōn baschainousin heupragiais eichotōs, to pareudochimēthēnai en hoi? adrynontai hyphorōmenoi, kai tōn ek tou taEkeinou prosengizontōn autois pros to isotimon tēn prokopēn dedoichote?, mēpote phanōsin hēssones, baschainousi toutois, hōs zochousin eulogōs, en patin hapantōn einai boulomegoi, kai echein autōn anōteron holōs dia to philodoxon ouch anechomenoi Theos de tēn oikeian doxan echōn autochtēton, pasin adeōs tautēs metadidōsi, mēden adikoumenos. HiLschēsis gar ou pleonektei physin pote, chan hexis genētai pę̄ pollę̄ gymnasią, oude parōtheitai tōn prōteiōn hautēn, chan en tois deuterois diaprepein. dokę̄, kai tēn idian gnōrizousa kai eis tēn hyperechousan ouch exydrixzousa, tę̄ synchechōrēmenę̄ stoichousa timę̄, kai ou spheterizomenē tēn hyperdchinousan. Houtō kai ho Paulrs katopin bainōn tōn tou Kyriou logōn, homoiōs tēn en hechastǭ eichona tois hautois autēn tranōn pros to tis homoiōseōs aparallakton phēsi gar e: Ginesthe mimētai Theou, kai hopiys. katorthoutai touto, exergazetai, e Ginesthe eis allēlon? chrēstoi, eusplanchnoi, charizomenos heautois, ean tis pros tin echę̄ momphēn, chathōs kai ho Christos echarisata e min. ᾿ Kai palin e ᾿Endysasthe hōs eklektoi tou Theou, kai hagioi kai hēgapēmeno splanchna oiktirmōn, chrēstatēta, tapeinophrosynēn, praotēta, machrothymean ᾿poutois kal lōpizesthai, thelōn hē mas tois pleonois lampei philanthrōpos ousa. hē theia morphē.
Repainting this image and urging his disciples toward this likeness, and teaching how one may become [like] God by imitation, the Lord said, as has already been said, “Be compassionate, as your heavenly Father is compassionate,” generously offering equal honor to those … who wish to rise to this honor. For [truly] … the divine is pure of envy and of every other passion. It rejoices in those who lay claim to its glory, since it is not by nature diminished by sharing with others, nor does it begrudge those who become by zeal what it itself is by nature; it remains always unchangeable and unalterable and wishes all to be within a settled steadfastness. Human beings, whose honor is accidental, naturally envy the successes of others, suspecting that they will be surpassed in what makes them proud; and fearing the progress of those who come near them from below toward equal honor, lest they appear inferior, they envy them, as seems reasonable to them, since they want to be above everyone in everything and, from love of glory, cannot bear to have anyone at all above them. But God, whose glory is his own, shares it with all without fear and suffers no wrong. For practice never outdoes nature, even if by much exercise it becomes a settled habit; nor does it push nature out of first place, even if it seems to excel in the second, since it knows its own rank and does not insult the higher, keeping to the honor granted it and not seizing the one that surpasses it. So Paul too, following behind the Lord's words, likewise makes the image in each person clear by the same words, so that the likeness may be exact. For he says, “Become imitators of God,” and he works out how this is achieved: “Be kind to one another, tender-hearted, forgiving each other, if anyone has a complaint against another, as Christ forgave you.” And again, “Put on, as God's chosen ones, holy and beloved, heartfelt compassion, kindness, humility, gentleness, long-suffering,” wishing us to be adorned with the virtues in which the divine form, being loving to humanity, shines most.
Chapter 47
47PG 79
Τοῦτο χαρακτηρίζει θεὸν, καὶ ἄνθρωτεον ζηλοῦντα Θεὸν, τὸ ἐπιεικὲς, τὸ ἀνεξίκακον, τὸ ἀόργητον, τὸ ἀθδάσχανον, τὸ εὐεργετικὸν, τὸ συμπαθὲς, τὰ ἀμνησίκακον, τὸ φιλάγαθον, τὸ χρηστὸν, τὸ ἰσότιμον, τὸ ὠφελητιχὸν, τὸ τὸ κηδεμονικὸν, τὸ ἐφὶό τίμον, καὶ συλλήβδην εἰπεῖν, οἷς τὸ δαΦελὲς τῆς ἀτεθότητος ἐπιδείκνυται Θεὸς, ε τὸν ἥλιον ἐπὶ πονηροὺς, καὶ ἀγαθοὺς, καὶ βρέχων ἐ πὶ δικαίους, καὶ ἀδίκους τούτοις ὅπως γνωρίζηται ὁ μιμητὰ εἶναι σπουδάζων ἐκείνου, πᾶσι πρὸς εὑργεσίαν ἴοος; καὶ φίλοις, καὶ δυσμενῶς διαχΞιμένοις διαμένων, κὰν πάσχῃ κακῶς ἀμειβόμενος ἀγαθῷ τὸ κακὸν, καὶ τοὺς ἀδικοῦντας ἐντρέπων, οὐ μόνον τῷ μεγαλοψύχως τὰ παρ᾽ αὐτῶν φέρειν τολμώμενα, ἀλλὰ καὶ τῷ κἄν, ὅπερ ἂν δύνηται, τὸ καλὸν ἐνδιαθέτως … Οὐδεὶς γάρ ἔστιν οὕτω ξένος πάντη καὶ ἔχφυλος πονηρίας γενόμενος: τῆς ἀνθριυπίνης φύσεως, ὡς μὴ δυσωπεῖσθαι τοῖς οἷς πέπονθεν ἀντιδρᾶσαι τὰ ἴσα δυνάμενον, καὶ τῇ δυνάμει ἐπ᾽ ἀγαθῷ χεχρημένον, χαταδυόμενο: ἐφ οἷς ἀδικήσας τὰς τοῦ ὠφεληχότο; χάριτας, κακίζων μὲν ἑαυτὸν τῆς πονηρίας εἰχότως, θαυμάζων δὲ τῆς φιλοσοφίας εὸλόγως ἐκεῖνον, οὗ τῷ παραδείγματι: τὸ ἀποστῆναι τῆς πονηρίας ὠφέληται, καὶ μεταβαλεῖν ἐπὶ τὸ γνωσθὲν τῇ καλὸν τοιοῦτος πάντως λοιπὸν, καὶ αὐτὸς τοῖς ἐπιβούλοις γενόμενος, οἷον ἔσχε τὸν θέντα εὑεργεσία: ς χειρωσάμενον τὴν πονηρίαν πρὸς τὸ ἔνππονδον. Καὶ τούτοις μὲν ἦν ἱχανὸς ὁ Παῦλος παιδεῦσαι τοὺς εὐπειθεῖς τὸν σώφρονα βίον, εἰδὼς δέ τινας καὶ δυσαγώγους πρὸς τοῦτο, πλείοσιν ἄλλαις νουθεσίαις ἀπάγειν ἡμᾶς εὐμηχάνως πειρᾶται τῆς ματαιότητο:, εὐφήμοις ὀνόμασι ἐνάγων πρὸς τὸ ἕνθεέσμον, ποτὲ μὲν, Θεοῦ ναός ἐστε, ποτὲ δὲ, ε Ὥς τέκνα φωτὸς περιπατεῖτε. ν Καὶ πάλιν, ε ᾿Αξίως τοῦ Εὐαγγελίου πολιτεύεσθε. Καὶ αὖθις ε Τὰ σώματα ὑμῶν μέλη Χριστοῦ ἐστί καὶ ἄλλοτε ἁγίους ἡμᾶς καὶ ἁμώμους καλεῖ, ἄλλοτε, ἄμεμπτα, ἀκέραια τέκνα Θεοῦ, καὶ ἀμώμητα. Ταῦτα ὡς παρόντα μαρπυρῶν, ἃ τέω; οὐ παρόντα κτήσασθαι δεῖ, ἵνα μὴ ψευδέσιν ἐγκωμίοις ὑπωπιαζώμεθα, χαίρωμεν δὲ ταῦτα προσαγορευόμενοι, ἃ καὶ τοῖς ἔργοις ἐσμὲν, ἀληθῆ τὴν μαρτυρίαν τῇ συνειδήσει, καὶ οὐχ εἰρωνείαν γνωρέξζοντες καὶ ἑξῆς δὲ πολλὴν τῆς ἡμετέρα: προχοπῆῇς φροντίδα ποιούμενος, καὶ ὅπως ἡμᾶ; παντὶ τρόπῳ καταστήσῃ εἰς ἄνδρα τέλειον εἰς μέτρον ἡλικίας τοῦ πληρώματος τοῦ Χριστοῦ μεριμνῶν, πᾶσαν πάντοθεν κινεῖ μηχανὴν οὐδὲν παραλιμπάνων τῶν συντελούντων πρὸς τοῦτο.
Touto charaktērizei theon, kai anthrōteon zēlounta Theon, to epieikes, to anexikakon, to aorgēton, to athdaschanon, to euergetikon, to sympathes, ta amnēsikakon, to philagathon, to chrēston, to isotimon, to ōphelētichon, to to kēdemonikon, to ephio timon, kai syllēbdēn eipein, hois to daPheles tēs atethotētos epideiknytai Theos, e ton hēlion epi ponērous, kai agathous, kai brechōn e pi dikaious, kai adikous toutois hopōs gnōrizētai ho mimēta einai spoudazōn ekeinou, pasi pros heurgesian ioos? kai philois, kai dysmenōs diachXimenois diamenōn, kan paschę̄ kakōs ameibomenos agathǭ to kakon, kai tous adikountas entrepōn, ou monon tǭ megalopsychōs ta par᾽ autōn pherein tolmōmena, alla kai tǭ kan, hoper an dynētai, to kalon endiathetōs … Oudeis gar estin houtō xenos pantē kai echphylos ponērias genomenos: tēs anthriypinēs physeōs, hōs mē dysōpeisthai tois hois peponthen antidrasai ta isa dynamenon, kai tę̄ dynamei ep᾽ agathǭ chechrēmenon, chatadyomeno: eph hois adikēsas tas tou ōphelēchoto? charitas, kakizōn men heauton tēs ponērias eichotōs, thaumazōn de tēs philosophias eologōs ekeinon, hou tǭ paradeigmati: to apostēnai tēs ponērias ōphelētai, kai metabalein epi to gnōsthen tę̄ kalon toioutos pantōs loipon, kai autos tois epiboulois genomenos, hoion esche ton thenta heuergesia: s cheirōsamenon tēn ponērian pros to enppondon. Kai toutois men ēn hichanos ho Paulos paideusai tous eupeitheis ton sōphrona bion, eidōs de tinas kai dysagōgous pros touto, pleiosin allais nouthesiais apagein hēmas eumēchanōs peiratai tēs mataiotēto:, euphēmois onomasi enagōn pros to hentheesmon, pote men, Theou naos este, pote de, e Hōs tekna phōtos peripateite. n Kai palin, e ᾿Axiōs tou Euangeliou politeuesthe. Kai authis e Ta sōmata hymōn melē Christou esti kai allote hagious hēmas kai hamōmous kalei, allote, amempta, akeraia tekna Theou, kai amōmēta. Tauta hōs paronta marpyrōn, ha teō? ou paronta ktēsasthai dei, hina mē pseudesin enkōmiois hypōpiazōmetha, chairōmen de tauta prosagoreuomenoi, ha kai tois ergois esmen, alēthē tēn martyrian tę̄ syneidēsei, kai ouch eirōneian gnōrexzontes kai hexēs de pollēn tēs hēmetera: prochopēę̄s phrontida poioumenos, kai hopōs hēma? panti tropǭ katastēsę̄ eis andra teleion eis metron hēlikias tou plērōmatos tou Christou merimnōn, pasan pantothen kinei mēchanēn ouden paralimpanōn tōn syntelountōn pros touto.
This is what characterizes God, and the person who emulates God: gentleness, forbearance, freedom from anger, freedom from envy, beneficence, sympathy, freedom from resentment, love of the good, kindness, treating others as equals, helpfulness, care for others, generosity, and, in a word, the things by which God shows the abundance of his goodness, “making his sun rise on the evil and the good, and sending rain on the just and the unjust.” By these let the one who strives to be his imitator be known: remaining equal to all in doing good, both to friends and to those hostile to him; even if he suffers ill, repaying evil with good, and shaming those who wrong him, not only by bearing magnanimously what they dare to do, but also by doing them, as far as he can, good from the heart. For no one has become, through wickedness, so wholly alien and estranged from human nature as not to be put to shame by one who could do the same in return for what he suffered, yet uses his power for good. Such a person sinks with shame at having wronged the kindness of his benefactor; he rightly reproaches himself for his wickedness and rightly admires the philosophy of the other, by whose example he has been helped to turn from wickedness and change to the good he has come to know. Thereafter he himself becomes to those who plot against him what he had in the one who, by his kindnesses, subdued his wickedness to peace. With these words Paul was able to teach the sober life to those ready to obey; but knowing that some are hard to lead to it, he ingeniously tries to draw us away from vanity by further admonitions, leading us toward what is lawful by honorable names: sometimes, “You are God's temple”; sometimes, “Walk as children of light”; and again, “Live worthily of the gospel”; and again, “Your bodies are members of Christ”; and at other times he calls us holy and blameless, at other times blameless, innocent children of God, without blemish. He testifies to these as present, though for the time being they are not present and must be acquired, so that we may not be humbled by false praises but may rejoice to be called what we also are in our deeds, recognizing the testimony as true in our conscience and not as irony. And thereafter, taking great care for our progress and anxious how to bring us in every way to a perfect man, to the measure of the stature of the fullness of Christ, he sets every device in motion on every side, leaving out nothing that contributes to this.
Chapter 48
48PG 79
Αὐτίκα γοῦν νεχροὺς εἶνα βούλεται, καὶ ἔσταυ ρωμένους τῷ χόσμῳ, οὐδενὸς οὐ τῶν ἐδέων τούτων, οὗ τῶν λυπηρῶν λαιιθάνοντας αἴσθησιν ἐπειδὴ αὑτὸν τὸ σχῆμα τοῦ χόσμου τούτου, μικρὰ καὶ ὡς σχῆμα, καὶ εὐφραῖνον ἐν τῇ παρόδῳ, ὁμοίως μικρὰ, οὐ χρονίζοντα, οὐδὲ μακρᾷ τῇ παραμονῇ τὴν ἑκατέρων ποιούμενα αἴσθησιν, ὀξυτάτῃ δὲ παρατρέχοντα φορᾷ, καὶ μνήμης ἐν τῇ ψυχῇ ἴχνος οὐ χαταλιμπάνοντα τῇ Φησὶ γοῦν ε ᾿Απεθάνετε τῷ κόσμῳ, καὶ ἡ ζωὴ ὑμῶν χέχρυπτα: ι σὺν τῷ Χριστῷ ἐν τῷ Θεῷ ν ἄλλην ζωὴν εἰδὼ; μετὰ τὸν εἰρημένον θάνατον, ἣν ζῶσιν οἱ συνανάστάντες Χριστῷ, τὰ ἄνω ζητοῦντες καὶ φρονοῦντες, ἀποθανόντες ἀπὸ τῶν στοιχείων τοῦ χόσμονυ, καὶ οὐχ ἔτι ζῶντες ἐν αὐτοῖς, ὥς τινες, οἷς ἐπιτιμᾷ λέγων, ε Εἰ ἀπεθάνετε ἀπὸ τῶν στοιχείων τοῦ χόσμου, τί ὡς ζῶντες ἐν τῷ χόσμῳ δογματίζεσθε μὴ ἅψῃ, μηδὲ γεύσῃ, μηδὲ θίγῃς πάντα γὰρ εἰς φθορὰν τῇ ἀποχρήσει τοῖς τῷ θανάτῳ τὴν πρὸς αὐτὰ τῆς ὀρέξεως … ὁρμήν. ᾿Αλλὰ καὶ παραστήσατε ἑαυτοὺς, λέγει, τῷ Θεῷ ὡσεὶ ἐκ νεχρῶν ζῶντας μέρει μὲν τεθνάναι θέλων ἡμᾶς, ᾧ τὰ τῆς ἐπιθυμούσης κατὰ τοῦ πνεύματος; σαρχὺς ἐνεργεῖται πάθη, μέρει δὲ ζῇν ἐγκελευόμενος ᾧ τὰ τῆς ἀρετῆς πρὸς τὸ ἀρέσκον Θεῷ. Τούτου χάριν καὶ θυσίαν ζῶσαν ὀνομάξει τοὺς νεχρώσαντας τὰ μέλη τὰ ἐπὶ τῆς γῆς, καὶ ἐν καινότητι ζωῆς περιπατοῦντα;:, οὖτς πρὸς τὰ φαῦλα κινουμένους νεχρωθείσης τῇ θυσίᾳ τῆς πρὸς ταῦτα δυνάμεως, οὔτε ἀῤγοῦντας τῶν καλῶν, ἐπειξὴ ζῶσα ὄντες θυσία τὴν πρὸς τὰ χρήσιλα ἐσχὺν οὗ συνανεῖλον τῇ πρὸ; τὰ οὐ καθήκοντα ῥώμῃ, ἀχμαζούση δὲ αὑτῇ, καὶ νεαρᾷ κέχρηνται κατὰ τοῦ πᾶλαι τῇ; σαρχὸς πολεμίον φρονήματος οὖχ λοιπὸν ὑπὸ τῶν τ οι ούτων ἀλόγων ἐπιθυμιῶν διὰ τὸ μεταβεβηκέναι παντελῶς ἐκ τῆς σωματικῆς εἰς πνευματικὴν ἀγωγὴν, καὶ ζῇν οὐχ ἔτι ἐν σαρχὶ, ἀλλὰ πνεύματι.
Autika goun nechrous eina bouletai, kai estau rōmenous tǭ chosmǭ, oudenos ou tōn edeōn toutōn, hou tōn lypērōn laiithanontas aisthēsin epeidē hauton to schēma tou chosmou toutou, mikra kai hōs schēma, kai euphrainon en tę̄ parodǭ, homoiōs mikra, ou chronizonta, oude makrą tę̄ paramonę̄ tēn hekaterōn poioumena aisthēsin, oxytatę̄ de paratrechonta phorą, kai mnēmēs en tę̄ psychę̄ ichnos ou chatalimpanonta tę̄ Phēsi goun e ᾿Apethanete tǭ kosmǭ, kai hē zōē hymōn chechrypta: i syn tǭ Christǭ en tǭ Theǭ n allēn zōēn eidō? meta ton eirēmenon thanaton, hēn zōsin hoi synanastantes Christǭ, ta anō zētountes kai phronountes, apothanontes apo tōn stoicheiōn tou chosmony, kai ouch eti zōntes en autois, hōs tines, hois epitimą legōn, e Ei apethanete apo tōn stoicheiōn tou chosmou, ti hōs zōntes en tǭ chosmǭ dogmatizesthe mē hapsę̄, mēde geusę̄, mēde thigę̄s panta gar eis phthoran tę̄ apochrēsei tois tǭ thanatǭ tēn pros auta tēs orexeōs … hormēn. ᾿Alla kai parastēsate heautous, legei, tǭ Theǭ hōsei ek nechrōn zōntas merei men tethnanai thelōn hēmas, hǭ ta tēs epithymousēs kata tou pneumatos? sarchys energeitai pathē, merei de zę̄n enkeleuomenos hǭ ta tēs aretēs pros to areskon Theǭ. Toutou charin kai thysian zōsan onomaxei tous nechrōsantas ta melē ta epi tēs gēs, kai en kainotēti zōēs peripatounta?:, outs pros ta phaula kinoumenous nechrōtheisēs tę̄ thysią tēs pros tauta dynameōs, oute argountas tōn kalōn, epeixē zōsa ontes thysia tēn pros ta chrēsila eschyn hou synaneilon tę̄ pro? ta ou kathēkonta rhōmę̄, achmazousē de hautę̄, kai nearą kechrēntai kata tou palai tę̄? sarchos polemion phronēmatos ouch loipon hypo tōn t oi outōn alogōn epithymiōn dia to metabebēkenai pantelōs ek tēs sōmatikēs eis pneumatikēn agōgēn, kai zę̄n ouch eti en sarchi, alla pneumati.
So he wants us to be dead and crucified to the world, having no perception of its pleasant or its painful things, since he knows the form of this world: its pains are small and like a passing form, and what gladdens in passing is likewise small; they do not last, nor do they give the perception of either by remaining long, but run past with the swiftest motion and leave no trace of memory in the soul. At any rate he says, “You died to the world, and your life is hidden with Christ in God,” knowing another life after the death he spoke of, which those live who have risen with Christ, seeking and minding the things above, who have died to the elements of the world and no longer live in them, as some do whom he rebukes, saying, “If you died to the elements of the world, why, as though living in the world, do you submit to decrees: Do not handle, do not taste, do not touch; for all these perish with use,” … the impulse of appetite toward them. But also, “Present yourselves,” he says, “to God as alive from the dead,” wishing us to be dead in the part in which the passions of the flesh that lusts against the Spirit are active, and bidding us live in the part in which the works of virtue are done to please God. For this reason he calls those a living sacrifice who have put to death their members on earth and walk in newness of life. They are neither moved toward bad things, since the power directed toward them has been put to death by the sacrifice, nor idle in good things, since, being a living sacrifice, they have not destroyed the strength for useful things together with the force for unfitting ones, but use it, at its height and fresh, against the mind of the flesh, their old enemy. They are no longer [ruled] by such irrational desires, because they have passed entirely from the bodily to the spiritual way of life and live no longer in the flesh but in the Spirit.
Chapter 49
49PG 79
Τούτοις γὰρ καὶ λέγειν ε Οὐχ ἐστὲ ἐν σαρχὶ, ἀλλ᾽ ἐν πνεύματι, ν ἕτι μὲν περικειμένοις τὸν σαρχικὸν ὄγκον, οὐχ ἔτι δὲ παρενοχλουμένοις ἐν οὐδενὶ παρὰ τούτου τῶν μὴ βασιλεύειν ε τὴν ἁμαρτίαν ἐν τῷ θνητῷ αὐτῶν σώματι, μηδὲ τυραννιχῶς ἔτι βιάζεσθαι πρὸς ὑπακοὴν τῶν ἰδίων ἐπιταγμάτων ἀντιστρατευομένου τῷ νόμῳ τοῦ νοὺς, τοῦ ἐμπολιτευομένου ἐν τοῖς μέλεσιν ἀσθενοῦντος, αἰχμαλωτεῦσαι τῷ νόμῳ τῆς ἁμαρτία;, ἀνταιχμαλωτενομένου ὃὲ πρὸς ὑπακοὴν τῶν ἐντολῶν τοῦ Χριστοῦ, καὶ εἴκοντὴς δουλιχῶς τοῖς νόμοις, οἷς συνήδεσθαι ὁ Παῦλος κατὰ τὸν ἔσω ἄνθρωπόν φησιν ε Ἐν ἕτοίμῳ πᾶσαν ἔχων ἐκδικῆσαι ἅπερ ἀπατηθεὶς ἐσφάλη ποτὲ, ταῦτα ἀναπαλαίσειν ἐπαγγελλόμενος τῇ μετὰ ταῦτα σπουδῇ τῷ δρᾶσαι τοῖς ὑπὲρ τῆς ἀρετῆς εἰς τὸ σῶμα πόνοις ἅπερ δελεασθεὶς τοῖς ἄδουσιν ἔπαθε παρ᾽ αὐτοῦ. Τίς γὰρ ἣ καὶ ὅπως γινομένη ἐκδίκησις, ἐκδιδάσκει Ῥωμαῖοις γράφω ἕν οἷς φησιν, Ὥσπερ παρεστήσατε τὰ μέλη ὑμῶν δοῦλα τῇ ἁχαθαρσίᾳ καὶ τῇ ἀνομίᾳ εἰς τὴν ἀνομίαν, οὕτω παραστήσατε αὐτὰ δοῦλα τῇ χιοσύνῃ ἢ εἰς ἁγιασμόν. ν Ἴσασι δὲ, τίς, χἀὶ ὅσος ὅ κότος οἱ μεταρυθμίξειν πονηρὰν ἕξιν εἷς ἀγαθὴν βιαζόμενοι τῇ συνηθείᾳ τυραγνούμενοι καὶ ὅπερ ἕν τῷ απο. δ:ζομένῳ δοκοῦσι προκόπτειν πόνοις ἀτρύτοις, ὑπονοστοῦντες ῥᾳδίως τοῦ ἔθου; αὐτοὺ; καθάτῳ δεσμοῦ συντόμω; ἕλκοντος εἰς τοὐπίσω, καὶ τὸν τὸ πόνον πολλάκις ποιοῦντος ἀνόνῃ τον ἴως πολλάκις ἀναχωροῦντες, καὶ πολλάκις ἄνα ποδιζόμενοι δυνηθῶσι κατ᾽ ὀλίγον ἀποστῆναι τῶν ἐν οἷς γεγενημένοι κακῶν, καὶ τὴν διάθεσιν μεταγαγεῖν τελείως ἀπὸ τῶν χειρίστων ἐπὶ τὰ κάλλιστα, ὡς μέύειν ταῦτα τὰ μέλη κατὰ τῶν πολεμίων παθῶν, ὅπια διχαιησύνης ἐξ ὅπλων ἀξιχίας γενόμκενα, τούτοις ἐνδίκως χειρούμενα, οἷς πρότερον παρανόμως ὑπούργει πρὸς ὄλεθρον τῶν κεκτημένων.
Toutois gar kai legein e Ouch este en sarchi, all᾽ en pneumati, n heti men perikeimenois ton sarchikon onkon, ouch eti de parenochloumenois en oudeni para toutou tōn mē basileuein e tēn hamartian en tǭ thnētǭ autōn sōmati, mēde tyrannichōs eti biazesthai pros hypakoēn tōn idiōn epitagmatōn antistrateuomenou tǭ nomǭ tou nous, tou empoliteuomenou en tois melesin asthenountos, aichmalōteusai tǭ nomǭ tēs hamartia?, antaichmalōtenomenou hoe pros hypakoēn tōn entolōn tou Christou, kai eikontēs doulichōs tois nomois, hois synēdesthai ho Paulos kata ton esō anthrōpon phēsin e En hetoimǭ pasan echōn ekdikēsai haper apatētheis esphalē pote, tauta anapalaisein epangellomenos tę̄ meta tauta spoudę̄ tǭ drasai tois hyper tēs aretēs eis to sōma ponois haper deleastheis tois adousin epathe par᾽ autou. Tis gar hē kai hopōs ginomenē ekdikēsis, ekdidaskei Rhōmaiois graphō hen hois phēsin, Hōsper parestēsate ta melē hymōn doula tę̄ hachatharsią kai tę̄ anomią eis tēn anomian, houtō parastēsate auta doula tę̄ chiosynę̄ ē eis hagiasmon. n Isasi de, tis, chai hosos ho kotos hoi metarythmixein ponēran hexin heis agathēn biazomenoi tę̄ synētheią tyragnoumenoi kai hoper hen tǭ apo. d:zomenǭ dokousi prokoptein ponois atrytois, hyponostountes rhądiōs tou ethou? autou? kathatǭ desmou syntomō? helkontos eis toupisō, kai ton to ponon pollakis poiountos anonę̄ ton iōs pollakis anachōrountes, kai pollakis ana podizomenoi dynēthōsi kat᾽ oligon apostēnai tōn en hois gegenēmenoi kakōn, kai tēn diathesin metagagein teleiōs apo tōn cheiristōn epi ta kallista, hōs meuein tauta ta melē kata tōn polemiōn pathōn, hopia dichaiēsynēs ex hoplōn axichias genomkena, toutois endikōs cheiroumena, hois proteron paranomōs hypourgei pros olethron tōn kektēmenōn.
For to these he can also say, “You are not in the flesh but in the Spirit,” since, though they still wear the bulk of the flesh, they are no longer troubled by it in anything, so that sin does not reign in their mortal body, nor any longer forces them like a tyrant to obey its commands; the law in the members, which wars against the law of the mind, is too weak to take them captive to the law of sin, but is itself taken captive in turn to obedience to the commandments of Christ and yields like a slave to the laws in which Paul says he delights according to the inner man. He is “ready to punish” all that he once slipped into when deceived, promising to wrestle it back by his later zeal, doing to the body, through labors for virtue, what he suffered from it when enticed by pleasures. What this punishment is, and how it is carried out, he teaches in writing to the Romans, where he says, “Just as you presented your members as slaves to impurity and lawlessness, leading to lawlessness, so now present them as slaves to righteousness, leading to sanctification.” Those know what the labor is, and how great, who struggle to reshape an evil habit into a good one while they are tyrannized by custom. In what they seem to advance by tireless labors they easily slip back, as custom drags them backwards quickly as with a bond and often makes their labor useless, until, retreating often and often driven back, they are able little by little to depart from the evils in which they had lived and to bring their disposition over completely from the worst to the best, so that these members remain weapons of righteousness against the hostile passions, made out of weapons of unrighteousness, and are justly subdued by the very things they once lawlessly served, to the ruin of their owners.
Chapter 50
50PG 79
Ὀφςθαλμὸς μὲν γὰρ ὁρῶν τὰ τοῦ πλησίον καλὰ, ὅταν κινεῖ πρὺς ἐπιθυμίαν ἣ βασχανίαν τὸν νοῦν, ὅπλον γίνεται ἀδικίας, εὐχαριστεῖν ὃὲ τῷ δεδωκότι παρασκευάζων, ὅπλον δικαιοσύνης καθίσταται καὶ γλῶσσα κακηγορίαις καὶ διαθοηλαῖς διαχονοῦσα, καὶ χεὶρ ὑπουργοῦσα πλεονεχτιχαὶς ἁρπαγαῖς, καὶ καρδία πεχταινομένη λογισμοὺς πανούργους κατασκευάζοντας ἔκαστον τούτων πρὸς τὸ λαβεῖν πέρας, οἷον ἔσχεν ἡ πρόθεσις δύσφημον εἰχότως δέχεται τὴν προσηγορίαν, δεξιὰν δὲ πληροῦντα καὶ συμφέρουσαν τάξιν, ἀξίαν τοῦ ἔργου τὴν ὀνομοσίαν λαμβάνει, ἐνεργοῦντα νομίμω;, καὶ ἀοιδίμοις σεμνυνόμενα. Ἐπεὶ οὖν, καὶ θυσία ἐστὲ ζῶσα εἰς τὴν λογικὴν λατρείαν εὑάρεστὴι τῷ Θεῷ, καὶ συναπεθάνετε τῷ Χριστῷ συνταφέντες αὐτῷ κατὰ τὸ νενεκρῶσθαι τῷ χόσμῳ, καὶ εἰς τὸ τὰ ἄνω φρονεῖν οὗ ὁ Χριστός ἐστιν ἐν δεξιᾷ τοῦ Θεοῦ καθήμενος, καὶ τὸ πολίτευμα ἔχετε ἐν οὐρανῷ πρὸ τῆς ἀναστάσεω; τὴν μετὰ τὴν νάσττατιν βιοῦντες ἀμέριμνον κατὰ τοὺς ἀγγέλους ζωὴν, ἣν καὶ δυνατὴν ὑποτιθέμενος Παῦλος ἔλεγεν Εἴπως εἰς τὴν ἐξανάστασιν τὴν ἐκ νεχρῶν, φθάσας τὸν καιρὸν τῇ πρεπούσῃ τῷ καιρῷ ῶ.ἐκείνω διχγωγῇ, χἂν οὐχ ἐφθακέναι τέως, ἣν ἐντὸς ἥν ὑπεχορίζετο οὗ ταπεινῷ φρονήματι κρύπτων τῆς ἀρετῆς τὸ ἀξίωμα χαί ε Φῶς ἐστε, καὶ ἅλας τοῦ χόσιου ν αὐστηρῷ μὲν στύφοντες ἤθει τοὺς ἄδιαφορίᾳ διαχεχυμένους, καὶ ὄντας σήψεως οὐ μακρὰν, λάμποντες δὲ τῷ ἐπισήμῳ τῆς ὁρῶντος τὰ καλὰ ὑμῶν ἔργα, ν κατὰ τὴν Κυριακὴν φωνὴν, ἐπὶ δοξολογίαν τοῦ ἐν οὐρανοῖς Πατρὺς ὑμῶν διεγείροντες, ἐπιμένετε τῷ καλῷ, ἃ καὶ μᾶλλον ἐν τούτοις προχόπτετε, προτροπὴ τῶν ἑχθυμοτέρων, ἕν οἷς πλεονεκτεῖτε, γινόμενοι, διπλοῦν ἐκ τούτου πεπεισμένοι, ἢ καὶ παρὰ τοῦ Δεσπότου σχήσειν τὸν ἔπαινον. Ὃ γὰρ τὸν τοιοῦτον, οἷον ὑμεῖς, μετερχόμενοι βίον ἐν οἷς πρὸς τὴν ἀχρίθειαν ἑαυτὸν τῆς τελειότητος, ἕνα μὲν ἔχει αὐτοῦ τοῦ ἔργου μιαθὸν, ἄλλον ὃὲ ἐφ᾽ οἷς εἰς μίμησιν τοὺς ὁμιξήλους προτρέπεται, καὶ τρίτον ὑπὲρ ὧν τοὺς ξένους τῆς θεοσεβείας ὠφελεῖ, εὐσεβῆ κρίνειν παρασχευάξζων αὑτοὺς τὴν ὑρησχείαν τῷ ἀνεπιλήπτῳ τῇς πολιτείας, καὶ μόνην ὕντως ἁγίαν τοῦ Θεοῦ, τούτοις κοσμουμένην τοῖς ἔργοις, οἷς πρέπει κοσμεῖσθαι τοὺς ἐπιγραφομένους ἡγεμόνα Θεὸν, καὶ ζῶντας ὡς ἡ τοῦ ἐπιστατοῦντος ἀρέσκεται ἐξχιρέτοις ἐγκαλλωπίζεσθαι πλεονεκτήμασι θέλουτα τοὺς ἐπαγγελλομένους τὴν πρὸς αὐτὴν οἰχειότττα, καὶ λέγουσα πρὺς τοὺς εὐκαίρως Ἐὰν μὴ περιστεύσῃ ὑλῶν ἡ δικαἰοτύγη πλέον τῶν Φαρισαίων καὶ τῶν Γραμματέων, οὐ μὴ εἰσέλθητε εἰς τὴν βατιλείαν τῶν οὐρανῶν.
Ophsthalmos men gar horōn ta tou plēsion kala, hotan kinei prys epithymian hē baschanian ton noun, hoplon ginetai adikias, eucharistein hoe tǭ dedōkoti paraskeuazōn, hoplon dikaiosynēs kathistatai kai glōssa kakēgoriais kai diathoēlais diachonousa, kai cheir hypourgousa pleonechtichais harpagais, kai kardia pechtainomenē logismous panourgous kataskeuazontas ekaston toutōn pros to labein peras, hoion eschen hē prothesis dysphēmon eichotōs dechetai tēn prosēgorian, dexian de plērounta kai sympherousan taxin, axian tou ergou tēn onomosian lambanei, energounta nomimō?, kai aoidimois semnynomena. Epei oun, kai thysia este zōsa eis tēn logikēn latreian heuarestēi tǭ Theǭ, kai synapethanete tǭ Christǭ syntaphentes autǭ kata to nenekrōsthai tǭ chosmǭ, kai eis to ta anō phronein hou ho Christos estin en dexią tou Theou kathēmenos, kai to politeuma echete en ouranǭ pro tēs anastaseō? tēn meta tēn nasttatin biountes amerimnon kata tous angelous zōēn, hēn kai dynatēn hypotithemenos Paulos elegen Eipōs eis tēn exanastasin tēn ek nechrōn, phthasas ton kairon tę̄ prepousę̄ tǭ kairǭ ō.ekeinō dichgōgę̄, chan ouch ephthakenai teōs, hēn entos hēn hypechorizeto hou tapeinǭ phronēmati kryptōn tēs aretēs to axiōma chai e Phōs este, kai halas tou chosiou n austērǭ men styphontes ēthei tous adiaphorią diachechymenous, kai ontas sēpseōs ou makran, lampontes de tǭ episēmǭ tēs horōntos ta kala hymōn erga, n kata tēn Kyriakēn phōnēn, epi doxologian tou en ouranois Patrys hymōn diegeirontes, epimenete tǭ kalǭ, ha kai mallon en toutois prochoptete, protropē tōn hechthymoterōn, hen hois pleonekteite, ginomenoi, diploun ek toutou pepeismenoi, ē kai para tou Despotou schēsein ton epainon. Ho gar ton toiouton, hoion hymeis, meterchomenoi bion en hois pros tēn achritheian heauton tēs teleiotētos, hena men echei autou tou ergou miathon, allon hoe eph᾽ hois eis mimēsin tous homixēlous protrepetai, kai triton hyper hōn tous xenous tēs theosebeias ōphelei, eusebē krinein parascheuaxzōn hautous tēn hyrēscheian tǭ anepilēptǭ tę̄s politeias, kai monēn hyntōs hagian tou Theou, toutois kosmoumenēn tois ergois, hois prepei kosmeisthai tous epigraphomenous hēgemona Theon, kai zōntas hōs hē tou epistatountos aresketai exchiretois enkallōpizesthai pleonektēmasi thelouta tous epangellomenous tēn pros autēn oicheiottta, kai legousa prys tous eukairōs Ean mē peristeusę̄ hylōn hē dikaiotygē pleon tōn Pharisaiōn kai tōn Grammateōn, ou mē eiselthēte eis tēn batileian tōn ouranōn.
For an eye that sees the good things of a neighbor, when it moves the mind to desire or envy, becomes a weapon of unrighteousness; but when it disposes one to give thanks to the giver, it becomes a weapon of righteousness. So too a tongue that serves slanders and mockeries, a hand that ministers to greedy robberies, and a heart pregnant with cunning thoughts that contrive to bring each of these to the end the purpose intended: each rightly receives an ill-sounding name; but when they fill a right and profitable place, they receive a name worthy of the work, acting lawfully and honored by praiseworthy deeds. Since, then, you are a living sacrifice, well-pleasing to God, for rational worship; since you died with Christ and were buried with him by being dead to the world, so as to mind the things above, where Christ is seated at the right hand of God; since you have your citizenship in heaven before the resurrection and live the carefree life after the resurrection, like the angels (Paul supposed this possible when he said, “if somehow [I may attain] to the resurrection from the dead,” having anticipated that time by a way of life fitting for it, though he hinted that he had not yet attained it, hiding the dignity of his virtue by humble thinking); and since “you are the light and the salt of the world,” bracing with your austere character those who are dissolved in indifference and not far from corruption, and shining by the distinction of your way of life, and, according to the Lord's word, rousing those who see your good works to glorify your Father in heaven: persevere in the good, and make still more progress in it, becoming an incentive to the more careless in the things in which you excel, persuaded that from this you will have double praise from the Master. For whoever follows such a life as yours, training himself in it to the exactness of perfection, has one reward for the work itself, another for urging those of like zeal to imitate him, and a third for helping those who are strangers to godliness, preparing them, by the blamelessness of his way of life, to judge the religion to be pious and truly the only holy religion of God, adorned with the works with which those ought to be adorned who enroll God as their leader and live as he who presides over them is pleased. For he wishes those who profess kinship with him to be adorned with exceptional advantages, and says to them at the fitting moment, “Unless your righteousness exceeds that of the Pharisees and the scribes, you will not enter the kingdom of heaven.”
Chapter 51
51PG 79
Ὅπερ δὲ τοῖς ἀποστόλοις ἦσαν οἱ Φαρισαῖοι τότε, κατὰ τὴν σπουδαζομένην στελλόμένοι δῆθεν αὐτοῖς, τοῦτό εἶσιν ὑμῖν ἐν τῷ οἱ κοινωνεῖν δοκοῦντες τοῦ ἐπιτηδεύματος καὶ τῷ πολυύλῳ τῆς ζωῖς τὴν πρὸς ὑμᾶς ἀρνούμενοι κοινωνίαν, ὑμῶν ἀρξάμενοι τῆς ἐπὶ τὴν ἐπαγγελίαν ἀπαρχῆς ὁδοῦ, καὶ πρὸς τὸ πέρας ταύτης οὐχ ἀφιγμένοι. Κατέτχε γὰρ αὐτοὺς μετὰ τῶν υἱῶν μ, καὶ Γὰδ, καὶ τοῦ ἡμίσους φυλῆς Μανασσὴ ἢ τρόφος καὶ πολυμέριμνος γῆ, καὶ τὸ τῆς ὁδοῦ ποιήσασα μάταιον, οὐ προχωρήσαντος εἰς δέον διὰ τὸ λειπόμενον τοῦ προλαθόστος χρόνου, οὐδὲ ἐξελθόντος οὕτω τοῦ σχοποὺ, ὡς εἶχεν ἐκ προοιμέων ἧ πρόθεσις. ὃὲ κατὰ τὺν ἀληθῆ λόγον πᾶς μόχθος καὶ ὄντως ἀνόνητος ὁ μὴ πρὸς τοῦτο ἤκων, πρὸς ὅπερ ἀπ᾿ ἀρχῖς, πρὸ τοῦ τέλους παυόμεγος, καὶ χαταλήγων ἐκεῖ, ἔνθα ἔστι τῶν προχειλένων χαρπώτσασθαι, ὅθεν ὑμεῖς μὲν, ἀγαπττοὶ, κατὰ σκοπὸν τρέχοντες ἐπὶ τὸ βραῦδεῖου τῆς ἄνω κλήσξως, καὶ των στεφάνων ἧντες πλτυσίον, μὴ τὶν ἀγαθὴν προθυμίαν, οὕτω δὲ ταύτην τοῖς μεῦ ὑμᾶς παραπέμψατε, ὡς αὑτὴν παρελάβετε παρὰ τῶν προλαθόντων ἀχμάξυυσαν, τοὺς δὲ τερπομένους τέως τῇ ματαιότητι, καὶ τοὺς ἐπιβάλλοντας πόνους τῇ ἀρετῇ ταῖς φιλοπονίαις προσαναλίσχουτα:.. ἐλεεῖτε μὲν ὡς μοχθοῦντας ἀνόνττα, καὶ σπείροντας εἰς τὴν σάρχα, ἐξ ἧς ἔστι θερίσαι φθοράν.
Hoper de tois apostolois ēsan hoi Pharisaioi tote, kata tēn spoudazomenēn stellomenoi dēthen autois, touto eisin hymin en tǭ hoi koinōnein dokountes tou epitēdeumatos kai tǭ polyylǭ tēs zōis tēn pros hymas arnoumenoi koinōnian, hymōn arxamenoi tēs epi tēn epangelian aparchēs hodou, kai pros to peras tautēs ouch aphigmenoi. Katetche gar autous meta tōn huiōn m, kai Gad, kai tou hēmisous phylēs Manassē ē trophos kai polymerimnos gē, kai to tēs hodou poiēsasa mataion, ou prochōrēsantos eis deon dia to leipomenon tou prolathostos chronou, oude exelthontos houtō tou schopou, hōs eichen ek prooimeōn hē prothesis. hoe kata tyn alēthē logon pas mochthos kai ontōs anonētos ho mē pros touto ēkōn, pros hoper ap᾿ archis, pro tou telous pauomegos, kai chatalēgōn ekei, entha esti tōn procheilenōn charpōtsasthai, hothen hymeis men, agapttoi, kata skopon trechontes epi to braudeiou tēs anō klēsxōs, kai tōn stephanōn hēntes pltysion, mē tin agathēn prothymian, houtō de tautēn tois meu hymas parapempsate, hōs hautēn parelabete para tōn prolathontōn achmaxyysan, tous de terpomenous teōs tę̄ mataiotēti, kai tous epiballontas ponous tę̄ aretę̄ tais philoponiais prosanalischouta:.. eleeite men hōs mochthountas anontta, kai speirontas eis tēn sarcha, ex hēs esti therisai phthoran.
What the Pharisees then were to the apostles, enrolled, supposedly, in the same pursuit with them, that is what those are to you who seem to share your profession but by the abundance of their life deny fellowship with you: they began with you the start of the road to the promise and have not reached its end. For the fertile land, full of cares, held them back, with the sons of [Reuben] and Gad and the half tribe of Manasseh, and made their journey vain, since their purpose did not advance as it should, because of what was lacking from the time before, nor did it turn out as it was intended from the beginning. And, as the true saying goes, every labor is truly useless that does not reach the end for which it began, but stops before the end and leaves off there, where one could reap the fruit of what was set before it. So you, beloved, running toward the goal for the prize of the upward call and near to the crowns, do not [slacken] your good eagerness, but hand it on to those after you as you received it, at its height, from those before you; and those who for the present delight in vanity, and spend on their industries the labors that belong to virtue, pity as people who toil uselessly and sow to the flesh, from which one reaps corruption.
Chapter 52
52PG 79
Μὴ πάνυ ὃὲ πρὸς αὐτοὺς ἐρεσχελεῖτς φιλουνεῦνκος ὡς πλτμμελοῦντας εἰς τὰ καθήκοντα τῷ ἀποσχολιχῷ βίῳ. Οὖς γὰρ οὐχ ἔργον, τούτους οὗ δυσλόγος μᾶλλον πρὸς τὰς παραινέσεις ἀναισχυντεῖν δυναμένους ὡς μὴ προφανῶς δοκεῖν ἁλίσκεσθαι, καὶ δήλους πᾶσιν ἐπὶ τοῖς ἐλέγχοις γίνεσθαι τῆς δυσπραγίας εἴπερ εὐγνωμόνως δέχεσθε τούτους, ἵνα μὴ πάλιν τῇ σιωπῇ ἡττῆσθαι νομίζωνται εἰ γὰ πρὸς διόρθωσιν εἶχον ἐπιτηδείως, πάντως ἂν πρὸ τῶν ἀνθρωπίνων παραινέσεων, τοὺς τοῦ Κυρέου διδασκάλους μᾶλλον ἠδέσθησαν λόγους, οὃς πρὸς τὸν πολυχτήμονα ποιούμενος ἔλεγεν Εἰ θέλεις τέλειος εἶνα:, πώλησόν σου τὰ ὑπάρχοντα, καὶ δὸς πτωχοῖς, χοὶ λάβε τὸν σταυρὸν, καὶ δεῦρο ἀκολούθει μοι, τοῦτον ἀποφορτίζων αὐτὸν, ἵνα τὴν στενὴν καὶ διοδεύσῃ εὑμαρῶς ὧν οὗτοι βαρεῖαν καὶ ἐττύ τὴν κτῆσιν οὖσαν ἀσπάζονται, δύσκολον ἑχυτοῖς, ἧ καὶ πάντη ἀδύνατον τὴν εἰς τὴν βαπτιλείαν κατσχευάζοντες εἴσοδον, πῇ ῥατίδος ὁμοιωθεῖσαν παρὶ ἧς ᾿Αληθείας, καὶ μόλις δεχομένην γυμνὴν φροντὶὅων βιωτικῶν, καὶ πάσης ὀχλήσεως ψυχὴν, καὶ ταῦτα ἴσως ὠθουμένης καὶ δόξῃ παρόζῳ βιαζομένης τὴν εἴσοδον διὰ τὸ στενὸν τῆς πύλης, δυσέμθατον, καὶ αὑτὰ θλιδούσης τὰ πλαγίως εἰσερχόμενα σώματα, μήτιγε ὄγκοις ἐπηχθισμένα βαρυτάτων φορτίων πῶς ἐροῦσιν οἱ τὺ σχύθλλα καὶ σχυθάλων ἐχλυτώτερα περιέποντες ὡς; πράγματα Ἰδοὺ ἡμεῖς ἀφήκαμεν πάντα, καὶ ἐχολουθή ο οὔτε καταλιπόντες τι, καὶ ἃ μὴ εἶχον χτησάμενοι, ὥσπερ ἐμπορείας οὐ φιλοσοφίας ὑπόθεσιν τὸν βίον πεποιημένοι; Ἔστι δὲ ἐμπορείας ἀληθῶς μεγίστης ἀφορμὴ τῶν μελλόντων ἀγαθῶν, οὐ τῶν παρόντων λαμπρῶν, πενίᾳ μὲν, καὶ ἐνδείᾳ, καὶ τοῖς ἄλλοις νῦν δοκοῦσι ληροῖς, τῶν πάνπων ἡδέων προξενοῦσα τὴν ἀπόλαυσιν, τῷ δὲ ἀφανεῖ, καὶ ἀστήμῳ παῤῥησίαν τὴν ἐπὶ Θεοῦ, καὶ δόξαν παρἐγουσα αἰώνιον ὧν τὴν ἐλπίδα βεβαίαν ἐπὶ συνειδότι τῶν πεπραγμένων ἔχοντες ὑμεῖς, ἔτι μὲν καὶ ἔτι καταφρονεῖν σπουδάζετε ὧν ἤδη καλῶς λογισάμενοι χατεφρονήσατε δικαίως τοιούτων, καὶ ὄντων ἁληθῶς, καὶ τοῖς νήφουσι, χἂν εἰ καὶ ἐπιθυμητὰ τοῖς ἄφροσιν ἔδοξεν, ἢπατη μένῃ φαντασίᾳ προσθεμένοις ὡς ἀστείοις τοῖς λίαν αἰσχροῖς, καὶ τῆς ὕλης, χαθάπερ ὄντως εὐμόρφου γυναιχὺς, οὐχ οὔσης τοιαύτης, ἀλλὰ χεχρωσμένης ἄνθει φαινομένῳ τοιούτῳ, καὶ πρὸς τέρψιν τοὺς πρὸ τῶν. ὠφελίμων ἀρεσχομένους τοῖς καὶ τῶν συμφερόντων μᾶλλον αἱρουμένους τὰ λίκνῳ τὰς ὁρμὰς προχαλούμενα.
Mē pany hoe pros autous erescheleits philouneunkos hōs pltmmelountas eis ta kathēkonta tǭ aposcholichǭ biǭ. Ous gar ouch ergon, toutous hou dyslogos mallon pros tas paraineseis anaischyntein dynamenous hōs mē prophanōs dokein haliskesthai, kai dēlous pasin epi tois elenchois ginesthai tēs dyspragias eiper eugnōmonōs dechesthe toutous, hina mē palin tę̄ siōpę̄ hēttēsthai nomizōntai ei ga pros diorthōsin eichon epitēdeiōs, pantōs an pro tōn anthrōpinōn paraineseōn, tous tou Kyreou didaskalous mallon ēdesthēsan logous, hoos pros ton polychtēmona poioumenos elegen Ei theleis teleios eina:, pōlēson sou ta hyparchonta, kai dos ptōchois, choi labe ton stauron, kai deuro akolouthei moi, touton apophortizōn auton, hina tēn stenēn kai diodeusę̄ heumarōs hōn houtoi bareian kai etty tēn ktēsin ousan aspazontai, dyskolon hechytois, hē kai pantē adynaton tēn eis tēn baptileian katscheuazontes eisodon, pę̄ rhatidos homoiōtheisan pari hēs ᾿Alētheias, kai molis dechomenēn gymnēn phrontioōn biōtikōn, kai pasēs ochlēseōs psychēn, kai tauta isōs ōthoumenēs kai doxę̄ parozǭ biazomenēs tēn eisodon dia to stenon tēs pylēs, dysemthaton, kai hauta thlidousēs ta plagiōs eiserchomena sōmata, mētige onkois epēchthismena barytatōn phortiōn pōs erousin hoi ty schythlla kai schythalōn echlytōtera periepontes hōs? pragmata Idou hēmeis aphēkamen panta, kai echolouthē o oute katalipontes ti, kai ha mē eichon chtēsamenoi, hōsper emporeias ou philosophias hypothesin ton bion pepoiēmenoi? Esti de emporeias alēthōs megistēs aphormē tōn mellontōn agathōn, ou tōn parontōn lamprōn, penią men, kai endeią, kai tois allois nyn dokousi lērois, tōn panpōn hēdeōn proxenousa tēn apolausin, tǭ de aphanei, kai astēmǭ parrhēsian tēn epi Theou, kai doxan paregousa aiōnion hōn tēn elpida bebaian epi syneidoti tōn pepragmenōn echontes hymeis, eti men kai eti kataphronein spoudazete hōn ēdē kalōs logisamenoi chatephronēsate dikaiōs toioutōn, kai ontōn halēthōs, kai tois nēphousi, chan ei kai epithymēta tois aphrosin edoxen, ēpatē menę̄ phantasią prosthemenois hōs asteiois tois lian aischrois, kai tēs hylēs, chathaper ontōs eumorphou gynaichys, ouch ousēs toiautēs, alla chechrōsmenēs anthei phainomenǭ toioutǭ, kai pros terpsin tous pro tōn. ōphelimōn areschomenous tois kai tōn sympherontōn mallon hairoumenous ta liknǭ tas hormas prochaloumena.
Do not quarrel with them too contentiously, as people who fail in what befits the apostolic life. For with those who are not minded to listen you gain nothing; rather, they can be shameless against exhortations so as not to seem plainly caught and made manifest to all, by the reproofs, in their sorry state; [it is better] if you receive them kindly, so that they may not, in turn, think themselves defeated by your silence. For if they were disposed to be corrected, they would surely have respected the teaching words of the Lord before any human exhortations, the words he spoke to the man of many possessions: “If you want to be perfect, sell your possessions and give to the poor, and take up the cross, and come, follow me,” unloading him so that he might easily pass through the narrow [gate]. But these embrace possession, heavy and burdensome as it is, and make entry into the kingdom difficult or altogether impossible for themselves, an entry that the Truth likened to the eye of a needle, which scarcely admits a soul stripped of worldly cares and every encumbrance, and even that perhaps pushing and forcing its way in with [difficulty] because of the narrowness of the gate, which is hard to enter and squeezes even bodies that go in sideways, much less those loaded with very heavy burdens. How will those say, “See, we have left everything and followed you,” who cherish dung, and things more worthless than dung, as if they were real goods, who have left nothing and acquired what they did not have, making their life an occasion not for philosophy but for trade? Yet [having nothing] is truly an occasion for the greatest trade, in the good things to come, not in the splendid things of the present: by poverty and want and the other things now thought trifles it procures the enjoyment of all delights, and by obscurity and lack of distinction it gives boldness before God and eternal glory. Since you have the hope of these things secure, through the witness of your conscience to what you have done, you strive more and more to despise what you have already justly despised after reckoning well; for they are truly such, even to the sober, even if they seemed desirable to fools, who have attached themselves, by a deceived imagination, to very shameful things as if they were fine, and to matter, as if to a truly beautiful woman, though she is not so, but painted with a seeming bloom, enticing to delight those who are pleased with such things before useful ones and who choose, rather than what is profitable, what provokes their impulses by its allure.
Chapter 53
53PG 79
Τῶν δὲ τῆς διανοίας κινημάτων ἐπιμελύθητε, ροσέχοντες; τὰς ὑπομνήσεις τῶν πραγμάτων ἐργάζονται, προσπαθῶς ἣ ἀπαθῶς τὰς φαντασίας τούτων δεχόμενα. Πολλὰ γὰρ ἁτάχτως ὁρμῶντα βλάπτειν εἰώθεισαν ταῦτα, καὶ τῶν ἐν παῖς πράξεσι πλείονα εὐκόλως ἐν τοῖς λογισμοῖς τοῖς πάθεσιν εἴκοντα, καὶ συντιθέμενα τούτοις ἀφανῶς, καὶ τῆς συνέσεως, οὐδὲν σημεῖον τοῖς ἔξω παρέχοντα ἡττώ μενα, καὶ πέπτοντα πολλάκις, καὶ τῆς πτώσεως πρὸ τῆς ἐνεργείας τέως λανθάνοντα τοὺς οὐ πεφυκότας τὰ ἔνδον ὁρᾷν καὶ σεμνὸς μὲν ἐκ τῆς χαταστολῇς τοῖς παροῦσι ὁ τυχὼν, τὰ κρυπτὰ αἴσχη αὐτὸς ἐπιστάμενος μόνος καὶ ἐρυθριῶν ἐφ᾽ οἷς τῷ φαινομένῳ τὸ ἀφανὲς ἐναντίως διάκειται τῇ τιμωμένῃ: Ρ σκηνῇ ἀντιῳεγγομένης τῆς ἀληθείας, καὶ τὸ συνεἰδὸς καταδύεσθαι παρασχευαζούση: εἰχότως, ὅτι μὴ συμφωνεῖ τῇ ὑπολήψει τὰ τῆς χαρδίας ἐνθύμια τοιαῦτα, οἷα παρὰ τῶν ἱστορούντων δοξάξεται. ᾿Αλλ᾽ ἔοικε τάφῳ κεχονιαμένῳ τὸ δοθαρὸν τῖς διανοίας πεπληρωμένης ὡς ὄντως τύμθου ὀστέων νεχρῶν, καὶ πάσης ἀχαθαροίας. Τί γὰρ αὕτη μνήματος, ὅταν τὰ μὴ καθήκοντα λογίζηται, διαφέρει, ὁμλοίως το; οὖσα ἐκείνων, καὶ μᾶλλον ἀκάθαρτος; Σῆ μα μὲν τὰρ ἐπ᾽ ὀλίγον τὴν δυσωδίαν μυδῶντος ἔτι τοῦ σώματος. Τοῦ δὲ ἰχῶρος ἀποπστάζοντος τῶν ὀστέων, ἀοιπὸν τῆς δυτωξίαἅ:., τῶν σαρκικῶν εἰς τὴν γῆν ἀναλυγεισῶν, καὶ κόν:, ἀ: πτὴν, ἐξ ὧν καὶ … ἀνθοῦσαι τὴν σύττασιν εἶχον, πηλὸς οὖσα … σμένος καὶ τῷ μὲν λευκαινόμεναι, τῷ δὲ ἐρυγραινόμεναι, καὶ λάμπουσάι ταύτη τὰς ἐπιπολαξούτας τῇ ἐπιφανείᾳ λέχνους ποιόκαρδία δὲ πεπληρωμένη ἐνθυμίων ἀπρεπῶν, διηνεχῇ τὴν ἀχηδίαν κέκτηται, σεσηπότος σώματος ὄξουτα χαλεπώτερον, καὶ αὐτὴ μόνη τῆς οἶχείας αἰτχρότητος ὀπολαύουσα.
Tōn de tēs dianoias kinēmatōn epimelythēte, rosechontes? tas hypomnēseis tōn pragmatōn ergazontai, prospathōs hē apathōs tas phantasias toutōn dechomena. Polla gar hatachtōs hormōnta blaptein eiōtheisan tauta, kai tōn en pais praxesi pleiona eukolōs en tois logismois tois pathesin eikonta, kai syntithemena toutois aphanōs, kai tēs syneseōs, ouden sēmeion tois exō parechonta hēttō mena, kai peptonta pollakis, kai tēs ptōseōs pro tēs energeias teōs lanthanonta tous ou pephykotas ta endon horąn kai semnos men ek tēs chatastolę̄s tois parousi ho tychōn, ta krypta aischē autos epistamenos monos kai erythriōn eph᾽ hois tǭ phainomenǭ to aphanes enantiōs diakeitai tę̄ timōmenę̄: R skēnę̄ antiǭengomenēs tēs alētheias, kai to syneidos katadyesthai parascheuazousē: eichotōs, hoti mē symphōnei tę̄ hypolēpsei ta tēs chardias enthymia toiauta, hoia para tōn historountōn doxaxetai. ᾿All᾽ eoike taphǭ kechoniamenǭ to dotharon tis dianoias peplērōmenēs hōs ontōs tymthou osteōn nechrōn, kai pasēs achatharoias. Ti gar hautē mnēmatos, hotan ta mē kathēkonta logizētai, diapherei, homloiōs to? ousa ekeinōn, kai mallon akathartos? Sē ma men tar ep᾽ oligon tēn dysōdian mydōntos eti tou sōmatos. Tou de ichōros apopstazontos tōn osteōn, aoipon tēs dytōxiaa:., tōn sarkikōn eis tēn gēn analygeisōn, kai kon:, a: ptēn, ex hōn kai … anthousai tēn syttasin eichon, pēlos ousa … smenos kai tǭ men leukainomenai, tǭ de erygrainomenai, kai lampousai tautē tas epipolaxoutas tę̄ epiphaneią lechnous poiokardia de peplērōmenē enthymiōn aprepōn, diēnechę̄ tēn achēdian kektētai, sesēpotos sōmatos oxouta chalepōteron, kai autē monē tēs oicheias aitchrotētos opolauousa.
Take care of the movements of the mind, paying attention to what the memories of affairs produce in it, and whether it receives their images with passion or without. For these movements, rushing in disorder, are accustomed to do much harm, and more easily in thoughts than in actions: they yield to the passions and agree with them unseen, and, giving no sign to those outside, they are defeated and often fall, and the fall, until it comes to action, escapes for the time being those who cannot see what is within. A person may seem venerable to those present because of his composure, while he alone knows his hidden shames and blushes that what is hidden in him is the opposite of what appears, for the truth contradicts the honored stage-mask and rightly makes his conscience sink, because the thoughts of his heart do not agree with the reputation that those who tell of him celebrate. Such a one is like a whitewashed tomb: the corruption of his mind is full, like a real tomb, of dead men's bones and all impurity. For how does the mind, when it thinks unfitting things, differ from a tomb? It is like it, and even more impure. For a tomb gives off its stench for a little while, as long as the body is still rotting; but when the fluid has drained from the bones, the stench [ceases], once the fleshly parts have dissolved into earth and dust … [the walls] … which, when they bloomed, had their structure of clay … plastered, whitened on one side and reddened on the other, and so shining they [hide] the stains lying on the surface. But a heart full of unseemly thoughts has a perpetual stench, smelling worse than a rotten body, and alone enjoys its own shamefulness.
Chapter 54
54PG 79
Οὐδὲν τῶν ἐν τῷ κρυπτῷ βουλευομένων εἰδότων τῶν προσεχόντων τῷ φαινομένῳ ἀγάλματι, ἀλλὰ καὶ πότων ὅτε τοῦτο τῇς ὁρωμένης καὶ δοχούΒ σεμνότητος. Οὐδὲν γὰρ ἄλλο γαληνὸν ἦθος, καὶ βλοσυρὸν ὄμμα, καὶ πρόσωπον ἀμειδὲς, ἣ πολλὴν κέχρᾶγε τὴν ἐν τῷ βάθει εὐστάθειαν τῆς ἐφ᾽ οἷς εἴρηται φροντίδος κρειττόνων, τοῖς ἀγνοοῦσι τὰ τοῖς μυχοῖς ἐνδιαιτώμενα σχέμματα παρεχούσης ὑπόνοιαν τῷ σχήματ συνάδειν λογιζομένοις καὶ τὴν διάθεσιν. Τοῦτο γοῦν δυσωπείτω λίαν ὑμᾶς, τοῖς ἔξω συνδιατιθέζμε ναι τὰ ἔσω, καὶ πρὸς τὴν ἐχτὸς ξόξαν ῥυθμίζειν τὰ ἔνδον ὁμοίως, ἕνα οἷοι τοῖς ἀνθρίά ποις εἶναι δοκῶμεν,, τοιοῦτοι καὶ τῷ Θεῷ τοῖς ἐνθυμέοις φαινώμεθα, ταῦτα λογιζόμενοι, ἃ καὶ λογίζεσθαι τοῖς πολλοῖς νομιζόμεθα. Καὶ, ἔστι γε, ὡς ἴστε καὶ αὐτοὶ πεῖραν ἔχοντες τούτων, οὐ πάνυ γαλετὼν τοῖς ἔπιλόνως τοῦτο πράττειν προαιρουμένοις, εἰ τὰς αἷτίας διερευνώμενοι, ταύτας τὰ ἐξ αὺ᾿ τῶν φυόμενα παύοντες εὐχερῶς ὀχληρά ἡδονῆς γὰρ καὶ λύπτς ἀκολουθούσης ἐπιθυμίᾳ, καὶ ἐπιθυμίας ἑπομέντς αἰσθήσει, ὁ ταύτῃ μὴ ἐνξεδωχὼς, καιρὸν οὗ παρέσχεν ἐκείναις, ὡς ὁ κεφαλὴν ὄφεως θλάσας παραθλιθομένην εἰσόδῳ μετ᾽ αὑτῆς τὸν ἐπισυρόμενον ὅλον ἔξω. πάντως ἂν εὐμαρῶς, εἴπερ ἡ προέχουσα τὴν τυχοῦσαν εὖρε παρείαδυσιν καὶ ἔχει πρὸς τὸ δηλούμενον ἡ εἰχὼν πολλὴν τὴν συγγένειαν, ὁμοίως τῶν ἔφομα ρτούντων συνεισπιπτόντων τοῖς ἡγουμένοις αἴσθησις μὲν γὰρ πρὸς τὰς ὁρωμένας μορφὰς τυποῖ τὴν διάνοιαν, καὶ αὑτὴ πρὸς τὰ τέρποντα τὴν ἐπιθυμίαν κινεῖ, τῇ μνήἢ τὰς φαντασίας τῶν προτεθεαμένων καθ᾽ ἑχάσεην ῥιπίζουσα, καὶ τούτων ἀγαλματοφοροῦσα τετρανωμένα τὰ εἴδωλα, ἕως: ἣ λύπην ἡ ἀποτυχία ἢ ἡδονὴν ἡ ἐπιτυχία, διδάξει τῇ πεέρᾳ σαφῶς ὅξΞη τοῖς τούτοις ἡ βλάβη γίνεται.
Ouden tōn en tǭ kryptǭ bouleuomenōn eidotōn tōn prosechontōn tǭ phainomenǭ agalmati, alla kai potōn hote touto tę̄s horōmenēs kai dochouB semnotētos. Ouden gar allo galēnon ēthos, kai blosyron omma, kai prosōpon ameides, hē pollēn kechrage tēn en tǭ bathei eustatheian tēs eph᾽ hois eirētai phrontidos kreittonōn, tois agnoousi ta tois mychois endiaitōmena schemmata parechousēs hyponoian tǭ schēmat synadein logizomenois kai tēn diathesin. Touto goun dysōpeitō lian hymas, tois exō syndiatithezme nai ta esō, kai pros tēn echtos xoxan rhythmizein ta endon homoiōs, hena hoioi tois anthria pois einai dokōmen,, toioutoi kai tǭ Theǭ tois enthymeois phainōmetha, tauta logizomenoi, ha kai logizesthai tois pollois nomizometha. Kai, esti ge, hōs iste kai autoi peiran echontes toutōn, ou pany galetōn tois epilonōs touto prattein proairoumenois, ei tas haitias diereunōmenoi, tautas ta ex au᾿ tōn phyomena pauontes eucherōs ochlēra hēdonēs gar kai lypts akolouthousēs epithymią, kai epithymias hepoments aisthēsei, ho tautę̄ mē enxedōchōs, kairon hou pareschen ekeinais, hōs ho kephalēn opheōs thlasas parathlithomenēn eisodǭ met᾽ hautēs ton episyromenon holon exō. pantōs an eumarōs, eiper hē proechousa tēn tychousan eure pareiadysin kai echei pros to dēloumenon hē eichōn pollēn tēn syngeneian, homoiōs tōn ephoma rtountōn syneispiptontōn tois hēgoumenois aisthēsis men gar pros tas horōmenas morphas typoi tēn dianoian, kai hautē pros ta terponta tēn epithymian kinei, tę̄ mnēē tas phantasias tōn protetheamenōn kath᾽ hechaseēn rhipizousa, kai toutōn agalmatophorousa tetranōmena ta eidōla, heōs: hē lypēn hē apotychia ē hēdonēn hē epitychia, didaxei tę̄ peerą saphōs hoxXē tois toutois hē blabē ginetai.
Those who pay attention to the visible statue know nothing of what is planned in secret, but rather [admire] the venerableness that is seen and seems real. For a calm character, a stern eye and an unsmiling face are taken to proclaim nothing else than great stability in the depths, from the care for better things that has been mentioned; this gives those who do not know the reflections dwelling in the recesses the impression that the inner disposition agrees with the outward appearance. Let this, then, shame you greatly into disposing the inner things in harmony with the outer and regulating what is within likewise by the glory without, so that, such as we seem to people, we may appear to God in our thoughts, thinking the things that the many suppose we think. And it is, as you yourselves know from experience, not very hard for those who choose to do this with labor, if they search out the causes and, by stopping them, easily stop the troubles that grow from them. For since pleasure and grief follow desire, and desire follows perception, the one who has not given way to perception gives no opportunity to the others, as one who crushes a snake's head as it squeezes through an entrance keeps out with it the whole body that is dragged after it, which would surely come in easily if the leading head found any entry at all. The image has a close kinship with what it signifies, since the followers fall in together with the leaders. For perception stamps the mind with the forms it sees, and the mind moves desire toward what delights, fanning every day by memory the images of what it has seen before and carrying their idols about, distinct as statues, until either failure brings grief or success brings pleasure and teaches clearly by experience how great the harm is that comes from these things.
Chapter 55
55PG 79
γὰρ ὁμοίως ἑκάτερον, χἂν κᾶν ἀστοχέσῃ τὰ κακῶς ἐπιθυμηθέντα, καὶ χαρὰν ἀσύμφορον, καὶ λύπην οὐ καθήκουσαν ἐργσζόμενα οὔτε γὰρ κατὰ Θεὸν ἡ λύπη ἐστὶν ὥστε, κατὰ τὸν Παῦλον, μετάνοιαν ἀμεταμέλητον εἰς σωτηρίαν κατεργ… οὔτε χαρὰ ἐν Κυρίῳ συνίσταται, ὡς ὁ αὐτὸς ἐπίσταται Παῦλος τοῖς μὲν γὰρ ἐπ᾽ ἀγαθῇ συνειδήσει εὐφραινομένοις παραχελεύετα λέγων ε Χαίρετε ἐν Κυρίῳ πάντοτε. ᾿Αλλά τις οὖσα τυγχάνει Ψυχικὴ δαιμονιώδης προσπάθεια, οὐδενὸ; ἐρτημένη τῶν αἰωνίων καλῶν, ὕλης δὲ φθειρομένης καὶ τὴν ἐπιθυμίαν ἐλεγχούσης ἀνόνητον γὰρ εἴποιεν ἄν τινες Ἑπέλιπον αἱ χαθήχουσαι φροντίδες, ἵνα τοῖς ματαίοις λογισμοῖς τὴν διάνοιαν, πλοῦτον, καὶ δυναστείαν, καὶ δόξαν, καὶ τὴν παρὰ πολλοῖς νομιζολένην εὐχληρίαν φανταζόμενοι, διώρθωται τὰ ἤθηη, ὑποτέτακται τὰ πάθη, οὐδὲν πλημμελῶς ἣ αἴσθησις ἐνεργεῖ, ἐξωμάλισται τὰ τῆς προκοπῆς πρὸς τὸ εὔκολον, ἕξις ἡμῖν ἡ ἄσκησις γέγονεν, εἷρήνην ἄγει ἡ καρδία βαθεῖα, πέπαυται τὰ τῆς μάχῆς ἡμῖν, ἡ πρὸς τὰς ἀρχὰς, καὶ τὰς ἐξουσίας κατα… λέλυται πάλη σπονδὰς ἔθετο πρὸ; τὸ πνεῦμα ἣ κατ᾿ αὑτοῦ δυσμενῶς διακειμένη σὰρξ, οὐχ ἔτι στρατεύεται αὕτη κατὰ τοῦ πνεύματος, ὅλως νενίκηται, καὶ τὴν ἧτταν ὁμολογεῖ δουλεύσασα ὡς αἰχμάλωτος. Συνἐχόψατε τὰς μαχαίρας εἰς ἄροτρα, καὶ τὰς ζιβύνας εἰς δρέπανα, τὰ πολεμικὰ ἔργα ποιήσαντες διὰ πολλὴν εἰρήνην σκεύη γεωργικά ἀναπαυόμεθα κατὰ τὴν θείαν ὑπόσχεσιν ἔκαστος ὑπὸ κάτω ἀμπέλου αὐτοῦ εὐφραινόμενοι ἐπὶ τοῖς ἔργοις τῶν χειρῶν ἡμῶν, καὶ ἐπὶ τῶν χοιτῶν ἀγαλλιώμενοι, οὐδενὸς, οὐδαμόθεν ὀχλοῦντος, οὐ πάθους, οὐ πνεύματος τῆς ἀντιχειμένης δυνάμεως τῆς ἐπιθυμίας ἀναφλέγοντος πρὸς τὰ ἡμῖν οὐδαμῶς ἡρμοσμένα πράγματα. Εἰ δὲ καὶ, ὡς; εἴρηται, οὕτως εἶχε τὰ καθ᾽ ἡμᾶς ἀπαθῶς, καὶ γαλήνην εἴχομεν τῶν ταράττειν εἰωθότων τὸν νοῦν, καὶ πάτης, κατὰ τοὺς πάλαι ἁγίους, ἦμεν ἀνώτεροι χυσμιχῆῇς ἐπιθυμίας, ποῦ χρήσιμος ἡμῖν ἡ τῶν ματαίων φροντὶς, καὶ περισπασμὸς; οὗπα εἰχαῖος, καὶ τὰ σπουδαζόμενα οὐχ ἀνύουσα; Οὐδὲν γὰρ τῶν οὐχ ἐφ᾽ ἡμῖν ἡμετέρᾳ γίνεται ἐντρεχείᾳ, κᾶν πρὸς τὴν αὑτοῦ ἢ Προνοίας τῇς τὰ καθ᾽ ἡμᾶς οἰχονομούσης ὄντα δωρήματα, καὶ οὐχ ἀνθρωπίνης ἔργα σπουδῆς.
gar homoiōs hekateron, chan kan astochesę̄ ta kakōs epithymēthenta, kai charan asymphoron, kai lypēn ou kathēkousan ergszomena oute gar kata Theon hē lypē estin hōste, kata ton Paulon, metanoian ametamelēton eis sōtērian katerg… oute chara en Kyriǭ synistatai, hōs ho autos epistatai Paulos tois men gar ep᾽ agathę̄ syneidēsei euphrainomenois paracheleueta legōn e Chairete en Kyriǭ pantote. ᾿Alla tis ousa tynchanei Psychikē daimoniōdēs prospatheia, oudeno? ertēmenē tōn aiōniōn kalōn, hylēs de phtheiromenēs kai tēn epithymian elenchousēs anonēton gar eipoien an tines Hepelipon hai chathēchousai phrontides, hina tois mataiois logismois tēn dianoian, plouton, kai dynasteian, kai doxan, kai tēn para pollois nomizolenēn euchlērian phantazomenoi, diōrthōtai ta ēthēē, hypotetaktai ta pathē, ouden plēmmelōs hē aisthēsis energei, exōmalistai ta tēs prokopēs pros to eukolon, hexis hēmin hē askēsis gegonen, heirēnēn agei hē kardia batheia, pepautai ta tēs machēs hēmin, hē pros tas archas, kai tas exousias kata… lelytai palē spondas etheto pro? to pneuma hē kat᾿ hautou dysmenōs diakeimenē sarx, ouch eti strateuetai hautē kata tou pneumatos, holōs nenikētai, kai tēn hēttan homologei douleusasa hōs aichmalōtos. Synechopsate tas machairas eis arotra, kai tas zibynas eis drepana, ta polemika erga poiēsantes dia pollēn eirēnēn skeuē geōrgika anapauometha kata tēn theian hyposchesin ekastos hypo katō ampelou autou euphrainomenoi epi tois ergois tōn cheirōn hēmōn, kai epi tōn choitōn agalliōmenoi, oudenos, oudamothen ochlountos, ou pathous, ou pneumatos tēs anticheimenēs dynameōs tēs epithymias anaphlegontos pros ta hēmin oudamōs hērmosmena pragmata. Ei de kai, hōs? eirētai, houtōs eiche ta kath᾽ hēmas apathōs, kai galēnēn eichomen tōn tarattein eiōthotōn ton noun, kai patēs, kata tous palai hagious, ēmen anōteroi chysmichēę̄s epithymias, pou chrēsimos hēmin hē tōn mataiōn phrontis, kai perispasmos? houpa eichaios, kai ta spoudazomena ouch anyousa? Ouden gar tōn ouch eph᾽ hēmin hēmeterą ginetai entrecheią, kan pros tēn hautou ē Pronoias tę̄s ta kath᾽ hēmas oichonomousēs onta dōrēmata, kai ouch anthrōpinēs erga spoudēs.
For both alike, whether one gains or misses what was wrongly desired, produce unprofitable joy and unfitting grief. For the grief is not according to God, so as to work, as Paul says, a repentance without regret leading to salvation; nor does the joy consist in the Lord, as the same Paul understands it, for to those who rejoice in a good conscience he gives the exhortation, “Rejoice in the Lord always.” Rather, it is a demonic attachment of the soul, depending on none of the eternal goods but on perishing matter, which also proves the desire useless. For some might say: “Have the cares that befit us run out, so that [we fill] the mind with vain thoughts, picturing wealth, power, glory and what most people think good fortune? Have our characters been set right? Have the passions been subdued? Does perception do nothing amiss? Has the road of progress been levelled and made easy? Has ascetic practice become a settled habit with us? Does the heart enjoy deep peace? Has our battle ceased? Has the wrestling against the principalities and powers been broken off? Has the flesh, hostile to the Spirit, made a truce with it? Does it no longer war against the Spirit, wholly conquered, admitting defeat and serving as a captive? Have you beaten your swords into ploughshares and your spears into sickles, turning the works of war into farming tools because of great peace? Do we rest, according to the divine promise, each under his own vine, rejoicing in the works of our hands and exulting on our beds, with nothing troubling us from any side, no passion, no spirit of the opposing power inflaming desire toward things in no way fitting for us?” And even if, as has been said, our affairs were so free of passion, and we had calm from the things that usually trouble the mind, and were above all worldly desire like the saints of old, where would care and distraction about vain things be useful to us, being aimless and achieving nothing of what is pursued? For none of the things not in our power comes about by our own skill, even if it is [good] in itself; they are gifts of the Providence that governs our affairs, not works of human effort.
Chapter 56
56PG 79
Καὶ διὰ τοῦτο πρὸς τοὺς εἰδότας χαλῶώς ἀκούειν, ὁ Κύριός φησι ε Τίς ἐξ ὑμῶν μεριμνῶν δύναται προσθεῖναι ἐπὶ τὴν ἡλικίαν αὑτοῦ πῆχυν ἕνα, τῷ ἀνηνύτῳ τῆς μερίμνης ταύτης πᾶσαν μέριμναν δεικνὺς, τις μὴ τῇ ἡμετέρᾳ πέρας λαμβάνει σπουδῇ, ματαίαν καὶ ὄντως ἀνήνυτον, μετεωρίζουσαν ἁπλῶς τὸν λογισμὸν, καὶ τῆς ἀληθοὺς ἀποθουχολοῦσαν φροντίδος, οὐδὲν δὲ τῶν ὀνειροπολουμένων περιποιῆσαι δυναμένην τινὶ, ὀνειρώττουσαν ἐν τοῖς φαιδροῖς καὶ ὕπαρ κενὴν τῶν φαντασιῶν τὴν ἐλπίδα ἐλέγχουσαν ἀεὶ τοῖς ματαίοις ἐνθυμίοις ἐνευχαιροῦσαν, καὶ ἔργῳ τὰ ἐνθύμια βλέπουσαν οὐδέποτε, κατὰ τὴν τοῦ Ἡ σαῖου παραβολὴν ἐν ἦ φησιν ε Ὃν τρόπον ἐνυπνιάζεται ὁ διψῶν, ὡς πίνων, καὶ ἐξαναστὰς ἔτ: διψᾷ ἡ δὲ Ψυχὴ αὐτοῦ εἰς χενὸν ἔλπισε. Τοιοῦτον γὰρ ἣ τῶν ματαίων ἐλπὶς, ἡδονή τίς ἔστι νυχτερινῇς εὐωχίας τῇ ἀπάτῃ τοῦ ὀνείρου εὐφραίνουσα, καὶ οὐ ποιοῦσὰ ποτε τῖς νομιζομένης εὐφροσύνης. Τί οὖν τὰ οὐχ ἡμέτερα διὰ παντὸς ὡς ἡμέτερα, καὶ τὰ ἀλλότρια ὡς οἰκεῖα σπουδάζομεν τὸν καιρὸν τῆς σχέΨεως τῶν ἀναγχσίων προσδαπανῶντες τοῖς κενοῖς ἐνθυμίοις ἐλώφησεν, ὡς ἡγούμεθα, τὰ πάθη, καὶ τὰ τῆς πονηρίας ὑπεχώρησαν ἐπίβουλα πνεὺματα εὐχαριστεῖν ἐν προσευχαῖς μνήμῃ τῷ πρὸς τὴν τοιαύτην κατάστασιν ἡμᾶς Δεσπότῃ Χριστῷ μόλις γὰρ ἂν ἅπας ἡμῖν ὁ χρόνος ἀρχέσει πρὸς τοῦτο στενὸς ἃ ὧν, γαὶ βραχὺς εἰς ὧν καὶ ὧν ἀπολαύομεν εὐεργεσιῶν ὁσημέραι, τοῦ τῶν θλιβόντων τοὺς πολλοὺς ὑψτλοτέρους ἡμᾶς καταστήσαντος. Εἰ γὰρ ἑκάτερον τοῦ χρονιχοῦ διαστήματος ὅρον, ἡ μέραν λέγω καὶ νύκτα, ὁ μὲν προσεδρεύειν ἡμᾶς βούλεται τῇ μελέτῃ τοῦ νόμοὺὐ, λα ὁ νομοθέτης αὑτὸ τοῦτο ποιεἶν, Μελετήσεις ἐν αὑτῷ, λέγων, καθήμενος ἐν οἴκῳ, καὶ πορευόμενος ἐν ὁδῷ, χοιταζόμενος, καὶ αστάμενος, οὐδένα πρὸς ἀργίαν ᾿αταλεμπάνοντες ἡ αἷν καιρόν. Καὶ ἄλλος εὐλογεῖν ἐν παντὶ καιρῷ τὸν Κύριον, καὶ Παῦλος κελεύει κ ιαλείπτως προσεύχεσθαι ποῖος καιρὸς ὑπολέλειπται πρὸς ἄδειαν σκέψεως τῶν οὐ καθηκόντων ἡμῖν, ἑκάστου τῶν ἔπιτεταγμένων ὅλον ἀπαιτοῦντος τὸν χρόνον, γα ταραχωροῦντος τοῖς ἄλλοις οὐδέν
Kai dia touto pros tous eidotas chalōōs akouein, ho Kyrios phēsi e Tis ex hymōn merimnōn dynatai prostheinai epi tēn hēlikian hautou pēchyn hena, tǭ anēnytǭ tēs merimnēs tautēs pasan merimnan deiknys, tis mē tę̄ hēmeterą peras lambanei spoudę̄, mataian kai ontōs anēnyton, meteōrizousan haplōs ton logismon, kai tēs alēthous apothoucholousan phrontidos, ouden de tōn oneiropoloumenōn peripoiēsai dynamenēn tini, oneirōttousan en tois phaidrois kai hypar kenēn tōn phantasiōn tēn elpida elenchousan aei tois mataiois enthymiois eneuchairousan, kai ergǭ ta enthymia blepousan oudepote, kata tēn tou Hē saiou parabolēn en ē phēsin e Hon tropon enypniazetai ho dipsōn, hōs pinōn, kai exanastas et: dipsą hē de Psychē autou eis chenon elpise. Toiouton gar hē tōn mataiōn elpis, hēdonē tis esti nychterinę̄s euōchias tę̄ apatę̄ tou oneirou euphrainousa, kai ou poiousa pote tis nomizomenēs euphrosynēs. Ti oun ta ouch hēmetera dia pantos hōs hēmetera, kai ta allotria hōs oikeia spoudazomen ton kairon tēs schePseōs tōn ananchsiōn prosdapanōntes tois kenois enthymiois elōphēsen, hōs hēgoumetha, ta pathē, kai ta tēs ponērias hypechōrēsan epiboula pneumata eucharistein en proseuchais mnēmę̄ tǭ pros tēn toiautēn katastasin hēmas Despotę̄ Christǭ molis gar an hapas hēmin ho chronos archesei pros touto stenos ha hōn, gai brachys eis hōn kai hōn apolauomen euergesiōn hosēmerai, tou tōn thlibontōn tous pollous hypstloterous hēmas katastēsantos. Ei gar hekateron tou chronichou diastēmatos horon, hē meran legō kai nykta, ho men prosedreuein hēmas bouletai tę̄ meletę̄ tou nomouy, la ho nomothetēs hauto touto poiein, Meletēseis en hautǭ, legōn, kathēmenos en oikǭ, kai poreuomenos en hodǭ, choitazomenos, kai astamenos, oudena pros argian ᾿atalempanontes hē hain kairon. Kai allos eulogein en panti kairǭ ton Kyrion, kai Paulos keleuei k ialeiptōs proseuchesthai poios kairos hypoleleiptai pros adeian skepseōs tōn ou kathēkontōn hēmin, hekastou tōn epitetagmenōn holon apaitountos ton chronon, ga tarachōrountos tois allois ouden
For this reason the Lord says to those who know how to listen well, “Which of you by being anxious can add one cubit to his stature?” By the futility of this anxiety he shows that every anxiety that does not reach its end through our own effort is vain and truly useless: it simply unsettles the reasoning and draws it away from true care, and can procure for no one any of the things it dreams of; it dreams of bright things and, when awake, always proves empty the hope of its fancies; it revels in vain thoughts and never sees them come true, as in Isaiah's comparison, where he says, “As the thirsty man dreams that he is drinking, and when he wakes is still thirsty, and his soul has hoped in vain.” For such is the hope of vain things: a pleasure like a feast by night, gladdening by the deception of a dream, and never producing the gladness one imagines. Why, then, do we always pursue what is not ours as though it were ours, and what belongs to others as though it were our own, spending on empty thoughts the time meant for considering what is necessary? If, as we suppose, the passions have abated, and the spirits of wickedness that plot against us have withdrawn, we ought to give thanks, with remembrance in our prayers, to the Master, Christ, who has brought us to such a state. For all our time would scarcely suffice for this, short and narrow as it is, and for [thanks for] the benefits we enjoy every day from him who has set us above the things that afflict many. For if the lawgiver wants us to give both limits of the span of time, I mean day and night, to the study of the law, commanding this very thing when he says, “You shall meditate on it, sitting in your house and walking on the road, lying down and rising up,” leaving no time at all for idleness; and another commands us to bless the Lord at all times; and Paul to pray without ceasing: what time is left for the leisure to think about things that do not befit us, when each of these commands demands the whole of our time and yields nothing to the others?
Chapter 57
57PG 79
Πῶς γὰρ ἀδιαλείπτως προσεύξεται ὁ μὴ μελετῶν ἐν νόμῳ Κυρίου ἐμέρας καὶ νυκτός Πῶς δὲ διύλον εὐλογήσει τὸν Κύριον, ὁ ἕν τι τῶν εἰρημένων ποιῶν, μόλις τοῦ καιροῦ φθάνοντος ὑπουργῆσαι τῇ οὑτινοσοῦν τῶν χατ᾽ ἀρετὴν γινομένων; Διὰ γὰρ τοῦτο ἡ Γραφὴ τὸ ῥάθυμον τῶν πολλῶν καὶ μείζοσι τῆς ἡμετέρας δυνάμεως ἡμᾶς ἐστένω προστάγμασιν, ἵνα καὶ τὴν σπουδὴν πρὸς τὸ δυνατὶν ἐπιτείνη καὶ τὰς τῆς ἀσθενείας ὑποτέμηται πρηγόσεις, μᾶλλον μετριάζοντος τοῦ. ἐργαζομένου τὸ ἀγαθὸν ἐ᾽ οἷς ὡς ἐκελεύσθη οὐ φθάνει τοῦτο ποιεῖν, ἢ φυσωμένου ὅτι μέρος; τῶν ἐντολῶν μὴ οὕτως ὑπὲρ ὧν ἔδοξε κατορθοῦν ἐπαινεθή σεσθαι, ὧν ὡς ἀμελήσας μεμφθήσεσθα δοκῶν ἐπεὶ μηδὲν ἀτέλὲς ἔργον παρόν, πίαν τῷ ἐργασαμένῳ, ἐρυθριᾶν ὃὲ ὡς ὅτ ὧν ἐπετήδευσε πρὸς τὸ πέρας ἐλθεῖν, τὺ τινὰ μὲν τῶν τεχνητῶν ἔργων ὄρον ἔχει καὶ πρὸς ὃν ὁ σκοπὸς τῶν ἀρχομένων ὁρᾷ, καὶ θοῦται τούτων ἔκαστον ἐν οὐ πολλῷ χρόνῳ ἐν ὅλαι: ἐνεργούμενον, καὶ τὸ τέλος ἔχον ἑστὼ;, καὶ περ μένον τὸν περιχόπτουτα ἡ ὃὲ ἀρετῇ μακχρὸν ἔχει τὸ μῆκος, καὶ τάχα ἀπέραντον τὴν δύναμιν τοῦ μετερχομένου αὐτὴν χενοῦπσα, καὶ ἔτι ἀφεστῶσα τῆς Καταλήψεως, ἐρεθίζουσα τὸν πόθον τοῦ πλησίον εἶνα δοκεῖν, καὶ τοὺς τεγγίζουντας ὑποφεύγουσα τοσοῦτον, ὅσον καὶ χενεῖν τὴν προθυμίαν ὡς οὗταν ἐγκαὶ τοῦ προκόπτοντος κλέπτειν τὸν πόνον τῷ κατὰ μικρὸν λεληθότως ὑποχωρεῖν, Καὶ τοῦτό ἐστιν, ὡς ἔυιχε, τὸ περὶ τοῦ πατριάρχου καλῶς εἰρη μένον ὅτι ἦλθεν εἰς τὸν τόπον, ὃν εἶπεν αὐτῷ ὁ Θεὺς, καὶ ἑπάρας τοὺς ὀφθαλμοὺς αὐτοῦ ᾿Αβραὰμ εἰὸς τὸν τόπον καὶ φθάσας ἐπ᾽ αὐτὸν, δοκεῖν, ἐπὶ τὸ παραμυθηθῆήναι τὴν τοῦ πόνου υσχέρειαν, καὶ μαθὼν τῷ τέως ἀφεστάναι ὡς οὐἐπω κατείληφεν, ἵνα μὴ τὸ πρόθυμον ἀναπέσῃ ὡς ἐνυσμένου τοῦ προχειμένον, ἐπιτείνηται ὃς ἀεὶ πρὸς πὸ σπουδαιότερον ἐλπίδι τοῦ μετ᾽ οὐ πολὺ ἔσεσθαι πρὸς ὅπερ ἣΝπείγετο.
Pōs gar adialeiptōs proseuxetai ho mē meletōn en nomǭ Kyriou emeras kai nyktos Pōs de diylon eulogēsei ton Kyrion, ho hen ti tōn eirēmenōn poiōn, molis tou kairou phthanontos hypourgēsai tę̄ houtinosoun tōn chat᾽ aretēn ginomenōn? Dia gar touto hē Graphē to rhathymon tōn pollōn kai meizosi tēs hēmeteras dynameōs hēmas estenō prostagmasin, hina kai tēn spoudēn pros to dynatin epiteinē kai tas tēs astheneias hypotemētai prēgoseis, mallon metriazontos tou. ergazomenou to agathon e᾽ hois hōs ekeleusthē ou phthanei touto poiein, ē physōmenou hoti meros? tōn entolōn mē houtōs hyper hōn edoxe katorthoun epainethē sesthai, hōn hōs amelēsas memphthēsestha dokōn epei mēden ateles ergon paron, pian tǭ ergasamenǭ, erythrian hoe hōs hot hōn epetēdeuse pros to peras elthein, ty tina men tōn technētōn ergōn oron echei kai pros hon ho skopos tōn archomenōn horą, kai thoutai toutōn ekaston en ou pollǭ chronǭ en holai: energoumenon, kai to telos echon hestō?, kai per menon ton perichoptouta hē hoe aretę̄ makchron echei to mēkos, kai tacha aperanton tēn dynamin tou meterchomenou autēn chenoupsa, kai eti aphestōsa tēs Katalēpseōs, erethizousa ton pothon tou plēsion eina dokein, kai tous tengizountas hypopheugousa tosouton, hoson kai chenein tēn prothymian hōs houtan enkai tou prokoptontos kleptein ton ponon tǭ kata mikron lelēthotōs hypochōrein, Kai touto estin, hōs euiche, to peri tou patriarchou kalōs eirē menon hoti ēlthen eis ton topon, hon eipen autǭ ho Theus, kai heparas tous ophthalmous autou ᾿Abraam eios ton topon kai phthasas ep᾽ auton, dokein, epi to paramythēthēēnai tēn tou ponou yschereian, kai mathōn tǭ teōs aphestanai hōs ouepō kateilēphen, hina mē to prothymon anapesę̄ hōs enysmenou tou procheimenon, epiteinētai hos aei pros po spoudaioteron elpidi tou met᾽ ou poly esesthai pros hoper hēNpeigeto.
For how will one pray without ceasing who does not meditate on the law of the Lord day and night? And how will one bless the Lord continually who does just one of the things mentioned, when the time scarcely suffices to serve any one of the deeds of virtue? For this reason Scripture has hemmed in the laziness of the many with commands greater than our strength, so as both to stretch our zeal toward what is possible and to cut away the excuses of weakness. Thus the one who works the good is humbled rather by the things he does not manage to do as commanded, than puffed up because he has done part of the commandments; he does not think he will be praised for what he seemed to accomplish, but expects to be blamed for what he neglected. For no unfinished work brings [praise] to the one who worked on it, but rather causes him to blush that he did not bring to completion what he undertook. Some works of craft have a limit toward which the aim of those beginning looks; each of these is completed in no long time, worked in material, and has its end standing still and awaiting the one who reaches it. But virtue is of great length, perhaps endless; it drains the strength of the one who pursues it, and still stands off from being grasped; it provokes longing by seeming to be near, and it slips away from those who approach so far as also to drain their eagerness, … stealing the toil of the one who advances by withdrawing little by little unnoticed. And this, it seems, is what was well said of the patriarch: that he came to the place of which God had told him, and Abraham, lifting up his eyes, saw the place [from afar]. He seemed to have reached it, so that the hardship of the labor might be consoled, and he learned, by still being some way off, that he had not yet attained it, so that his eagerness might not collapse as though the task set before him were accomplished, but might always be stretched toward greater earnestness by the hope of soon being where he was hastening.
Chapter 58
58PG 79
Ταῦτα γὰρ τῆς ἀρετῆς χαρακτηρίζει τὴν μέθοδον πρὸς τὴν ἐνδεχομένην προκοπὴν σοφιζομένης τὸν γνώριμον, οὔτε πολὺ φαινομένην, ἵνα μὴ ἤχυνου δόξῃ ποιεῖν τῷ πολλῷ διαστήματι, οὔτε περιμενούσης ἕως ἂν καταληφθῇ παρὰ τοῦ διώκοντος, ἵνα μὴ πρὸ τοῦ θανάνου παύσῃ τὴν προθυμίαν, πάσῃ ὃὲ τῇ ζωῇ τὴν σπουδὴν παρεχτείνῃ διόλου ἀχμάξζουσαν, ἀνέφιχκτον ἔχουσα τὸ τέλος, καὶ τῷ διὰ παντὸς παραφαίνεσθαι πλησίον πρὸς τὸ ἐφικτὸν προτρεπομένη τὴν δύναμιν, πρὸς ὅσην προκοπὴν ἐπιδίδωσιν ἡ φύοις προκαλουμένη, καὶ μετὰ πολλοὺς πόνους ἱκανῶς ἀφεστῶσα τῆς καταλήψεως. Τίς γὰρ ταύτην οὕτω κατώρθωσεν ὡς μηδὲν λείπειν αὐτῷ πρὸς τὴν τελειότττα, τίς δὲ, καὶ πάσῃ χρησάμενος σπουδῇ τῶν αὶ ταύτης ὄρων κατελείφθη μακράν Καὶ ἵνα δειχθῇ τοῦτο προφανῶς, ἀληθεστάτης ἀγάπης ἀκόλουθον εἰπεῖν ἰδιώματα, ἐπειδὴ πλήρωμα νόμου, καὶ ἔστιν αὕτη, καὶ λέγεται δικαίως παρὰ τῆς θείας Γραφῆς, πάντα περιλαμθάνουσα τὰ μέρη τῶν τῆς νομοθεσίας καλῶν, εὐεργετεῖν διδάσκουσα τὸ ὁμόφυλον, καὶ ἀδιχεΐ οὐχ ἐπιτρέπουσα, οὐδέ τι πράττειν εἰς αὑτὸ ἐναντίον, ἐχοῦσά τε συγχωρεῖν τὸ χαχόν. Τίς οὖν τὸν πλησίον οὕτως, ὡς ἄλλον ἑαυτὸν ἐν πᾶσιν ἐκεῖνον ἡγήσασθαι; Τίς ταῖς ἐν τῷ ἀγαθῷ τοῦ ἀδελφὸῦ ὡς οἰκείαις ἐπευφραίνεται, καὶ οὐ κνίζετα: ταύταις ἀλόγως, καὶ πρὺς φθόνον ἀδοξεῖν αὐτὸς λογιζόμενος ἐν οἴς παρευδοχιμεῖται παρὰ τοῦ πέλᾶς; Τίς τὴν ἄλλον ἐφ᾽ οἷς ἂν τύχῃ τιμῆν, οὐ κρίνει κατάλυσιν τῆς ἰδίας τιμῆς; Τίς ἐν τῷ … θέντι ἐν ὁτῳδήποτε τῶν εὐδοκίμων οὐ ἀθυμίᾳ, τὸ δευτερεύειν ἐν ἀτιμίας μέρει τιθέμενος Τίς τοῖς ἐπαίνοις τοῦ συμμετιόντος τὸ ἔργον οὐ βάὡς ἐπὶ ψόγοι; οἰκείοις Τίς σφάλματί τινος ὡς ἂν ἐφ᾽ ἑαυτῷ τοῦτο ἡγούμενος; Τίς ὡς ἑαυτῷ συνεπάθησε Τίς ἀδοξίᾳ τοῦ τυχόντος οὐκ ἐπεγέλασε Τίς πτώματι οὐχ ἐπεχάρη ἑτέρου, καὶ οὐχ ἐπήρθη ἐπὶ τῷ τούτου, μένα ὡς ἑστὼς ἐπὶ τῷ φρονέας; Τίς ἐλέγχῳ πλημμελήματος ἐρυθριῶν … οὐχὶ δὲ τὴν ἐχείνου διατροπὴν … εἰπεῖν, ῥνσίαν αὑτοῦ ἡγήσατο, ἐπὶ μεῖζον τὴν οἰκείαν δόξαν ἐπαίρεσθαι δοκῶν ἐν οἷς ἐλαττοῦσθαι τὴν ἑτέρων συμθαίνε. Καὶ τίς, κατὰ τὸν αῦλον, συντόμως χαίρει μετὰ χαιρόντων, καὶ μετὰ κλαιόντων, συνὸιατιθέμενος οὕτως ἑχάστωῳ ὡς αὐτὸς διάκειται, ἐν φαιδροῖς ἣ σκυθρωποῖς ἐξεταζόμενος πράγμασι;
Tauta gar tēs aretēs charaktērizei tēn methodon pros tēn endechomenēn prokopēn sophizomenēs ton gnōrimon, oute poly phainomenēn, hina mē ēchynou doxę̄ poiein tǭ pollǭ diastēmati, oute perimenousēs heōs an katalēphthę̄ para tou diōkontos, hina mē pro tou thananou pausę̄ tēn prothymian, pasę̄ hoe tę̄ zōę̄ tēn spoudēn parechteinę̄ diolou achmaxzousan, anephichkton echousa to telos, kai tǭ dia pantos paraphainesthai plēsion pros to ephikton protrepomenē tēn dynamin, pros hosēn prokopēn epididōsin hē phyois prokaloumenē, kai meta pollous ponous hikanōs aphestōsa tēs katalēpseōs. Tis gar tautēn houtō katōrthōsen hōs mēden leipein autǭ pros tēn teleiottta, tis de, kai pasę̄ chrēsamenos spoudę̄ tōn ai tautēs orōn kateleiphthē makran Kai hina deichthę̄ touto prophanōs, alēthestatēs agapēs akolouthon eipein idiōmata, epeidē plērōma nomou, kai estin hautē, kai legetai dikaiōs para tēs theias Graphēs, panta perilamthanousa ta merē tōn tēs nomothesias kalōn, euergetein didaskousa to homophylon, kai adicheï ouch epitrepousa, oude ti prattein eis hauto enantion, echousa te synchōrein to chachon. Tis oun ton plēsion houtōs, hōs allon heauton en pasin ekeinon hēgēsasthai? Tis tais en tǭ agathǭ tou adelphou hōs oikeiais epeuphrainetai, kai ou knizeta: tautais alogōs, kai prys phthonon adoxein autos logizomenos en ois pareudochimeitai para tou pelas? Tis tēn allon eph᾽ hois an tychę̄ timēn, ou krinei katalysin tēs idias timēs? Tis en tǭ … thenti en hotǭdēpote tōn eudokimōn ou athymią, to deutereuein en atimias merei tithemenos Tis tois epainois tou symmetiontos to ergon ou baōs epi psogoi? oikeiois Tis sphalmati tinos hōs an eph᾽ heautǭ touto hēgoumenos? Tis hōs heautǭ synepathēse Tis adoxią tou tychontos ouk epegelase Tis ptōmati ouch epecharē heterou, kai ouch epērthē epi tǭ toutou, mena hōs hestōs epi tǭ phroneas? Tis elenchǭ plēmmelēmatos erythriōn … ouchi de tēn echeinou diatropēn … eipein, rhnsian hautou hēgēsato, epi meizon tēn oikeian doxan epairesthai dokōn en hois elattousthai tēn heterōn symthaine. Kai tis, kata ton aulon, syntomōs chairei meta chairontōn, kai meta klaiontōn, synoiatithemenos houtōs hechastōǭ hōs autos diakeitai, en phaidrois hē skythrōpois exetazomenos pragmasi?
These things describe the method of virtue, which cleverly leads its pupil on to the progress that is possible. It neither appears far off, lest it seem to make him despair by the great distance, nor waits until it is caught by its pursuer, lest it stop his eagerness before his death; rather it draws out his zeal through his whole life, always at its height, since its end cannot be reached; and by always appearing near it urges his strength toward what can be reached, to as much progress as nature yields when summoned, while after many labors it still stands well off from being grasped. For who has so achieved virtue that nothing is lacking to him for perfection? And who, though using all his zeal, has not been left far short of its limits? To show this plainly, it is fitting to speak of the properties of the truest love, since love is, and is rightly called by divine Scripture, the fulfilment of the law, embracing all the parts of the good things of the law: it teaches us to do good to our own kind, does not permit us to wrong them or do anything against them, and willingly forgives evil. Who, then, [loves] his neighbor so as to regard him in all things as another self? Who rejoices in his brother's [successes] in the good as in his own, and is not unreasonably galled by them, and moved to envy, thinking himself dishonored in whatever his neighbor surpasses him? Who does not judge another's honor, in whatever he obtains it, to be the undoing of his own? Who, when another [is preferred] in any honorable thing, is not despondent, counting second place as a kind of dishonor? Who is not [pained] at the praise of a fellow worker as at blame of himself? Who has [grieved] at someone's slip as though he thought it his own? Who has sympathized with another as with himself? Who has not laughed at someone's disgrace? Who has not rejoiced at another's fall and been lifted up by it, [boasting] in his mind that he himself stands? Who, [seeing another] blushing at the reproof of a fault … and not rather counted the other's discomfiture as, so to speak, his own gain, thinking his own glory raised higher in the very things in which that of others happens to be lessened? And who, according to Paul, readily rejoices with those who rejoice and [weeps] with those who weep, being disposed toward each as each is disposed, when tested by bright or gloomy circumstances?
Chapter 59
59PG 79
Τοῦτο γὰρ τῆς ἀγάπης πλεονέκτημα, τ τὴν διάθεσιν τῶν ἁπάντων ἐργάζεσθαι μίαν, ἐκάστου χαίροντος μετὰ τοῦ ἑτέρου, καὶ λυπουμένου ὁμοίως, μελῶν ἑνὸς σώματος δίκην συνδεδεμένων, καὶ τῇ ἀρμονίᾳ συμπαθῶς μεταδιξόντων ἀλλήλοις, χκχαὶ δεχομένων παρ᾽ ἀλλήλων τὰ πάθη. Εἰ τοίνυν οὔτε πᾶς ὁ χρόνος ἀρκεῖ πρὸς τὴν τῆς ἀρετῆς ἐπιμέλειαν, καὶ πολλῆς τοῖς ἀνωνιζομένοις διὰ τοὺς ἀνταγωνισμένους δαίμονας γρεία τῆς νήψεως, πῶς κεχηνότας κχαὶ μετεωριζομένους, ἢ τὴν ὁδὸν δύσβατον οὖσαν καὶ πολλὴν ἔστιν ἀνῦσαι, ἣ τῶν ἀντιπάλων φυλάξασθαι τὰς ἐπιβουλὰς πολλῶν ὄντων, καὶ ἀοράτων, καὶ πάθεσιν ἡμετέροις καὶ αἰσθήσεσιν ὅπλοις καθ ἡμῶν κεχρημένων, καὶ τούτοις ἡμᾶς, οἷς κατ αὑτῶν ἀμυντηρίοις ἣ φύσις ἡμᾶς μὰς αὐτοῖς ὑπηρετεῖ πρὸς ἐπιθυμίαν τῶν ὁρωμένων πολλάκις, πάτης λαμπρᾶς ὕλης ἐργαζόμενον πόθον, ἀκοὴ λύπην ἐπὶ ταῖς σχυθρωπαῖς ἀγγδλίαις. Καὶ ἐπὶ τοῖς ὡς χαταθυμίοις κινεῖν πέφυκεν ἡδονήν θυμὸς ἐκ τῆς τυχούσης ἀνάπτεται προφάσεως, βράπσων, καὶ χλονῶν ὅλον τὸ σῶμα, καὶ τὸν λογισμὸν ταράττων, καὶ θολῶν τὸ καθαρὸν τούτον, χαθάπερ πη διαυγὲς ὕδωρ, πρὸς τὸ μὴ τρανῶς ὁρᾶσθα: τῶν ἐνθὺμίων τοὺς τύπους κενοδοξία δημοσιεύειν τὸ ἔργον βιάζεται, μᾶλλον ἀνθρώποις ἀρέσκειν θέλουσα, ὃ τῷ Θεῷ, καὶ τοὺ; πόνους ἀχρειοῦσα οὗ γὰρ ἀκολουθεῖ τῷ πλημμελῶς γινομένῳ ὁ μισθὸς, ἐπεὶ μὴ πρὸς ἀρέασχειαν τοῦ ἀμείβεσθαι δυναμένου, πρὸς ἔπαινον Ὦ δὲ τῶν ὁρώντων ὁ σκοπὸς ὅλω: πρὸς ἐπαίρει τὸ φρόντμα, καταφρονεῖν παντὸς ἀνθρώπου διδάσκει, καὶ διαπτύειν ὡς εὐτελὲς ἅπαν ὁμοῦ τὸ ὁμόφυλον, τὸν λογισμὸν πρὸς ἀπόνοιαν, ἰσοθεῖαν πείθε: φαντάζεσθα στρόνοιαν καὶ κηδεμονίαν τοῦ Ἰζρείττονος οὐχ ἐπίσταται, ὄφειλὴν ἔργων ἀπολαμβάνειν λογίζεται ὧν ἀπολαύει χᾶρίτων, συνεργίαν Θεοῦ ἐν οἷς πράττει χα γατορθοὶ εἰδέναι οὐ βούλεται, αὐτάργνς ἑαυτῇ ποὺ: πᾶν ἀγαθὸν εἶναι νομίζει, πάντα τῇ οἱήσε δοχεῖ, οὐδὲν ἰσχύουσα ὅλως, ἐστὶ χωμένη ματαίᾳ, ἧς ίσης, οὐδὲν οὗτὰ ἐλέγχεται. νεύματα πονηρὰ τὰ μὲν ἐχόμενα τρίβου, τίθησι σκάνδαλα τοῖς δοχοῦτιν εὐλόγοις, τῆς ἀληθείας ἀπάγοντα, ἔτερα καθάπερ πετηνοῖς ἐν το διαπετάνυνυσιν δίκτυα, ποὶ ὑψωθέντας βρόχων τοῖς ὑπερέχουσιν εἰς ἀλαζονείαν ἀγριύειν πειρώμενα. … ὀλίγον τῶν γτίνων
Touto gar tēs agapēs pleonektēma, t tēn diathesin tōn hapantōn ergazesthai mian, ekastou chairontos meta tou heterou, kai lypoumenou homoiōs, melōn henos sōmatos dikēn syndedemenōn, kai tę̄ armonią sympathōs metadixontōn allēlois, chkchai dechomenōn par᾽ allēlōn ta pathē. Ei toinyn oute pas ho chronos arkei pros tēn tēs aretēs epimeleian, kai pollēs tois anōnizomenois dia tous antagōnismenous daimonas greia tēs nēpseōs, pōs kechēnotas kchai meteōrizomenous, ē tēn hodon dysbaton ousan kai pollēn estin anysai, hē tōn antipalōn phylaxasthai tas epiboulas pollōn ontōn, kai aoratōn, kai pathesin hēmeterois kai aisthēsesin hoplois kath hēmōn kechrēmenōn, kai toutois hēmas, hois kat hautōn amyntēriois hē physis hēmas mas autois hypēretei pros epithymian tōn horōmenōn pollakis, patēs lampras hylēs ergazomenon pothon, akoē lypēn epi tais schythrōpais angdliais. Kai epi tois hōs chatathymiois kinein pephyken hēdonēn thymos ek tēs tychousēs anaptetai prophaseōs, brapsōn, kai chlonōn holon to sōma, kai ton logismon tarattōn, kai tholōn to katharon touton, chathaper pē diauges hydōr, pros to mē tranōs horastha: tōn enthymiōn tous typous kenodoxia dēmosieuein to ergon biazetai, mallon anthrōpois areskein thelousa, ho tǭ Theǭ, kai tou? ponous achreiousa hou gar akolouthei tǭ plēmmelōs ginomenǭ ho misthos, epei mē pros areascheian tou ameibesthai dynamenou, pros epainon Ō de tōn horōntōn ho skopos holō: pros epairei to phrontma, kataphronein pantos anthrōpou didaskei, kai diaptyein hōs euteles hapan homou to homophylon, ton logismon pros aponoian, isotheian peithe: phantazestha stronoian kai kēdemonian tou Izreittonos ouch epistatai, opheilēn ergōn apolambanein logizetai hōn apolauei charitōn, synergian Theou en hois prattei cha gatorthoi eidenai ou bouletai, autargns heautę̄ pou: pan agathon einai nomizei, panta tę̄ hoiēse dochei, ouden ischyousa holōs, esti chōmenē mataią, hēs isēs, ouden houta elenchetai. neumata ponēra ta men echomena tribou, tithēsi skandala tois dochoutin eulogois, tēs alētheias apagonta, etera kathaper petēnois en to diapetanynysin diktya, poi hypsōthentas brochōn tois hyperechousin eis alazoneian agriyein peirōmena. … oligon tōn gtinōn
For this is the advantage of love: it makes the disposition of all one, each rejoicing with the other and grieving likewise, bound together like the members of one body, sharing their experiences with one another in sympathetic harmony and receiving them from one another. If, then, not even all our time suffices for the care of virtue, and those who contend have great need of sobriety because of the demons who contend against them, how can those who gape about and let their minds wander either complete the road, hard to travel and long as it is, or guard against the plots of their adversaries, who are many and invisible, and use our passions and senses as weapons against us, turning against us the very things nature gave us as defenses against them? [The eye] often serves them for desire of what is seen, producing longing for every splendid thing; hearing produces grief at gloomy news and naturally moves pleasure at news that seems welcome; anger is kindled from any pretext, boiling up and shaking the whole body, troubling the reasoning and muddying its purity, like clear water, so that the impressions of the thoughts cannot be seen distinctly; vainglory forces one to make one's work public, wanting to please people rather than God, and makes the labors useless, for the reward does not follow what is done amiss, since it is done not to please him who can reward but for the praise of onlookers; pride lifts up the mind entirely, teaches it to despise everyone and to spit on the whole human race as worthless, persuades the reasoning to the madness of imagining itself equal to God, does not know the providence and care of the Stronger, reckons the graces it enjoys as wages owed for its works, does not want to recognize God's cooperation in what it does and achieves, thinks itself sufficient for every good, seems everything in its conceit while it can do nothing at all, swollen with vain [opinion], and is shown to be nothing. Evil spirits set stumbling blocks beside the path in things that seem reasonable, leading away from the truth; others spread nets as for birds, trying to catch with the nooses of arrogance those raised above others … a little above earthly things
Chapter 60
60PG 79
τοὺς ἐπουρανίους χαταλαθόντα τόπους, ὥς φησιν ὁ Παῦλος, τὰ πνευματικὰ τῆςς πονηρίας ἐν τοῖς ἐπουρανίοις, τοὺς τὸ πολίτευμα ἔχοντας ἐν οὐρανῷ, ἐκεῖ τῶν τῆς ὑπερηφανίας ἐντὸς ἀρκύων πειρῶνται λαθεῖν ᾧ πάθει τὸν πρῶτον ἀπονογθέντα διάβολον χατέθδαλον εἰς τὴν γῆν, τούτῳ τοὺς ἀναβαίνοντας τῷ βίῳ ἐκ τῆς ἄκρας περιωπῆς καταστρέψαι πραγμαπευόμενα. Ὅσα δὲ πολεμεῖ, καὶ πυκτεύει, καὶ μάχεται, τε, καὶ παλαίει, καὶ συντρέχει τοῖς τοέχουσιν, οὐχ ἵνα μετ᾽ αὐτῶν ἐπὶ τὸ βραβεῖον φθάσῃ τῆς κλίσεως, ἀλλ᾽ ὅπως ὑποσχελίσαντα ἐμποδίσῃ τῷ δρόλῳ, πολλὰ ὄντα, ὡς καὶ ὁ Παῦλός φησι, καὶ ποιῆῇσαι τῷ λόγῳ μῆκος δυνάμενα, χαλεπὸν ἀπαριθμὴσασθαι καὶ οὐ ράδιον, οἷς οἱ μαχόμενοι καιρὸν οὐδαμῶς ἴσχουσιν ἀσχολεῖν πρὸς ἕτερα τὴν διάνοιαν τῆς τυχούσῃς ἀπαγωγῆς, τούτοις μὲν ἥττης, τοῖς δὲ ἐχθροῖς νίκης γινομένης αἰτίας. Τούτοις οὖν προσέχειν ἀναγχχῖον, καὶ μὴ περισπᾶσθαι πρὸς τὰ συνεργοῦντα καθ᾽ ἡνιῶν τοῖς ἀντιπάλοις. Ὃ γὰρ ἄν τις λογίσηκα: τῶν μὴ συντελούντων πρὸς τὴν γυμνασίαν τῆς ἡμετέρα: ἀθλήσεως, τοῦτο λαδὴ τοῖς ἐναντίοις ἐστὶ, μεπολαδηύντων ἡμᾶς, καὶ ἔξω βαλλόντων τοῦ σχάματος, ὅπερ καὶ αὐτὸ, εἰ καὶ μὴ πτῶμα, ἀλλ᾽ ὅμως ὅττά ἐστι, παρασαλευθῆναι τῆς καὶ ἀφ᾽ ὧν ἔδει φροντίζειν ἐξωθῆνα: ἐπὶ τὰ μηδαμῶς μεριμνᾶσθα ὀφείλοντα ἐπειδὴ, διχαζούστς ἀληθείας, ὡς ἐν ὕλαις ἡ ἐνέργε: α, οὕτως ἐν βουλαῖς ὁ μὴ χαθήχων λογισμὸς ἧττα καὶ πτῶμά ἐστι. Διὰ τοῦτο, λογιτμοὶ δικαίων χρέματα δὲ καὶ ἀσεβεῖς δόλους οἱ μὲν βεθηχότες ἐν τῷ ἀγαθῷ κεκριμένως, οἱ δὲ πρὸς τὸ κακὸν εὐχόπως οἱαχιζόμενοι παρὰ τοῦ πρὸς τὺ προκείμενον ποιχίλαις μεθόδοις χυδερνῶντος τὸν δόλον, πῇ μὲν ὧδε, πῇ δὲ ἐκεῖσε, συνεχῶς τρέποντος τὰ βουλεύματα καθάπερ ἱστίου μεταβολαῖς ἰθύνοντος τοῦ πλοίου τὸν δρόμον. πρὸς οὺς ἐξορμῶν προέθετο λιμένας. Διὰ τοῦτο ὁ μὲν φησι Καρδία ἀνδρὸς λογιζέτθηω δίκαια, ἵνα ὑπὸ Θεοῦ διορθωθῇ τὰ διαδῆμακα αύτου ὁ ε ἘΠἀρΞτὴ, καὶ εἴ τις ἔπαινος καῦτα λογίζεσθε.
tous epouranious chatalathonta topous, hōs phēsin ho Paulos, ta pneumatika tēss ponērias en tois epouraniois, tous to politeuma echontas en ouranǭ, ekei tōn tēs hyperēphanias entos arkyōn peirōntai lathein hǭ pathei ton prōton aponogthenta diabolon chatethdalon eis tēn gēn, toutǭ tous anabainontas tǭ biǭ ek tēs akras periōpēs katastrepsai pragmapeuomena. Hosa de polemei, kai pykteuei, kai machetai, te, kai palaiei, kai syntrechei tois toechousin, ouch hina met᾽ autōn epi to brabeion phthasę̄ tēs kliseōs, all᾽ hopōs hyposchelisanta empodisę̄ tǭ drolǭ, polla onta, hōs kai ho Paulos phēsi, kai poiēę̄sai tǭ logǭ mēkos dynamena, chalepon aparithmēsasthai kai ou radion, hois hoi machomenoi kairon oudamōs ischousin ascholein pros hetera tēn dianoian tēs tychousę̄s apagōgēs, toutois men hēttēs, tois de echthrois nikēs ginomenēs aitias. Toutois oun prosechein ananchchion, kai mē perispasthai pros ta synergounta kath᾽ hēniōn tois antipalois. Ho gar an tis logisēka: tōn mē syntelountōn pros tēn gymnasian tēs hēmetera: athlēseōs, touto ladē tois enantiois esti, mepoladēuntōn hēmas, kai exō ballontōn tou schamatos, hoper kai auto, ei kai mē ptōma, all᾽ homōs hotta esti, parasaleuthēnai tēs kai aph᾽ hōn edei phrontizein exōthēna: epi ta mēdamōs merimnastha opheilonta epeidē, dichazousts alētheias, hōs en hylais hē energe: a, houtōs en boulais ho mē chathēchōn logismos hētta kai ptōma esti. Dia touto, logitmoi dikaiōn chremata de kai asebeis dolous hoi men bethēchotes en tǭ agathǭ kekrimenōs, hoi de pros to kakon euchopōs hoiachizomenoi para tou pros ty prokeimenon poichilais methodois chydernōntos ton dolon, pę̄ men hōde, pę̄ de ekeise, synechōs trepontos ta bouleumata kathaper histiou metabolais ithynontos tou ploiou ton dromon. pros ous exormōn proetheto limenas. Dia touto ho men phēsi Kardia andros logizetthēō dikaia, hina hypo Theou diorthōthę̄ ta diadēmaka autou ho e EParXtē, kai ei tis epainos kauta logizesthe.
…, having occupied the heavenly places, as Paul says, “the spiritual forces of wickedness in the heavenly places,” they try to catch within the nets of pride those who have their citizenship in heaven, there, contriving to overthrow from the highest lookout, by the passion by which they cast down to earth the devil who was first driven mad, those who ascend in their way of life. And all the things that wage war and box and fight … and wrestle, and run with the runners, not to reach the prize of the calling with them but to trip them up and hinder them in the race, are many, as Paul also says, and could lengthen this discourse; it is hard to number them, and not easy. Those who fight them have no time at all to occupy the mind with other things, since any distraction becomes the cause of defeat for them and of victory for the enemies. To these, then, one must attend, and not be distracted toward things that work with our adversaries against us. For whatever one thinks of that does not contribute to the exercise of our contest is a hold for our opponents, who seize us and throw us out of the ring; and this, even if it is not a fall, is still a defeat: to be shaken from our place and pushed away from what we ought to care for toward what ought in no way to concern us. For, by the judgment of truth, as action is in material things, so in our counsels an unfitting thought is defeat and a fall. For this reason, “the thoughts of the righteous are judgments, but the ungodly [devise] deceits”: the former stand firm in the good with discernment, the latter are easily steered toward evil by the one who pilots the deceit toward his goal by various methods, now this way and now that, continually turning their counsels, as one directs the course of a ship by shifting the sail toward the harbors he set out for. For this reason the one says, “Let a man's heart think just things, that his steps may be directed by God”; the other, “Whatever is virtue, and if there is any praise, think on these things.”
Chapter 61
61PG 79
Οἷς δὴ λογισμοῖς κεχρῆσθαι διδάσκοντες τοὺς εὖἔχειν βουλομένυυς τῶν ἐνθυμλίων τὸν δρόμον οὕτως ὁ Δαθὶὸ ποτὲ μὲν ἔλεγεν, Ἢ μελέτη τῆς καρδίας μου σύνεσις ποτὲ ὃὲ, Μελετήύσω ἐν τοῖς δικαιώμασί σον διὰ ν καὶ πάλιν, λΙελετήσω ἐν πᾶσι τοῖς ἔργοις σου καὶ ἐν τοῖς ἐπιτηδεύμασί σου ἀδολεσχήσω. Ταύτην τὴν ἀδολεσχίαν διδοὺς ἑαυτῷ, ἵνα μὴ ἔχῃ καιρὸν τὸ τοῦ νοῦ ἀεικίνητον θατυοῦ ἐπὶ τὰ μὴ καθήκοντα, προσεδρεύῃ δὲ τούὧν ἡ ἀδολεσχία τέρψιν ἔχει, καὶ ὠφέλειαν πολ λῖν, τῇ μὲν ὄψει τὴν αἴσθησιν, τὴν δὲ ψυχὴν τῇ θεῶρίᾳ εὐφραίνοντα. Οἷον γάρ ἐστιν ἀληθῶς τῇ μελέτη τῶν ἔργων τοῦ Θεοῦ ἐνδιατρίβειν διόλου, καὶ ποτὶ πρὸς οὐρανὸν ἀνατείνειν τὸ ὄμμα ἡλίῳ ἡμέραν, καὶ νύκτωρ ἄστροις προσέχουτας, ποτὲ ὃς τοῦτο γατάγειν εἷς γὴν, βλάστην ὁρῶντσς παντοίων καρπῶν, καὶ ζώων παμπληθεῖς διαφοράς ἀέρι δὲ πάλιν θεωμένους, καὶ θαλάττῃ μυρίων πτηνῶν, καὶ ἰχθύων ἐνδιαιτώμενα γένη, πρὶν γνῶναι τίς ἐξ ἐκάστοῦ τούτων ὠφέλεια τέως θαυμάξειν τὴν τοῦ Δτ.:οὐργοῦ σοφίαν, καὶ δοξάζειν τὸν Θεὸν ἐπὶ τῷ ποικίλῳ τῆς χτίστω: διδχασχομένους, ὅταν ὃὲ καὶ τὸ μετ᾽ ἐπιτέλος τοῖς ὁρωμένοις ἐπιβαίνειν τα παυπελὴς εὐφροσύνη κατέχει τὸν νοῦν εὐωχούμενον τῇ φυσικῇ γνώσει τῶν γηγενῶν. Οὐδὲν γὰρ τῶν ᾧ κων ἐστὶν, ὃ μὴ παιδεύει πάντως ἡμᾶς, ἠθέχκῆν, καὶ θεολογιχήν τινα ὑεωρίαν ἐπειδὴ ὃὲ τὴν ἑαυτοῖς τοῦ λόγου ταῖς ἐδυπαθείαις δύναμιν, οὐχ ἔτι παρ᾽ αὐτῆς τὰ συμφέροντα τῶν πρακτέων μνησχόμενοι, ἔξωθεν ταῖς οἰκείαις τὴν μνήμην πρὸς τὸ πῶς χρὴ ζῆν καὶ βιοῦν, ὅπως εὐάρεστοι μεν τῷ Ποιήσαντι.
Hois dē logismois kechrēsthai didaskontes tous euechein boulomenyys tōn enthymliōn ton dromon houtōs ho Dathio pote men elegen, Ē meletē tēs kardias mou synesis pote hoe, Meletēusō en tois dikaiōmasi son dia n kai palin, lIeletēsō en pasi tois ergois sou kai en tois epitēdeumasi sou adoleschēsō. Tautēn tēn adoleschian didous heautǭ, hina mē echę̄ kairon to tou nou aeikinēton thatyou epi ta mē kathēkonta, prosedreuę̄ de touōn hē adoleschia terpsin echei, kai ōpheleian pol lin, tę̄ men opsei tēn aisthēsin, tēn de psychēn tę̄ theōrią euphrainonta. Hoion gar estin alēthōs tę̄ meletē tōn ergōn tou Theou endiatribein diolou, kai poti pros ouranon anateinein to omma hēliǭ hēmeran, kai nyktōr astrois prosechoutas, pote hos touto gatagein heis gēn, blastēn horōntss pantoiōn karpōn, kai zōōn pamplētheis diaphoras aeri de palin theōmenous, kai thalattę̄ myriōn ptēnōn, kai ichthyōn endiaitōmena genē, prin gnōnai tis ex ekastou toutōn ōpheleia teōs thaumaxein tēn tou Dt.:ourgou sophian, kai doxazein ton Theon epi tǭ poikilǭ tēs chtistō: didchaschomenous, hotan hoe kai to met᾽ epitelos tois horōmenois epibainein ta paupelēs euphrosynē katechei ton noun euōchoumenon tę̄ physikę̄ gnōsei tōn gēgenōn. Ouden gar tōn hǭ kōn estin, ho mē paideuei pantōs hēmas, ēthechkēn, kai theologichēn tina hyeōrian epeidē hoe tēn heautois tou logou tais edypatheiais dynamin, ouch eti par᾽ autēs ta sympheronta tōn prakteōn mnēschomenoi, exōthen tais oikeiais tēn mnēmēn pros to pōs chrē zēn kai bioun, hopōs euarestoi men tǭ Poiēsanti.
Teaching those who want to keep the course of their thoughts right to use such thoughts, David sometimes said, “The meditation of my heart is understanding”; sometimes, “I will meditate on your statutes”; and again, “I will meditate on all your works, and on your doings I will muse.” He gives himself this musing, so that the ever-moving mind may have no time [to turn] to unfitting things, but may attend to those things whose musing brings delight and great benefit, gladdening the senses with what is seen and the soul with contemplation. For what a thing it truly is to spend one's time wholly in meditation on the works of God: now to lift the eye to heaven, attending to the sun by day and to the stars by night; now to bring it down to the earth, seeing the sprouting of every kind of fruit and the countless differences of living creatures; and again, seeing in the air and in the sea the kinds of countless birds and fish that live there, even before knowing what benefit comes from each of these, to marvel meanwhile at the Creator's wisdom and to glorify God, taught by the variety of creation. And when one goes on also to the purpose for which the things seen exist, complete gladness holds the mind as it feasts on the natural knowledge of earthly things. For there is none of the creatures that does not surely teach us some ethical and theological contemplation. But since we have weakened in ourselves the power of reason by luxuries, and are no longer reminded by it of what is profitable to do, [we need] reminders from outside of how we ought to live and conduct ourselves, so that we may be well-pleasing to our Maker.
Chapter 62
62PG 79
Διὰ τοῦτο ποτὲ μὲν τὸν μύρμηγχα, ποτὲ δὲ τὴν μέἢ χηδεμονιχὴ χάρις διδασκάλους ἐτοἴστησιν ἀφθόγγῳ φωνῇ τῷ ἔργῳ παραινοῦντας τὴν μίμποιν. Καί φησιν Ἴθι πρὸς τὸν μύρμηκα, ὦ ὀκνηρὲ, καὶ ξήλωσον τὰς ἐδοὺς αὑτοῦ, ὃς ἐν ἀμήτῳ τὴν ἐν κε:μῶνι ἀποθέμενος τροφὴν, χρησίμως: τὰ τοῦ μῶλοντος αἰῶνος ὑποτίθεται συνάγειν ἐφόδια Ὧ, ε Πο. πρὸς τὴν μέλισσαν, καὶ μάθε ὡς ἐστὶν, ἄνθη βοτανῶν δρεπομένη καὶ κηρία μέλιτος ἐργαζομένη, σοφῶς καὶ τοῦτο, τὸν σμὸν π δεύουσα τῶν ἀγαθῶν ἁνδρῶν τὸ πλεονεχτήυατα, γλυχάπματα θησαυρίζει ξαυτῷ ποὺς ἡδὺν βίον τῆς ἐλπιζομένης ζωῇ. ΓΆλλοτε ΟΊ καὶ χελιδόνα, τοὺς ἀπειθεῖς παρακελεύεται ζηλοῦν, λέγων ε ὧν, καὶ χελιδὼν ἀγροῦ ἐ; Σ καιροὺς εἰσόδων αὑτῷ, ὁ ὃὲ λαός ΠΥ ἔγνω τὰ κρίματα Κυρίου. Καὶ ἐπιφέρει Πὸς ἐρεῖτε ἔσμεν; ἣ καὶ, Νόμος Θεοῦ ἔπι ἐστ ν καὶ τὸ τῆς φύτΞξως μονιχὸν, καὶ τὸν ῦ ατωγὸν τῶν ἰθῶν μόμον ὀνΞιδίξων τοῖς λογικοῖς, ὅ:: τῶν ἀλόγων εἰς τὸ γνῶναι τὸ βούλημα τοὺ εἰσιν ἀναισθητότεροι. Πάλιν τοῖς ἐν ταῖς στείαις μὴ μετριάζουσιν, ἀλλ᾽ ἀπειροχὲλω: τὸ ὁμόφυ λον, χυχληουμένην τὸν θά λα πρὺς τὸ λα αὐτῶν Ἐν οἷς φςλιγμαῖνον τὸ ὃ. ΕΚ ε Μὴ ἐμὲ οὖν φοδηθήσεσθε, λέγει Κύριος, ἢ καὶ ἀπὸ τοῦ προσώπου μου οὐχ εὐλαδηθήσεσθε, τὸν τάξαντα ἄμμον ὅριον τῇ θαλάσσῃ πρόσταγμα αἰώνιον, καὶ οὐχ ὑπερδήπεται αὐτό; τῷ δὲ λαῷ τούτῳ ἐγενήθη καρδία ἁνήχοος, καὶ ἀπειθῆς τῷ περὶ τὸ πρόσταγμᾳ ςόόῳ τοῦ ἀψύχου στοιχείου εὐλαβεῖς ποιῶν αὐτοὺς περὶ τὴν φυλακὴν τῶν ἐντολῶν, ἵνα ὡς τὸ πόντιον κῦμα ἐκ πελάνους ὠθούμενον τῇ τοῦ πνεύματος, καὶ κατὰ μ ἀνιστάμενον πρὸς τὸ μέγεθος ὁρέων ἐφἄμιλλον ἅμα τῷ πλησιάσαι τῇ αἰγιαλεία ψάμμῳ, εἷς τοὐπίσω πάλιν ἀναχλώμενον τὸν ὄρον αἰδούμενον τοῦ πεδήσαντος, οὕτω πᾶσαν ἐπέχωσιν ἄδιχην ὁρμὴν οἱ λογικοὶ, καὶ λόγῳ προοστεταγμένοι πᾶσαν κολάζειν ἐνθύμησιν παράνομον, καὶ μάλιστα τύφον πεπαίνειν ἀλόγως σηχούμενον, γοῦν τῶν ἀναισθήτων τοῦτο πράττοντες, ὅπερ καὶ νομοῦθεοἷἰας ἐχτὸς ὥφειλον αὑτὸ λογιζόμενοι τὸ δίχα πράττειν αὐθαιρέτῳ χρίσει, ὅπερ ὧν ἐλευθέρου δεῖγμα φρονήματος, αὐτοχελεύστῳ γνώμῃ κινηθέντος πρὸς ὅπερ ἔμελλεν ἄγειν ἀνάγχη τοῦ νόμον.
Dia touto pote men ton myrmēncha, pote de tēn meē chēdemonichē charis didaskalous etoistēsin aphthongǭ phōnę̄ tǭ ergǭ parainountas tēn mimpoin. Kai phēsin Ithi pros ton myrmēka, ō oknēre, kai xēlōson tas edous hautou, hos en amētǭ tēn en ke:mōni apothemenos trophēn, chrēsimōs: ta tou mōlontos aiōnos hypotithetai synagein ephodia Hō, e Po. pros tēn melissan, kai mathe hōs estin, anthē botanōn drepomenē kai kēria melitos ergazomenē, sophōs kai touto, ton smon p deuousa tōn agathōn handrōn to pleonechtēuata, glychapmata thēsaurizei xautǭ pous hēdyn bion tēs elpizomenēs zōę̄. GAllote OI kai chelidona, tous apeitheis parakeleuetai zēloun, legōn e hōn, kai chelidōn agrou e? S kairous eisodōn hautǭ, ho hoe laos PY egnō ta krimata Kyriou. Kai epipherei Pos ereite esmen? hē kai, Nomos Theou epi est n kai to tēs phytXxōs monichon, kai ton y atōgon tōn ithōn momon onXidixōn tois logikois, ho:: tōn alogōn eis to gnōnai to boulēma tou eisin anaisthētoteroi. Palin tois en tais steiais mē metriazousin, all᾽ apeirochelō: to homophy lon, chychlēoumenēn ton tha la prys to la autōn En hois phsligmainon to ho. EK e Mē eme oun phodēthēsesthe, legei Kyrios, ē kai apo tou prosōpou mou ouch euladēthēsesthe, ton taxanta ammon horion tę̄ thalassę̄ prostagma aiōnion, kai ouch hyperdēpetai auto? tǭ de laǭ toutǭ egenēthē kardia hanēchoos, kai apeithēs tǭ peri to prostagmą sooǭ tou apsychou stoicheiou eulabeis poiōn autous peri tēn phylakēn tōn entolōn, hina hōs to pontion kyma ek pelanous ōthoumenon tę̄ tou pneumatos, kai kata m anistamenon pros to megethos horeōn ephamillon hama tǭ plēsiasai tę̄ aigialeia psammǭ, heis toupisō palin anachlōmenon ton oron aidoumenon tou pedēsantos, houtō pasan epechōsin adichēn hormēn hoi logikoi, kai logǭ proostetagmenoi pasan kolazein enthymēsin paranomon, kai malista typhon pepainein alogōs sēchoumenon, goun tōn anaisthētōn touto prattontes, hoper kai nomoutheoiias echtos hōpheilon hauto logizomenoi to dicha prattein authairetǭ chrisei, hoper hōn eleutherou deigma phronēmatos, autocheleustǭ gnōmę̄ kinēthentos pros hoper emellen agein ananchē tou nomon.
For this reason God's caring grace sets up as teachers now the ant, now the bee, exhorting us to imitation with a voiceless voice, by their deeds. It says, “Go to the ant, you sluggard, and emulate its ways”: it lays up at harvest its food for the winter and so usefully suggests that we gather provisions for the age to come. “Go to the bee, and learn how [industrious] it is”: it plucks the flowers of plants and makes honeycombs, and this too it does wisely, teaching … the advantages of good men, who store up sweetnesses for themselves for the sweet life of the life they hope for. At other times it bids the disobedient emulate [the stork] and the swallow, saying, “[The turtle-dove] and the swallow of the field keep the times of their coming, but my people have not known the judgments of the Lord.” And it adds, “How will you say, We are wise, and the law of God is with us?”, reproaching rational beings with the constancy of nature and the unchanging law of the animals' habits, since they are more insensible than irrational creatures in knowing the will of God. Again, to those who are not moderate in their [desires] but overrun their own kind without limit, he sets before them the sea, ringed by the sand …, in the words, “Will you not fear me, says the Lord, or will you not tremble before my face, who set the sand as a boundary for the sea, an eternal decree, and it will not pass beyond it? But this people has an unhearing and disobedient heart.” By the reverence of a soulless element for its decree he makes them reverent in keeping the commandments: just as the wave of the sea, driven from the open water by the wind and rising little by little to rival the mountains in size, is broken back as soon as it comes near the sand of the shore, respecting the limit set by him who fettered it, so rational beings, commanded by reason, should restrain every unjust impulse and punish every lawless thought, and especially humble the pride that swells without reason, doing at least what insensible things do. They ought to do this even without a law, reckoning to do it by their own free judgment, which is the mark of a free mind, moved by its own command to what the compulsion of the law was going to lead it.
Chapter 63
63PG 79
αὶ τῶν φωστύρων δὲ διδάσκει τί χοήσιμον ὁρῶἔκαστος ἥλιο; μὲν τῷ ἀπαυγάσματι τῷ Πατρὶ τὸν ὑποτιθέμενος νοεῖν, καὶ τούτου άρτυρα τὸν Παῦλον καλῶ λέγοντα, Ὃς ὧν ἀπαύγασμα τῆς δόξης, καὶ χαρακτὴρ τῆς ὑποστάσεως ὶ αὐποῦ οὗτος γὰρ ὅπερ εἶδεν ὡς ἡ φύσις τοῦ ὁρωμένου ἐδίδαξε τοῦτον τῇ κατασκευῇ τὸν λόγον ἐνχποχείμενον τῆς ψυχῆς διαθρῆσαι τῷ ὄμματι, ὃν συμθολιχῶς ἐναπέθετο ὁ Δημιουργὸς ἐκ τὴς ύση; τῷ ἄστρῳ θεωρίας ἐπὶ τὴν πρὸς ἑαυτὸν τοῦ συνάναργχον σχέσιν τῶν ὁρώντων ὁδνηγῶν τὴν διάνοιαν. Σελήνη δὲ αὐξολένη, καὶ λήγουσα, τὸ εὐμετάόλητον τῶν ἡ λετέρων πραγμάτων δηλοῖ, καὶ τοῦτο ταῖς ἀγχιστρόφοις τῶν σχημάτων παραινεῖ, ὡς οὔτε εὐημερία δεῖ χαίρειν ὡς παραμόνῳ, οὔτε δυσημερίαν ἡγεῖσθαι λυπτρὰν ὡς ἐσομένην χρονίαν ὀξέως γὰρ αὗται ἐπαμείδονται ἀλλήλαις ὡς μὴ ποιεῖν αἴσθησιν τῆς παρουσίας τῷ τῆς ὑποχωρήσεως, ἄλλης ἐφεδρευούσης ἄλλῃ, καὶ τὴν ἡγουμένην διχδεχομένης τῆς προσεχῶς ἑπομένης κατὰ τοὺς τῆς σελήνης συνεχεῖς ισμοὺς, οὗ τοσοῦτον παραχωροῦτιν ἀλλήλοις, ὅσον καὶ τὴν συνήθειαν γενέτθαι τῆς θιώσεως, καὶ ἐπιδόσεω; τροπὴν τοῦ φωτὸς, καὶ τὴν παραλλαγὴν τοῦτῶν εἶναι δυσπαρατήρητον, χατ᾽ ὀλίγον προσθήκης ὑφαιρέστως λανθανούσης εἰχότως τὴν αἴσθητιν. καὶ πολλὰ τῶν οὕτῳ αὐξομένων, ὃ μειουμένων. ἄδηλον ἔχει τὴν χαθημερινὴν, ἐφ᾽ ᾧπερ ἂν τύκῇ πυραλλαγὴν, οὐδενὸς γνῶναι δυναμένου ῥᾳδίως ὅπον καθ᾽ ἐκάστην ἡ τῶν αὐξομένων ἡλικία προστίθητ: προχόπτουτα διόλου, καὶ τῆς προκοπῆς τὸ μέ… ἕως ὧν χρόνος τοῦτο … ὃ μὴ διθδάσχειν ἣ συνεχὴς πέφυκεν ὅτις τοῦ τι. νομένον. ᾿
ai tōn phōstyrōn de didaskei ti choēsimon horōekastos hēlio? men tǭ apaugasmati tǭ Patri ton hypotithemenos noein, kai toutou artyra ton Paulon kalō legonta, Hos hōn apaugasma tēs doxēs, kai charaktēr tēs hypostaseōs i aupou houtos gar hoper eiden hōs hē physis tou horōmenou edidaxe touton tę̄ kataskeuę̄ ton logon enchpocheimenon tēs psychēs diathrēsai tǭ ommati, hon symtholichōs enapetheto ho Dēmiourgos ek tēs ysē? tǭ astrǭ theōrias epi tēn pros heauton tou synanarnchon schesin tōn horōntōn hodnēgōn tēn dianoian. Selēnē de auxolenē, kai lēgousa, to eumetaolēton tōn hē leterōn pragmatōn dēloi, kai touto tais anchistrophois tōn schēmatōn parainei, hōs oute euēmeria dei chairein hōs paramonǭ, oute dysēmerian hēgeisthai lyptran hōs esomenēn chronian oxeōs gar hautai epameidontai allēlais hōs mē poiein aisthēsin tēs parousias tǭ tēs hypochōrēseōs, allēs ephedreuousēs allę̄, kai tēn hēgoumenēn dichdechomenēs tēs prosechōs hepomenēs kata tous tēs selēnēs synecheis ismous, hou tosouton parachōroutin allēlois, hoson kai tēn synētheian genetthai tēs thiōseōs, kai epidoseō? tropēn tou phōtos, kai tēn parallagēn toutōn einai dysparatērēton, chat᾽ oligon prosthēkēs hyphairestōs lanthanousēs eichotōs tēn aisthētin. kai polla tōn houtǭ auxomenōn, ho meioumenōn. adēlon echei tēn chathēmerinēn, eph᾽ hǭper an tykę̄ pyrallagēn, oudenos gnōnai dynamenou rhądiōs hopon kath᾽ ekastēn hē tōn auxomenōn hēlikia prostithēt: prochoptouta diolou, kai tēs prokopēs to me… heōs hōn chronos touto … ho mē dithdaschein hē synechēs pephyken hotis tou ti. nomenon. ᾿
It teaches, too, what each of the luminaries is useful for when seen. The sun suggests that we understand the Son by his radiance [from] the Father, and as witness of this I call Paul, who says, “who, being the radiance of his glory and the exact imprint of his substance.” For what he saw the nature of the visible thing taught him: he discerned with the soul's eye the meaning that lies in its make-up, which the Creator placed symbolically in the star, through natural contemplation, guiding the minds of those who see it to the Son's co-eternal relation to the Father. The moon, waxing and waning, shows the changeableness of our affairs, and by the quick turns of its shapes it exhorts us neither to rejoice in prosperity as though it were lasting, nor to think adversity grievous as though it would be long; for they exchange places with one another so quickly that they do not let us perceive their presence apart from their withdrawal, one lying in wait for the other, the one that follows immediately succeeding the one that leads, like the continuous phases of the moon. These do not give way to one another so far as to make the usual waning and waxing of its light a sudden turn, and their change is hard to observe, since the gradual addition or subtraction fittingly escapes perception. And many things that grow or diminish in this way have an imperceptible daily change in whatever respect it happens, and no one can easily know how much the stature of growing things adds each day as they advance continually, and the size of the progress … until time [shows] this … which continuous watching of what is happening cannot teach.
Chapter 64
64PG 79
οὐ πώποτε φυτῶν, ποῶν, ζώων τί, καὶ παίδων ἔγνω τὴν κατὰ μέρος πρὸς χος ἐπε σιν χρόνῳ δέ τινι μὴ θεασάμενος τὰ ὑψούμενα. Εἰτ αὖθις ἰδὼν τὴν ἐν τῷ μεταξὺ κατὰ μικρὸν ἔγνω προσθήκην, ὅπερ ἐν γίνεσθαι, τοῦτο ἐν τῷ γεγενῆσθα ι μαθών. Οὕτω τις. καὶ πέτραν χοιλανθεῖσαν ἀδιαλείπτως ἐπιτταζούσῃ θεατάμενος τῷ χρονίῳ βάθει, πληροφορεῖται μὲν ὡς ἐχάς στη σταγὼν, μέρος τι τοῦ ὀρύγματος Ἦνυσε. τὸ δὲ ὅσον οὐχ οἷδε, τῆς ὄψεως τὰ μὲν παχύτερα τῶν αἰσθητῶν γνωριζηύσηῃς ποσῶς σφάλλετα καὶ ἐν τούτοις πολλάκις τοῖς ὃὲ λεπτοτέροις οὐδὲ ἐπιβαλεῖν δυναμένης, ἀργοτέρας πως οὔσης, καὶ ἀσθενοῦς πρὸς τὴν τῶ τοιούτων σωμάτων ἀντίληψιν. ᾿Αστέρων δὲ τοὺς ἀμυδρητέρους, καὶ φαιδροτέρους, εἴ τις ζηλώοὔτε ἀφανὴς ὧν καὶ ἄπσπτμος. εῖ τοῖς ὑπερέχουτιν ἀξίᾳ καὶ πλούτῳ, οὔτε πάλιν εὑδοχιμῶν ἐν τούτοις κατὰ τῶν εὐτελῶν ὡς χαθασμάτων ατέργοντας τὴν οἰκείαν τάξιν ὁρῶν, καὶ ἀναπῶντας μένειν ἐν οἷ; ἐκληρώθησαν, ὡς ἠβουλήθη ὁ τὰ μέτρα ποῦ φωτὸς αὐτοῖς τάξας Θεός. Καὶ φρονίμους ἡμᾶς κατὰ τὸν καὶ ἄχεραίους κατὰ τὴν περιστερὰν εἶναι θέλων ὁ Κύριος, πάντων ἡμᾶς τῶν μερῶν τῆς κτίσεως καθίστησι μαθητὰς, οὐ φυλάξαντας τῆς κτίσεως τὴν εὐγένειαν, καὶ παρὰ τῶν ποτε δούλων εἰχότως παιδαγωγζηυμένους πρὸς τὸ εὔτακτον τῆς ἀφροσύνης, ὅπως τὴν παρ ὀφρυωθήσετα ἀφ ὑπ αὑτοῖς μαθητιίαν λαβόντες: ὑπώπια τὴν ἐν ξαυτοῖς ἐπιστήμην καθ᾽ ἣν γεγόναμεν βιοῦν ἀμέμπτως δυνάμενοι ἐξ ἑαυτῶν αἱρούμενοι τὰ καλὰ, καὶ οὐχ ἔξωθεν κατὰ τοὺς μεταιτοῦντας ἔραν: ξόπενο: τοῦτο. ᾿Αλλ᾽ ὑμᾶς, ὦ μακαριώτατοι, μετὰ τῶν ἄλλων ἁπάντων καλῶν, καὶ τῆς συμφωνίας, καὶ τῆς περὶ τὰ ἐπιβάλλοντα ἐκάστη καταστάσει ἐμπειρᾷς θαυμάξειν ἄξιον ψαλτηρίου μὲν εὐαρμόστοῦ δὲ χὴν ἐν διαφόροις φθόγγοις ἕν τῆς εὐσξόεξας συνγχεῖν τς μέλος, ἄλλος ἄλλο τι ταύτης μετερχόμενοι εἶδος, καὶ οὐδεὶς ἀπάδων οὐδενὸς τὴν πρὸς ἀλλήλους ὑπαγοῖν, ἥτις τοὺς μένους τοῖς σώμασι συν ὁμογύχως ταῖς γνώμαις πέφυχε πρὸς ἕνα τὸν τοῦ ἔργου μουσικοῦ δίκην, τὸν ἑκάστης κυ δῖς ἴδιον ὀξὺν, ἢ βαρὺν τόνον χιρνῶντο: πρὸς ἐ μόνιον μελῳδίαν. Τὸ γὰρ ἀπηχεῖν ἐκάστη, ς τῷ ἀνωμάλως τετάσθαι, τοῦτο μάλιστα τὴν νίαν ἐργάζεται, τοῖς διαφόροις τερετισμοῖς πρὸς τὸν ὀυθμὸν χρτσιμεύξιν τοῦ ἄτματος, καὶ τὸ μέρος ἂρ τύον πρὸς τὸ λιγυρὸν τοῖς ἐνηλλαγμένοις τῶν ἤκων Ψιθυριτμοῖς.
ou pōpote phytōn, poōn, zōōn ti, kai paidōn egnō tēn kata meros pros chos epe sin chronǭ de tini mē theasamenos ta hypsoumena. Eit authis idōn tēn en tǭ metaxy kata mikron egnō prosthēkēn, hoper en ginesthai, touto en tǭ gegenēstha i mathōn. Houtō tis. kai petran choilantheisan adialeiptōs epittazousę̄ theatamenos tǭ chroniǭ bathei, plērophoreitai men hōs echas stē stagōn, meros ti tou orygmatos Ēnyse. to de hoson ouch hoide, tēs opseōs ta men pachytera tōn aisthētōn gnōrizēusēę̄s posōs sphalleta kai en toutois pollakis tois hoe leptoterois oude epibalein dynamenēs, argoteras pōs ousēs, kai asthenous pros tēn tō toioutōn sōmatōn antilēpsin. ᾿Asterōn de tous amydrēterous, kai phaidroterous, ei tis zēlōoute aphanēs hōn kai apsptmos. ei tois hyperechoutin axią kai ploutǭ, oute palin heudochimōn en toutois kata tōn eutelōn hōs chathasmatōn atergontas tēn oikeian taxin horōn, kai anapōntas menein en hoi? eklērōthēsan, hōs ēboulēthē ho ta metra pou phōtos autois taxas Theos. Kai phronimous hēmas kata ton kai acheraious kata tēn peristeran einai thelōn ho Kyrios, pantōn hēmas tōn merōn tēs ktiseōs kathistēsi mathētas, ou phylaxantas tēs ktiseōs tēn eugeneian, kai para tōn pote doulōn eichotōs paidagōgzēumenous pros to eutakton tēs aphrosynēs, hopōs tēn par ophryōthēseta aph hyp hautois mathētiian labontes: hypōpia tēn en xautois epistēmēn kath᾽ hēn gegonamen bioun amemptōs dynamenoi ex heautōn hairoumenoi ta kala, kai ouch exōthen kata tous metaitountas eran: xopeno: touto. ᾿All᾽ hymas, ō makariōtatoi, meta tōn allōn hapantōn kalōn, kai tēs symphōnias, kai tēs peri ta epiballonta ekastē katastasei empeirąs thaumaxein axion psaltēriou men euarmostou de chēn en diaphorois phthongois hen tēs eusxoexas synnchein ts melos, allos allo ti tautēs meterchomenoi eidos, kai oudeis apadōn oudenos tēn pros allēlous hypagoin, hētis tous menous tois sōmasi syn homogychōs tais gnōmais pephyche pros hena ton tou ergou mousikou dikēn, ton hekastēs ky dis idion oxyn, ē baryn tonon chirnōnto: pros e monion melǭdian. To gar apēchein ekastē, s tǭ anōmalōs tetasthai, touto malista tēn nian ergazetai, tois diaphorois teretismois pros ton outhmon chrtsimeuxin tou atmatos, kai to meros ar tyon pros to ligyron tois enēllagmenois tōn ēkōn Psithyritmois.
No one who watches continually has ever known the gradual growth of plants, grasses, animals and children; but one who for some time has not seen the growing things, and then sees them again, recognizes the little-by-little addition in the meantime, learning from what has come to be what was coming to be. So too someone who sees a rock hollowed to a depth over time by water dripping on it without ceasing is convinced that each drop accomplished some part of the hollow, but how much he does not know: for sight recognizes the coarser objects of sense to some extent, and often errs even in these, but cannot reach the finer ones at all, being somewhat slow and weak in grasping such bodies. And if one emulates the dimmer and brighter stars, he will neither, being obscure and undistinguished, envy those who surpass him in rank and wealth, nor, being distinguished in these, despise the humble as refuse, seeing the stars content with their own order and glad to remain in the place allotted them, as God, who appointed them the measures of their light, willed. And the Lord, wishing us to be wise like the [serpent] and innocent like the dove, makes us disciples of all the parts of creation, since we did not keep the nobility of our creation and are fittingly trained toward good order, away from folly, by those who were once our slaves, so that, receiving our schooling from those beneath us, we may be put to shame, we who are able, by the knowledge within us according to which we were made, to live blamelessly, choosing the good of ourselves and not from outside, like beggars asking for it. But you, most blessed ones, deserve to be admired, besides all your other good qualities, for your harmony and for your experience in what befits each one's state: like a well-tuned psaltery, in different notes you produce one song of godliness, each pursuing a different form of it, and none out of tune with your obedience to one another, which naturally binds together those divided in body, of one soul in their wills, toward the one goal of the work, as a musician blends the proper sharp or deep tone of each string into a harmonious melody. For the very fact that each string sounds differently, being tuned to a different tension, is what most produces the harmony, the various trills serving the rhythm of the song, and each part fitted for clear sound by the varied whispering of the notes.
Chapter 65
65PG 79
ὥς δὲ πάλιν νεοσύνταχτοι ἔτι, καὶ τοῖς λιμέσιν ἐνορμιξόμενοι, τῇς τελειότητος τὴν ἑαυτῶ παρ᾽ ὑμῖν οἴδασι τάξιν, οἱ μὲν γαστριμαργίαν, οἱ δὲ κενοδοξίαν, ὑπερηφανίαν δὲ οἱ ὑπερέχοντες ἐχτρεπόμενο εἰς ὀλέθρια πάθη ἐγκράτειαν δὲ, καὶ τὸ μὴ πρὸς δόξαν τῶν ἀνθρώπων ὁρᾶν, καὶ τὸ ἄτυφον ἀσκεῖν σπουδαίως; Ὅτ: πλησμονὴ γαστροὺς, ἀρδείαν εἰσάγει τῶν ὑπογαστρίων, πικροῖς ὥσπερ ὀχετοῖ; τοῖς ἐκ τοῦ κόρου φερομένοις ποτιζομένων ῥείθροις, χνισμοὺς ἔκ τούτων ποιούντων τραχεῖς, καὶ τὸν τῇς σωφροσύνης ἀγῶνα, τοῖς γαργαλισμοῖς παρεχόντων ἐπίπονον κενοδοξίαν πάλιν εἰδότες φαντασίαν ἀνόνητον, εἰχότως φεύγουσι πονεῖν ὑπὲρ ἀρετῆς πείθουσαν καὶ ἀχρειοῦσαν τοὺς πόνους, ἐπεὶ μὴ Θεῷ δεικνύναι τούτοὺς βούλεται τῷ τῶν κρυπτῶν ἔργων ἐμτανῶς ὁρέοὐτι τὴν ἀντίδοσιν, ἀνθρώποις δὲ δημοσιεύειν τὰ γινύμενα θέλουσαν, τοῖς ἐπαίνους παρέχειν, εἰς μισθοῦ λόγον, ἱχανοὶς πλέον οὐδὲν, καὶ τῆς αἰωνίου καὶ πολλῆς τιμῆς. Ὃ γὰρ πρὸς τὸ θαυμασθῆνα παρὰ τῶν ἀνθρώπων ἀναδεξάμενος ὄντινα οὖν κάματον, οὐδὲν τῶν ἐπὶ σχηνῖς παραδοξοποιῶν διαφέρει, μισθῷ τῷ παρὰ τῶν τερπομένων ἀρκούμενος, καὶ παρὰ τοῦ Θεοῦ ἄλλον αἰτεῖν οὐκέτι εὔλογος ὅτι μὴ τὸν παρὰ τούτου λαθεῖν ἐξ ἀρχῆς, ἀλλὰ τὸν παρ᾽ ἐκείνων προέθετο. ᾿Αλλὰ καὶ τὸ τῆς ὑπερηφανίας ἄλογον πάθος δικαίως βδελύττονται τίνα γάρ τις ἔχει κατά πρὸς ἀπόνοιαν πρόφασιν εὔλογον, ὅτι κατὰ τοῦ πλησίον ἐπαίρεται, καὶ κατὰ τούτου μέγα φρονεῖ; Κατώρθωταί τι πλέον αὑτῷ τῶν ἄλλων, καὶ τῶν λοιπῶν ἐν τοῖς καλοῖς περιουσίαν ἄγειν πολλὴν αὐτὸς πάντως ἐσπούδασε καὶ τῆς σπουδῆς λήψεται αὐτὸς τοὺς μισθούς τις ἕτερος, καὶ περὶ τὴν ἀρετὴν ῥάθυμος διάκειται αὐτὸς ζημιοῦται, καὶ οὐχ ἐλαττοῖ τοὺς ἐχείνου μισθούς. καὶ προκόπτοντες …
hōs de palin neosyntachtoi eti, kai tois limesin enormixomenoi, tę̄s teleiotētos tēn heautō par᾽ hymin oidasi taxin, hoi men gastrimargian, hoi de kenodoxian, hyperēphanian de hoi hyperechontes echtrepomeno eis olethria pathē enkrateian de, kai to mē pros doxan tōn anthrōpōn horan, kai to atyphon askein spoudaiōs? Hot: plēsmonē gastrous, ardeian eisagei tōn hypogastriōn, pikrois hōsper ochetoi? tois ek tou korou pheromenois potizomenōn rheithrois, chnismous ek toutōn poiountōn tracheis, kai ton tę̄s sōphrosynēs agōna, tois gargalismois parechontōn epiponon kenodoxian palin eidotes phantasian anonēton, eichotōs pheugousi ponein hyper aretēs peithousan kai achreiousan tous ponous, epei mē Theǭ deiknynai toutous bouletai tǭ tōn kryptōn ergōn emtanōs horeouti tēn antidosin, anthrōpois de dēmosieuein ta ginymena thelousan, tois epainous parechein, eis misthou logon, hichanois pleon ouden, kai tēs aiōniou kai pollēs timēs. Ho gar pros to thaumasthēna para tōn anthrōpōn anadexamenos ontina oun kamaton, ouden tōn epi schēnis paradoxopoiōn diapherei, misthǭ tǭ para tōn terpomenōn arkoumenos, kai para tou Theou allon aitein ouketi eulogos hoti mē ton para toutou lathein ex archēs, alla ton par᾽ ekeinōn proetheto. ᾿Alla kai to tēs hyperēphanias alogon pathos dikaiōs bdelyttontai tina gar tis echei kata pros aponoian prophasin eulogon, hoti kata tou plēsion epairetai, kai kata toutou mega phronei? Katōrthōtai ti pleon hautǭ tōn allōn, kai tōn loipōn en tois kalois periousian agein pollēn autos pantōs espoudase kai tēs spoudēs lēpsetai autos tous misthous tis heteros, kai peri tēn aretēn rhathymos diakeitai autos zēmioutai, kai ouch elattoi tous echeinou misthous. kai prokoptontes …
And again, those still newly enrolled, anchoring in the harbors of perfection, know their own rank among you: some turning away from gluttony, others from vainglory, and those who excel from pride, as from deadly passions, and earnestly practising self-control, not looking to human glory, and freedom from conceit. For fullness of the belly brings a flooding of the parts below the belly, which are watered as by bitter channels with the streams that come from satiety; these produce rough itchings and make the contest of chastity laborious by their ticklings. They know vainglory, again, to be a useless imagination, and rightly flee it, since it persuades them to labor for virtue and then makes the labors useless: it does not wish to show them to God, who openly gives the reward for hidden works, but wants to publish what is done to people and to offer their praise as a wage, sufficient for nothing more, and to cost them the eternal and great honor. For whoever undertakes any toil whatever in order to be admired by people differs in nothing from the wonder-workers on the stage: he is content with the wage he gets from those who enjoy the show, and it is no longer reasonable for him to ask another from God, since from the beginning he chose to receive not God's wage but theirs. They also rightly abhor the irrational passion of pride. For what reasonable pretext for such madness does anyone have, that he is lifted up against his neighbor and thinks highly of himself in comparison with him? Has he achieved something more than others, and has he surely striven to have a great abundance of good things beyond the rest? Then he himself will receive the wages of his zeal. Is someone else lazy about virtue? He himself suffers the loss, and does not lessen the other's wages. And those who make progress …
Chapter 66
66PG 79
Τί οὖν ὁ σοδαρὰς φυσᾶται, καὶ βρενθύεται, ὡς ὑπὲρ ἄλλων ἀθλῶν, κοινὸς σωτὴρ τοῦ γένους διακείμενος; Οὐχ εἰδὼς ἔλαττον βλάπτειν ἀμέλειαν βλάπτειν πέφυκεν οἴησις, καὶ πρὸς ὁ λειπόμενον τῆς προκοπῆς ἐμποδίζουσα τῇ προθυμίᾳ ὡς ἡνυσμένου τοῦ προκειμένου, καὶ ἐκ τοῦ διαπτύειν τοὺς ἀναπεπτωχότας, μεγά ἑαυτῷ προξενοῦσα τὴν κόλασιν. Τὸ δὲ ταπεινὸν ἐν ἐμῖν οὐχ ἔξδωχε χώραν, οὐ φθόνῳ, οὐ τύφῳ ποτὲ τὴν τῶν μελῶν χοινοπραγία μιμουμένοις καλῶς, καὶ τὴν ἐκάστου δόξαν οἰκειουμένοις ὡς ἑνὸς σώματος οὔτε γὰρ ὁ τέλειος κατὰ τοῦ ἕτι προσχόπτονος ὡς ὑπερέχων ἐ ἐπαίρεται, καὶ αὑτὸς γέγενῇ σθαι τοιοῦτος εἰδὼς ἡνίκα προέκοπτε, καὶ αὑτὸν Ἥξειν μετ᾽ οὐ πολὺ πρὸς τὸ αὐτὸ μέτοον τῇς τελειόκῆτος πεπεισμένον, οὐδΥὲ τῷ τελείῳ ὁ τέως κατὰ τὴν τῆς ἀρετῆς ἀξίαν τούτου ἀπολειπόμενον … ὅτι τοιοῦτος γεγένηται καὶ ἄλλος ἁπλῶς Ἄλλου καὶ οὐ τῷ κόμπῳ βουλόμενο; τοῦ φρονῖμᾶτος, καὶ πολλὴν τάχα ἄν τις ὁρῶν πρὸς τὰ πρόσπουδὴν ἔχοντας ὑμᾶς εὕροι, τίς μᾶλλον ἔσται, κατὰ τὴ Ἦθος:, τινὸς μετριώτερος, ὡς ἔστιν εὖ ρεῖν ἐν ἄλλοις, ἔκαστον ἐκάστου θέλυντα προτιμότερον, διὰ τὴν τῷ βίῳ ς-λοδοξίαν. Ὑμεῖς ὃΣ ὡς ἐμάθετε τὸν Χριστὸν, οὗτος ἐν αὑτῷ πολιτεύεσθε, τὴν πρὸς ἀλλήλου: ὑπακοὴν ἐξ ἐχείνου μαθόντες, ὅς εὐπήχοος μέχρι θανάτου γέξτο.: τῷ Πατρὶ, θανάτου δὲ σταυροῦ, τὸ μέτρον τῇς ὑταχοῆὴς ἕως τοῦδε τοῦ κινδύνου νομοθετῶν, καὶ τὰς ἄλλας μετὰ πάσης σπουδῆς ἀρετὰς, Ὦ ἐπειδὴ ταύτας αὑτὸς ποιῶν, καὶ διδάσκων, διδάσκαλος πᾶσιν ἀνθρώποι: γεγένηται, τὸ δυνατὺν ὧν ἔργῳ τῷ πρώτως αὐτὰ ποιεῖν δεικνὺς τοῖς μανθάνουσι. Πολλὴν γοῦν ἔχετε, ὑπερβάλλουσαν τὴν ἐν ἀλλήλοις διάθεσιν, μαθόντε; εἰρηκέναι τοῖς ἀποστόλοις αὑτὸ τὸ σύμόολον τῶν αὖ: τοῦ μαθητῶν, ἐν οἷς φησιν Ἐν τούτῳ γνώτοντα: πάντες ὅτι ἐμοὶ μαθηταί ἔστε ἐὰν ἀγάπην τε ἐν ἀλλήλοις, Εἰρηνεύετε γνησίως πρὸς ἅπαντα;. Εἰρύνὴν τὴν ἐμὴν ἀφίημι ὑμῖν. ᾿Αγαπᾶτε τοὺ; μισοῦντας ὑμᾶς, καὶ προσεύχεσθε ὑπὲρ τῶν διωκόντων ὑμᾶς καὶ ἐπηρεαζόντων. Διὸ …
Ti oun ho sodaras physatai, kai brenthyetai, hōs hyper allōn athlōn, koinos sōtēr tou genous diakeimenos? Ouch eidōs elatton blaptein ameleian blaptein pephyken oiēsis, kai pros ho leipomenon tēs prokopēs empodizousa tę̄ prothymią hōs hēnysmenou tou prokeimenou, kai ek tou diaptyein tous anapeptōchotas, mega heautǭ proxenousa tēn kolasin. To de tapeinon en emin ouch exdōche chōran, ou phthonǭ, ou typhǭ pote tēn tōn melōn choinopragia mimoumenois kalōs, kai tēn ekastou doxan oikeioumenois hōs henos sōmatos oute gar ho teleios kata tou heti proschoptonos hōs hyperechōn e epairetai, kai hautos gegenę̄ sthai toioutos eidōs hēnika proekopte, kai hauton Hēxein met᾽ ou poly pros to auto metoon tę̄s teleiokētos pepeismenon, oudYe tǭ teleiǭ ho teōs kata tēn tēs aretēs axian toutou apoleipomenon … hoti toioutos gegenētai kai allos haplōs Allou kai ou tǭ kompǭ boulomeno? tou phronimatos, kai pollēn tacha an tis horōn pros ta prospoudēn echontas hymas heuroi, tis mallon estai, kata tē Ēthos:, tinos metriōteros, hōs estin eu rein en allois, ekaston ekastou thelynta protimoteron, dia tēn tǭ biǭ s-lodoxian. Hymeis hoS hōs emathete ton Christon, houtos en hautǭ politeuesthe, tēn pros allēlou: hypakoēn ex echeinou mathontes, hos eupēchoos mechri thanatou gexto.: tǭ Patri, thanatou de staurou, to metron tę̄s hytachoēēs heōs toude tou kindynou nomothetōn, kai tas allas meta pasēs spoudēs aretas, Ō epeidē tautas hautos poiōn, kai didaskōn, didaskalos pasin anthrōpoi: gegenētai, to dynatyn hōn ergǭ tǭ prōtōs auta poiein deiknys tois manthanousi. Pollēn goun echete, hyperballousan tēn en allēlois diathesin, mathonte? eirēkenai tois apostolois hauto to symoolon tōn au: tou mathētōn, en hois phēsin En toutǭ gnōtonta: pantes hoti emoi mathētai este ean agapēn te en allēlois, Eirēneuete gnēsiōs pros hapanta?. Eirynēn tēn emēn aphiēmi hymin. ᾿Agapate tou? misountas hymas, kai proseuchesthe hyper tōn diōkontōn hymas kai epēreazontōn. Dio …
Why, then, is the haughty one puffed up and swaggering, as though he contended for others and were the common savior of the race? He does not know that conceit is apt to do no less harm than neglect: it hinders eagerness for what is still lacking in progress, as though the task set before it were accomplished, and by despising those who have fallen it procures great punishment for itself. But humility among you has given no room to envy or pride, since you imitate well the common working of the members and make the glory of each your own, as of one body. For neither is the perfect one lifted up against the one still making progress, as his superior, since he knows that he too was such when he was making progress, and is persuaded that the other will soon come to the same measure of perfection; nor does the one who for the present falls short of him in the worth of virtue [envy] the perfect one … that such a one has come to be so, and that one simply differs from another, and not wishing [to excel] by boastfulness of mind. And perhaps one who saw your great zeal for [this] would find [the only contest among you to be] who shall be more modest in character than another, whereas among others one can find each wanting to be preferred to the other because of love of glory in this life. But you, as you have learned Christ, so live in him, having learned obedience to one another from him who became obedient to the Father unto death, even death on a cross, setting the measure of obedience as far as that danger; and [you practise] the other virtues with all zeal, since he, by doing and teaching them himself, has become the teacher of all people, showing learners that they are possible by doing them first. You have, then, a great and surpassing affection for one another, having learned that he gave the apostles the very badge of his disciples, where he says, “By this all will know that you are my disciples, if you have love for one another.” Be at peace sincerely with all. “My peace I leave with you.” “Love those who hate you, and pray for those who persecute and mistreat you.” Therefore …
Chapter 67
67PG 79
Δὺτὸς γὰρ ἐνετείλατο λέγων τοῦτο, γυμνάζων ἐν ταῖς θλίνεσιν ὑμᾶς ὡς ἀθλητὰς πρὸς καρτερίαν. Ἡχούσατε εἰπόντος αὐτοῦ, Μάθετε ἀπ᾽ ἐμοῦ, ὅτι πρᾶός εἶμι καὶ ταπεινὸς τῇ ν καὶ ἔργῳ τὴν μέμησιν ἐπεδείξατε, ῥαπιζόμενοι τὴν δεξιὰν σ: αγόν:, στρέφετε καὶ τὴν ἄλλην, καὶ τὸν χιτῶνα ρούμενο παραχωξφεῖτε καὶ τὸ ἱμάτιον, ὕβριν, καὶ ζτμίαν φέροντες μᾶλλον ἣ προχείρως ὁρμῶντες πρὸς ἅ, ναν. δὲ πλέον τῶν ἄλλων ὑμῖν τὸ τι ὧν ὁ Κύριος ἀπεῖπε, στρατιώταις καὶ ἀθληταῖς τὴν ἀγωγὴν τοῦ βίου ταύτην πρέπειν εἰδώ;. ᾿Αργὸς ὑμᾶς οὐδεὶς τῶν Κυριακῶν παρέδραμε μακαρισμὸς, ἐν χερσὶ ὃὲ πάντες ἀεὶ ταῖς μετὰ τῶν συνεζευγμένων ἁμοιδῶν, γεγένησθε τῷ πνεύματι, καὶ πραεῖς, καὶ εἶρῃην ποιοὶ, καὶ ἐλεήμονες, καὶ καθαροὶ τῇ καρξία, ἐμ ὑμῶν ἐστιν ἡ βασιλεία τῶν οὐρανῶν, ἧς καὶ ἐεὴ; ἀξιωθῆναι προσεύχεσθε, ζηλωτὰς τῶν ὑμετέμε ἔγῶν γεγενημένους ὧν ἔστι γέρας ἢ πᾶσι με τοῖς ἀξίοις ἐπηγγελμένη τῆς βασιλείας ἀπόλαυσις ἰν Χρισιῷ Ἰησοῦ τῷ Κυρίῳ ἡμῶν, ᾧ ἡ δόξα εἰς τῶν αἰῶνας. ᾿Αμήν.
Dytos gar eneteilato legōn touto, gymnazōn en tais thlinesin hymas hōs athlētas pros karterian. Hēchousate eipontos autou, Mathete ap᾽ emou, hoti praos eimi kai tapeinos tę̄ n kai ergǭ tēn memēsin epedeixate, rhapizomenoi tēn dexian s: agon:, strephete kai tēn allēn, kai ton chitōna roumeno parachōxpheite kai to himation, hybrin, kai ztmian pherontes mallon hē procheirōs hormōntes pros ha, nan. de pleon tōn allōn hymin to ti hōn ho Kyrios apeipe, stratiōtais kai athlētais tēn agōgēn tou biou tautēn prepein eidō?. ᾿Argos hymas oudeis tōn Kyriakōn paredrame makarismos, en chersi hoe pantes aei tais meta tōn synezeugmenōn hamoidōn, gegenēsthe tǭ pneumati, kai praeis, kai eirę̄ēn poioi, kai eleēmones, kai katharoi tę̄ karxia, em hymōn estin hē basileia tōn ouranōn, hēs kai eeē? axiōthēnai proseuchesthe, zēlōtas tōn hymeteme egōn gegenēmenous hōn esti geras ē pasi me tois axiois epēngelmenē tēs basileias apolausis in Chrisiǭ Iēsou tǭ Kyriǭ hēmōn, hǭ hē doxa eis tōn aiōnas. ᾿Amēn.
For he himself commanded this, training you in afflictions, like athletes, for endurance. You heard him say, “Learn from me, for I am gentle and lowly in heart,” and you have shown the imitation in deed: struck on the right cheek, you turn the other also; and when your tunic is taken, you yield your cloak too, bearing insult and loss rather than rushing readily to [retaliation]. And you know better than others the things the Lord forbade, knowing that this way of life befits soldiers and athletes. None of the Lord's beatitudes has passed you by unused; you have always had them all in hand, with the rewards joined to them. You have become [poor] in spirit, meek, peacemakers, merciful and pure in heart; within you is the kingdom of heaven, which you also pray to be counted worthy of, having become emulators of your … , whose prize is the enjoyment of the kingdom promised to all who are worthy, in Christ Jesus our Lord, to whom be glory for ever. Amen.